revised environment impact study and environment...

January 2018

Khasra No. 201, 223 & 224, Lease Area-76.75 Hectors Project Category- AFile No.- IA/HR/MIN/62041/2017

Production Capacity- 55,00,000TPALease Period- 35 yearsMonitoring Period- March – May 2017

Quartz, Feldspar & Quartzite/Stone Minor Mineral

Mines

At Vill. Bayal, Narnaul, Mahendragarh, Haryana

ApplicantMr. Manmohan Bhadana, R/o V & PO- Anangpur;

Dist.- Faridabad (Haryana)

VOYANTS SOLUTIONS PRIVATE LIMITED

403, 4th Floor, Park Centra

Sector – 30, NH – 8, Gurugram– 122 001, India

Tel: +91-124-4598200 (30 Lines),Fax: +91-124- 4019051,

E-mail: [email protected]

Website : www.voyants.in

Consultant:

Accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABAT, QCI New Delhi

Certificate no. NABET/EIA/158/SA 026, 1ST June 2018

(Sr. No. 154 of list of Accredited Consultant Organization

(Alphabetically)Rev. 61 January 05,2018, MoEF&CC)

Revised Environment Impact Study and Environment Management Plan Report (EIA

& EMP)

As per 25th EAC Meeting, MoM dated 21-22nd Dec 2017

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.voyants.in/

BAYAL QUARTZ, FELDSPAR & QUARTZITE STONE MINE, MAHENDRAGARH, HARYANA

EIA/EMP Report

i | P a g e

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT BACKGROUND ............................................................ 5

1.1 PREAMBLE ........................................................................................................................................................... 5

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ............................................................................................................................ 5

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF PROJECT ...................................... 5

1.4 LOCATION AND APPROACH TO THE PROJECT ..................................................................................... 6

1.5 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT ....................................................................................................... 10

1.6 DETAILS OF CONSULTANTS ...................................................................................................................... 10

1.6.1 Environment Consultant .......................................................................................... 10

1.6.2 Mining Plan Consultant (RQP) ................................................................................. 10

1.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF PROJECT ........................................................................................................... 10

1.8 LEGISLATION APPLICABLE TO MINING OF MINERAL SECTOR ................................................. 11

1.9 SCOPING OF THE PROJECT ......................................................................................................................... 18

1.10 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT .......... 18

1.11 TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) COMPLIANCE ..................................................................................... 19

1.12 CLARIFICATION TO QUERY........................................................................................................................ 31

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................... 34

2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 34

2.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT .............................................................................................................. 34

2.3 NATURE AND SIZE ......................................................................................................................................... 34

2.4 LOCATION .......................................................................................................................................................... 35

2.5 DETAILS OF EXPLORATION ....................................................................................................................... 38

2.6 METHODS OF ESTIMATION OF RESERVES ......................................................................................... 39

2.7 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION .......................................................................................................................... 44

2.8 PROPOSED SCHEDLE FOR IMPLEMENTATION PROPOSED SCHEDLE FOR

IMPLEMENTATION ..................................................................................................................................................... 44

2.8.1 Production & development for the next five years (refer Plate no 5 to 9) ............... 44

2.9 PROPOSED SCHEDLE FOR IMPLEMENTATION................................................................................. 45

2.9.1 Methodology ........................................................................................................... 46

2.9.2 Conceptual mine plan parameter ............................................................................ 46

2.9.3 Ultimate Size of the pit ............................................................................................ 46

2.9.4 Final Slope angle ..................................................................................................... 46

2.9.5 Ultimate Capacity of dumps .................................................................................... 46

2.9.6 Waste ...................................................................................................................... 47

2.9.7 Post Mining Reclamation plan including Afforestation: .......................................... 47

2.9.8 Extent of Mechanization ......................................................................................... 47

2.9.9 Blasting Parameters ................................................................................................ 47

2.9.10 Type of Explosives.................................................................................................... 48

2.9.11 Initiation System and minimum charge per delay ................................................... 48

2.9.12 Secondary Blasting .................................................................................................. 48

2.9.13 Storage of explosive ................................................................................................ 48

2.9.14 Blasting Operation Near Habitation ........................................................................ 49

2.10 ANNUAL PRODUCTION SINCE 1994 ...................................................................................................... 49

2.11 GENERAL FEATURES .................................................................................................................................... 49

2.11.1 Surface Drainage Pattern ........................................................................................ 49

2.11.2 Drainage Around and Within Mine: ........................................................................ 49


EIA/EMP Report

ii | P a g e

2.11.3 Dewatering .............................................................................................................. 49

2.11.4 Transportation ........................................................................................................ 50

2.11.5 Beneficiation / Processing ....................................................................................... 50

2.12 SITE SERVICES ................................................................................................................................................. 51

2.12.1 Manager's Office ..................................................................................................... 51

2.12.2 Canteen -cum-rest shelter ....................................................................................... 51

2.12.3 Store ........................................................................................................................ 51

2.12.4 First Aid Room ......................................................................................................... 51

2.12.5 Crèche ...................................................................................................................... 51

2.12.6 V.T. Centre ............................................................................................................... 51

2.12.7 Magazine ................................................................................................................. 51

2.12.8 Electricity Supply ..................................................................................................... 51

2.12.9 Water Requirement ................................................................................................. 52

2.12.10 Mine Safety ............................................................................................................. 52

2.13 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................. 53

2.14 SITE ELEVATION WORKING DEPTH AND GROUND WATER TABLE ....................................... 53

3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) ..................................... 55

3.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 55

3.2 ANALYSIS FOR ALTERNATIVE SITES AND MINING TECHNOLOGY ............................................... 55

3.2.1 Alternative Site ........................................................................................................ 55

3.2.2 Alternative Technology ........................................................................................... 55

4 BASELINE DATA & DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ............................................ 57

4.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................................. 57

4.2 METHODOLOGY .............................................................................................................................................. 59

4.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE ............................................................................ 59

4.3.1 Physiography ........................................................................................................... 59

4.3.2 Regional Topography .............................................................................................. 62

4.3.3 Local Topography .................................................................................................... 62

4.3.4 Drainage .................................................................................................................. 62

4.4 LAND USE/ LAND COVER ............................................................................................................................ 64

4.4.1 Land Use/ Land Cover of Study Area ....................................................................... 64

4.4.2 The Land Use Pattern Present and at the end of Lease Period of Mine Lease Area 66

4.5 GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY ............................................................................................................ 66

4.5.1 Regional Geology .................................................................................................... 66

4.5.2 Local Geology .......................................................................................................... 67

4.5.3 General description of formations (ref. Plate no.3) ................................................. 69

4.5.4 Seismicity ................................................................................................................. 69

4.5.5 Hydrogeology .......................................................................................................... 72

4.5.6 Ground Water Scenario ........................................................................................... 73

4.6 METEOROLOGY ............................................................................................................................................... 74

4.7 METHODOLOGY .............................................................................................................................................. 74

4.7.2 Presentation of Data ............................................................................................... 75

4.7.3 Synthesis of Data on Climatic Conditions ................................................................ 76

4.7.4 Observations on Primary Data ................................................................................ 77

4.8 AIR QUALITY ..................................................................................................................................................... 81

4.9 METHODOLOGY .............................................................................................................................................. 81

4.9.1 Selection of Sampling Locations .............................................................................. 81

4.9.2 Monitoring plan ...................................................................................................... 84


EIA/EMP Report

iii | P a g e

4.9.3 Presentation of Primary Data .................................................................................. 84

4.9.4 Interpretation of the AAQ results ............................................................................ 88

4.10 WATER QUALITY ............................................................................................................................................ 88

4.10.1 Methodology ........................................................................................................... 88

4.10.2 Water Sampling Locations ...................................................................................... 89

4.10.3 Presentation of Results ............................................................................................ 89

4.11 SOIL ....................................................................................................................................................................... 92

4.11.1 Data Generation ...................................................................................................... 92

4.11.2 Soil reaction classes and critical limits for Macro and Micro nutrients in soil ......... 93

4.11.3 Interpretation of Soil Characteristics ....................................................................... 94

4.12 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................................. 95

4.12.1 Identification of Sampling Locations ....................................................................... 96

4.12.2 Method of Monitoring ............................................................................................. 96

4.12.3 Interpretation of Results ......................................................................................... 97

4.13 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................... 97

4.13.1 Flora ........................................................................................................................ 97

4.13.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 100

4.13.3 Phytosociological Characteristics .......................................................................... 102

4.13.4 Faunal Diversity ..................................................................................................... 108

4.14 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................... 110

4.14.1 Baseline of the Study Area .................................................................................... 110

4.14.2 Socio-economic assessment in the Project Influence Area .................................... 113

4.14.3 Demographic Profile of Villages under Mine Lease in Study Area ......................... 117

4.14.4 Baseline Data of the Study Area ............................................................................ 118

4.14.5 Demographic Composition .................................................................................... 119

4.14.6 Consultation during Project Pre-Construction Stage by ESIA team ....................... 124

4.14.7 Consultation Process ............................................................................................. 126

4.14.8 Project Disclosure: Awareness about the Project .................................................. 126

4.14.9 Consultation with Different Group of Persons ....................................................... 126

4.14.10 Consultation with the Site Staffs ........................................................................... 127

4.14.11 Consultation with Youth of the Study area ........................................................... 129

4.14.12 Issues / Concerns / Concerns Raised / Addressed During Consultation ................. 129

4.14.13 Awareness about the Project ................................................................................ 129

4.14.14 Occupation and Livelihood .................................................................................... 129

4.14.15 Health .................................................................................................................... 129

4.14.16 Education .............................................................................................................. 129

4.14.17 Employment Opportunity ...................................................................................... 129

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ... 131

5.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................... 131

5.2 ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS .................................................... 131

5.3 IMPACTS ON TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE ................................................................................. 134

5.3.1 Topography ........................................................................................................... 134

5.3.2 Drainage ................................................................................................................ 134

5.3.3 Change in river course ........................................................................................... 134

5.4 IMPACTS ON LAND ..................................................................................................................................... 134

5.4.1 Change in land use ................................................................................................ 134

5.4.2 Impact on Soil ........................................................................................................ 135

5.4.3 Mitigation measures ............................................................................................. 135


EIA/EMP Report

iv | P a g e

5.5 IMPACTS ON CLIMATE .............................................................................................................................. 135

5.6 IMPACTS ON WATER ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................... 136

5.6.1 Impacts on water resources .................................................................................. 136

5.6.2 Impacts on Surface Water Quality ........................................................................ 137

5.6.3 Impacts on Ground Water Quality ........................................................................ 137

5.7 IMPACTS DUE TO NOISE AND GROUND VIBRATION ................................................................... 137

5.7.1 Impact on Noise Level ........................................................................................... 137

5.7.2 Model for sound wave propagation during mining ............................................... 138

5.7.3 Input for Model for sound wave propagation ....................................................... 139

5.7.4 Model outputs ....................................................................................................... 140

5.7.5 Inference................................................................................................................ 140

5.7.6 Mitigation Measures to Reduce Ambient Noise Levels ......................................... 142

5.7.7 Impacts Due to Ground Vibration (due to blasting) .............................................. 142

5.7.8 Air Blast over Pressure........................................................................................... 143

5.8 AIR ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................................... 144

5.8.1 Anticipated Impacts .............................................................................................. 144

5.8.2 Emissions Details ................................................................................................... 144

5.8.3 Frame work of Computation & Model details ....................................................... 145

5.8.4 Model Results ........................................................................................................ 146

5.9 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................. 156

5.9.1 Impact on Flora ..................................................................................................... 156

5.9.2 Measures for Minimizing Impact on Flora ............................................................ 156

5.9.3 Impact on Fauna ................................................................................................... 157

5.9.4 Measures for Minimizing Impact on Fauna ........................................................... 157

5.9.5 Impact on Aquatic Ecology .................................................................................... 157

5.10 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................... 157

5.10.1 Adverse Impacts .................................................................................................... 158

5.11 IMPACT DUE TO VEHICULAR EMISSION ........................................................................................... 158

5.12 IMPACT ON THE CARRYING CAPACITY OF MDR DUE TO PROPOSED PROJECT .............. 159

5.13 CUMULATIVE IMPACT OF ALL EXISTING MINING IN STUDY AREA...................................... 162

6 Environmental Monitoring Programme .................................................................. 163

6.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................................................... 163

6.2 AREAS OF CONCERN .................................................................................................................................. 163

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ........................................................................................................ 163

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ........................................................................... 163

6.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT GROUP ........................................................................................... 167

6.6 ENVIRONMENT POLICY/VIOLATIONS OF ENVIRONMENT NORMS/ HIERARCHAL

SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................................................................... 167

6.7 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE ............................... 168

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES .................................................................................................... 171

7.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................................................... 171

7.2 PUBLIC HEARING......................................................................................................................................... 171

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT ...................................................................................................................................... 171

7.4 POSSIBLE HAZARDS IN OPEN CAST MINING .................................................................................. 172

7.4.1 Blasting .................................................................................................................. 172

7.4.2 Overburden/ mineral reject/subgrade Dumps ...................................................... 172

7.4.3 Heavy Machinery ................................................................................................... 173

7.4.4 Storage of Explosive .............................................................................................. 173


EIA/EMP Report

v | P a g e

7.4.5 Fuel Storage .......................................................................................................... 173

7.4.6 Inundation in Mine Pit ........................................................................................... 173

7.4.7 Failure of Pit Slope ................................................................................................. 174

7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................................................... 174

7.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ............................................................................................ 175

7.7 R & R PLAN ....................................................................................................................................................... 176

7.8 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ......................................................................................................................... 176

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ......................................................................................................... 177

8.1 IMPROVEMENT IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................................. 177

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................................... 177

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL .................................................................................................................... 177

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ................................................................................................................. 177

9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................. 178

9.1 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................................................... 178

9.2 MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE............................................................................................................................. 178

9.2.1 Integrated Management System (IMS) Policy ....................................................... 179

9.2.2 Procedure for Environmental Aspects ................................................................... 179

9.2.3 Noise Pollution Control .......................................................................................... 184

9.2.4 Water Pollution Control......................................................................................... 185

9.2.5 Land Environment ................................................................................................. 186

9.2.6 Biological Environment.......................................................................................... 186

9.2.7 Socio-economic environment ................................................................................ 187

9.3 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN ................................................................................................... 189

9.3.1 Development of Greenbelt .................................................................................... 189

9.3.2 Guidelines and Techniques for Green Belt Development ...................................... 190

9.3.3 Precautions During Plantation .............................................................................. 191

9.3.4 Phase-wise Programme for Plantation under green belt ...................................... 191

9.3.5 Programme for green belt development ............................................................... 191

9.3.6 Cost of plantation in benches and other areas ...................................................... 194

9.4 MANAGEMENT OF LABOUR CAMPS AND FACILITIES ................................................................ 194

9.5 RAIN WATER HARVESTING .............................................................................................................................. 195

9.6 OCCUPATION HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................ 198

9.6.1 Potential Risk of Mining Activities ......................................................................... 198

9.6.2 Safety of Machine Use at Mining Site and Blasting Operation ............................. 198

9.6.3 Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) ..................................................................... 198

9.6.4 Occupational Health & Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation .................... 199

9.6.5 Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) ........................................................................ 200

9.6.6 Occupational Lung Diseases (OLD) ........................................................................ 200

9.6.7 Incidence of Silicosis .............................................................................................. 200

9.6.8 Cost Estimate......................................................................................................... 200

9.7 MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................ 201

9.8 CAPITAL COST OF PROJECT .................................................................................................................... 203

9.9 SUMMARY OF COST OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................. 203

10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ...................................................................................... 205

10.1 PURPOSE OF REPORT ................................................................................................................................ 205

10.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT .......................................................... 205

10.2.1 Need for the project .............................................................................................. 205


EIA/EMP Report

vi | P a g e

10.2.2 Annual Production Schedule .................................................................................. 206

10.2.3 Technology and Process Description ..................................................................... 206

10.2.4 Water Requirement and source ............................................................................ 206

10.2.5 Man Power Requirement ...................................................................................... 206

10.2.6 Extent of Mechanization ....................................................................................... 206

10.2.7 Geological Reserve, Mineable Reserves and Targeted Production ....................... 206

10.2.8 Year-wise production since 1994 ........................................................................... 207

10.2.9 Overburden dumps ................................................................................................ 207

10.2.10 Solid Waste Generation & its Disposal .................................................................. 207

10.2.11 Mineral Transportation ......................................................................................... 207

10.2.12 Site Services ........................................................................................................... 207

10.2.13 Site Elevation, Working Depth and Groundwater Table ....................................... 207

10.3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................................... 207

10.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .................... 208

10.4.1 Impacts on Topography and Drainage .................................................................. 208

10.4.2 Land Environment ................................................................................................. 209

10.4.3 Impacts on Climate ................................................................................................ 209

10.4.4 Water Environment ............................................................................................... 209

10.4.5 Impact on Noise Environment ............................................................................... 210

10.4.6 Impact Due to Vibration ........................................................................................ 210

10.4.7 Impacts on Air Environment .................................................................................. 210

10.4.8 Biological Environment.......................................................................................... 211

10.4.9 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................... 211

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ........................................................................... 212

10.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES .............................................................................................................................. 212

10.6.1 Risk Assessment .................................................................................................... 212

10.6.2 Inundation Studies ................................................................................................. 212

10.6.3 Pit Slope Stability ................................................................................................... 212

10.6.4 Storage of Explosives ............................................................................................. 212

10.6.5 Use of Heavy Machinery........................................................................................ 212

10.6.6 Occupational Health and Safety ............................................................................ 212

10.6.7 R & R Plan .............................................................................................................. 213

10.6.8 Social Impact Assessment ..................................................................................... 213

10.7 PROJECT BENEFITS .................................................................................................................................... 213

10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ......................................................................................... 213

10.9 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................................. 214

11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED................................................................ 215


EIA/EMP Report

vii | P a g e

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1: Salient Features .................................................................................................................................... 10

Table 1.2: EIA Report Structure ............................................................................................................................. 19

Table 1.3: ToR Compliance Status ........................................................................................................................ 19

Table 1.4: Clarification to the Queries................................................................................................................... 31

Table 2.1: Exploration Detail ................................................................................................................................. 39

Table 2.2: Quartz Mining Details ........................................................................................................................... 39

Table 2.3: Quartzite (Masonry Stone) mixed with Quartz .................................................................................... 40

Table 2.4: Feldspar Mixed with Quartzite (Masonry Stone) ................................................................................. 40

Table 2.5: Summery of Year Wise Production of Mineral & Reject during 5 Years (In MT) .................................. 45

Table 2.6: Equipment Details ................................................................................................................................ 47

Table 2.7: Blasting Parameters .............................................................................................................................. 48

Table 2.8: Water Requirement ............................................................................................................................. 52

Table 2.9: Manpower Requirement ...................................................................................................................... 53

Table 4.1: Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring .................................................................... 57

Table 4.2: Land use/ Land cover categorisation .................................................................................................... 64

Table 4.3: Land Use Pattern of the mine lease area.............................................................................................. 66

Table 4.4: Major Earthquakes in Haryana ............................................................................................................. 71

Table 4.5: Average Depth to Ground Water Table ................................................................................................ 74

Table 4.6: Climatological Data Station: IMD, Narnaul, Haryana (1981-2010) ....................................................... 75

Table 4.7: Site Specific Meteorological Data......................................................................................................... 78

Table 4.8: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ........................................................................... 81

Table 4.9: Ambient Air Quality at Village Bayal (AAQ-1) Results (µg/m³) ............................................................. 84

Table 4.10: Ambient Air Quality at Galghata ki Dhani (AAQ-2) Results (µg/m³) ................................................... 84

4.11: Ambient Air Quality at Musnauta (AAQ-3) Results (µg/m³) ......................................................................... 84

Table 4.12: Ambient Air Quality at Pachnauta (AAQ-4) Results (µg/m³) .............................................................. 84

Table 4.13: Ambient Air Quality at Salodra (AAQ5) Results (µg/m³)..................................................................... 85

Table 4.14: Water Sampling Location ................................................................................................................... 89

Table 4.15: Physico chemical and Biological Characteristics of Ground Water .................................................... 90

Table 4.16: Details of Soil Sampling Locations ...................................................................................................... 92

Table 4.17: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Study Area Soil .......................................................................... 92

Table 4.18: Soil Classification ................................................................................................................................ 93

Table 4.19: Details of Noise Monitoring Locations ............................................................................................... 96

Table 4.20: Noise Levels [dB (A)] in the Study Area .............................................................................................. 96

Table 4.21: CPCB Noise Standards ....................................................................................................................... 97

Table 4.22: Forest Cover of the Project District (Area in Km2) .............................................................................. 98

Table 4.23: Sampling Location of Floristic Survey ............................................................................................... 101

Table 4.24: Phytosociological Characters of Different species recorded in proposed mine lease area.............. 102

Table 4.25: Phytosociological Characters of Different species recorded around mining areas .......................... 106

Table 4.26: Mammalian Fauna Sighted during the primary survey .................................................................... 109

Table 4.27: Avifauna Sighted during the Primary Survey .................................................................................... 109

Table 4.28: Salient Features of Mahendragarh District....................................................................................... 110

Table 4.29: Demographic Profile of the Study Area ............................................................................................ 115

Table 4.30: Demography, Literacy and Occupational details of people living in Study Area .............................. 118

Table 4.31: Zone-wise Break up of Population in Study Area ............................................................................. 120

Table 4.32: Zone-wise Distribution of SC and ST Population in Study Area ........................................................ 120

Table 4.33: Zone-wise Distribution of Literacy in the Study area ....................................................................... 121

Table 4.34: Categorization of Main Workers on the basis of Occupation ........................................................... 121

Table 4.35: Categorization of Marginal Workers on the basis of Occupation ..................................................... 122


EIA/EMP Report

viii | P a g e

Table 4.36: Details of Public Consultation ........................................................................................................... 124

Table 4.37: Outcome of Public Consultation ....................................................................................................... 129

Table 5.1: Activity-Impact Identification Matrix .................................................................................................. 132

Table 5.2: Land use at the conceptual Stage ....................................................................................................... 135

Table 5.3: Standard Values of Noise Levels ......................................................................................................... 138

Table 5.4: Modelling Output .............................................................................................................................. 140

Table 5.5: Computation of Peak Particle Velocity ............................................................................................... 143

Table 5.6: Predicted Air Over Pressure ............................................................................................................... 144

Table 5.7: Emission Factors ................................................................................................................................. 145

Table 5.8: Input Data ........................................................................................................................................... 146

Table 5.9: 24 Hourly Incremental Concentration Prediction............................................................................... 147

Table 5.10: Monthly Incremental Concentration Prediction ............................................................................ 147

Table 5.11: Emission factors by vehicle type (gm/km/vehicle) ........................................................................... 158

Table 5.12 : Receptor Locations and Model Results (Worst Case Wind Angle) ................................................ 159

Table 5.13: Traffic volume counts at Bayal (ODR) ............................................................................................... 160

Table 5.14 : Incremental rise in existing average daily traffic due to proposed transportation ...................... 160

Table 6.1 : Air Quality Monitoring and Management ......................................................................................... 164

Table 6.2 : Noise Level Monitoring and management ....................................................................................... 165

Table 6.3: Physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters to be monitored ............................................... 166

Table 6.4: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme ....................................................................... 169

Table 9.1: Detailed Estimate for Air Pollution control measures ...................................................................... 183

Table 9.2: Cost under CSR initiative (INR lakh) ................................................................................................. 188

Table 9.3: Species suggested for plantation under Greenbelt Development Programme ............................... 189

Table 9.4: Phase-wise programme of plantation............................................................................................... 191

Table 9.5: Cost for green belt development plan (INR in lakh) ........................................................................ 192

Table 9.6: Cost for plantation in reclaimed area (INR in lakh) ......................................................................... 194

Table 9.7: Break-Up of Budgetary Provision for The Facilities for The Labours ............................................... 194

Table 9.8: Cost of Rain water harvesting structure ............................................................................................. 195

Table 9.9: Schedule of Medical Check-up .......................................................................................................... 199

Table 9.10: Cost Estimate ................................................................................................................................... 200

Table 9.11: Cost of Waste Management Plan .................................................................................................... 202

Table 9.12: Total Cost of Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................. 203

Table 10.1: Proposed Annual Production ............................................................................................................ 206

Table 10.2: Baseline status .................................................................................................................................. 208

Table 10.3: Cost of Environment Management Plan ......................................................................................... 213


EIA/EMP Report

ix | P a g e

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2.1: Map showing coordinates of ML Area (North Block) ........................................................................ 36

Figure 2.2: Map showing coordinates of ML Area (South Block) ........................................................................ 37

Figure 2.3: View of North Block............................................................................................................................ 38

Figure 2.4: View of South Block............................................................................................................................ 38

Figure 4.1: 10 KM Toposheet showing site surrounding ..................................................................................... 58

Figure 4.2: Administrative Map of District Mahendragarh ................................................................................. 60

Figure 4.3: Physiographic Map of Haryana ........................................................................................................... 61

Figure 4.4: Drainage Map of Mahendergarh District ........................................................................................... 63

Figure 4.5: Land Use map of the study .................................................................................................................. 65

Figure 4.6: Map of Seismic Zones of India .......................................................................................................... 70

Figure 4.7: Seismic Map of Mahendergarh and nearby District ............................................................................ 71

Figure 4.8: Pre-Monsoon Ground Water Level in Mahendragarh District ............................................................ 73

Figure 4.9: Meteorology station set in Bayal Village ............................................................................................. 76

Figure 4.10: Site Specific Wind rose Diagram ........................................................................................................ 80

Figure 4.11: Air Sampling station at bayal village .................................................................................................. 82

Figure 4.12: Sampling and Monitoring Stations .................................................................................................... 83

Figure 4.13 (a): Graphical Representation of PM10 and NAAQS .......................................................................... 86

Figure 4.14: Forest Cover Map of Haryana Highlighting the Project District ........................................................ 99

Figure 4.15: Survey of Flora and Fauna .............................................................................................................. 101

Figure 4.16: Plants in core Area .......................................................................................................................... 105

Figure 4.17: Study area of 10 km radius ............................................................................................................ 114

Figure 4.18: Infrastructure Facilities- School ..................................................................................................... 123

Figure 4.19: Infrastructure Facilities- Primary Health Centre ............................................................................. 123

Figure 4.20: Consultation with Client Officials and Site Inspection at Project Site .......................................... 127

Figure 4.21: Consultation and Group Discussion with People at Village Bayal, Doyiwala ki Dhani and

Pachnota .......................................................................................................................................... 128

Figure 5.1: Noise Modelling Graphical Output .................................................................................................. 141

Figure 5.2: Isopleth for 24 Hourly PM10 Concentrations .................................................................................. 148

Figure 5.3: Isopleth for Monthly PM10 Concentrations .................................................................................... 149

Figure 5.4: Isopleth for 24 Hourly PM2.5 Concentrations ................................................................................. 150

Figure 5.5: Isopleth for Monthly PM2.5 Concentrations ................................................................................... 151

Figure 5.6: Isopleth for 24 Hourly NOx Concentrations..................................................................................... 152

Figure 5.7: Isopleth for Monthly NOx Concentrations ...................................................................................... 153

Figure 5.8: Isopleth for 24 Hourly SO2 Concentrations ..................................................................................... 154

Figure 5.9: Isopleth for Monthly SO2 Concentrations ....................................................................................... 155

Figure 5.10: Transportation Route ..................................................................................................................... 161

Figure 9.1: Green Belt along 7.5 m Wide Safety Zone ...................................................................................... 191

Figure 9.2: Conceptual Plan and Section ............................................................................................................ 193

Figure 9.3: Reclamation Plan Showing Gates .................................................................................................... 197

Figure 9.4: Typical Cross Section of Overburden Dump .................................................................................... 202

Figure 11.1: QCI Accreditation Certificate for VSPL ............................................................................................ 217

Figure 11.2: NABL Accreditation Certificate for Global Enviro Laboratories, Ghaziabad .................................... 218


EIA/EMP Report

x | P a g e

LIST OF ANNEXURES S. No. Details

1a Mining lease surrender document due to Aravalli Hills

1b Agreement regarding lease

1c Addition of Quartzite in mine lease document

1d Mining lease transfer

2 Updated Approved Mining Plan

3 ToR Letter from MoEF&CC

4 Reply of points raised

5 Letter from forest department regarding no forest land involved within ML

6 Affidavit regarding no litigation pending by PP

7 Lab report scanned copy

8 Undertakings from client regarding Environmental policy and other

9 Revised flora and fauna conservation plan

10 FGD attendance sheet

11 Public hearing MoM

12 Questionnaire of Bayal mining

13 Revised District Survey Report

14 Details regarding silicosis and Tuberculosis for Medical officer

15 Clarification regarding boundary of Rajasthan state

16 Rehabilitation and Resettlement plan (R&R)


EIA/EMP Report

1 | P a g e

List of Abbreviations

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AAQS Ambient Air Quality Standards

AIS & LUS All India Soil and Land Use Survey

AMSL Above Mean Sea Level

ANFO Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil

BDL Below Detection Level

BHs Bore Holes

BIS Bureau of Indian Standards

bgl Below Ground Level

CAZRI Central Arid Zone Research Institute

CFM Cubic Feet per Minute

CWC Central Water Commission

CWW Chief Wildlife Warden

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

dB decibel

DGMS Directorate General of Mines Safety

DMP Disaster Management Plan

DFO District Forest Officer

DMG Department of Mines and Geology

DTH Down the Hole

E East

EAC Expert Appraisal Committee

EC Environmental Clearance

ECO Emergency Coordinating Officer

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC Environment Management Cell

EMP Environmental Management Plan

ENE East of North East

EPO Emergency planning Officer

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

ESE East of South East

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

ERDAS Earth Resources Data Analysis System

FCC False Color Composite

FPS Fine Particulate Sampler

Govt. Government

GCP Ground Control Points

GLC Ground Level Concentration

GOI Government of India

GPS Global Positioning System

GSI Geological Survey of India

ha Hectare


EIA/EMP Report

2 | P a g e

HEME/HEMM Heavy Earth Moving Equipment/Machine

HOD Head of Department

HSD High Speed Diesel

IBM Indian Bureau of Mines

IMD India Meteorological Department

IS Indian Standards

ISO International Organization of Standardization

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature

Kg Kilogram

Km/hr Kilometer per hour

KLD Kilo Liter Per Day

LOI Letter of Intent

LUS Land Use Study

LU/LC Land Use / Land Cover

m Meters

mRL Metre Reduced Level

MC Magnesium Carbonate

MHHS Multi House Hold Survey

ML Mining Lease

MoEF Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate change

MP Mining Plan

MSL Mean Sea Level

MT Metric Tonnes

MTPA Million Tonnes Per Annum

MW Mega Watt

N North

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards

NABET National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

NATMO National Atlas & Thematic Mapping Organization

NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

NE North East

NH National Highway

NNE North of North East

NGO Non-Governmental Organization

NNW North of North West

NRSA National Remote Sensing Agency

NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre

NW North West

OB Over Burden

OBC Other Backward Classes

OHS Occupational Health and Safety

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PF Protected Forests

PFR Pre-Feasibility Report

pH Potential of Hydrogen

PH Public Hearing


EIA/EMP Report

3 | P a g e

PHCS Public Health Centers

PM Particulate Matter

PP Project proponent

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

PPV Peak Particle Velocity

Pvt. Private

QCI Quality Council of India

RF Reserved Forests

RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete

RDS Respirable Dust Sampler

RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

S South

SC Scheduled Caste

SE South East

SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

SH State Highway

SHE Safety, Health & Environment

SI Sustainability initiatives

SIA Social Impact Assessment

SLM Sound Level Metre

SOI Survey of India

SPCB State Pollution Control Board

SPM Suspended Particulate Matter

SSW South of South West

ST Scheduled Tribe

STP Sewage Treatment Plant

SW South West

TC Total Carbonate

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TNT Tri Nitro Toluene

ToR Terms of Reference

TPA Tonnes Per Annum

TPH Tonnes Per Hour

TW Tube Well

UNFC United Nations Framework Classification

UPA Urban Planet Atlas

USDA United States Department of Agriculture

USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency

VES Visual Encounter Survey

VT Vocational Training

VSPL Voyants Solutions Pvt Ltd

W West

WNW West of North West

WSW West of South West

μg/ Micro gram per meter cube

μ Micro Meter


EIA/EMP Report

4 | P a g e

cu. m Cubic meter

dB Decibel

gm/sec Gram per second

gm/cc Gram per cubic metre

hr/day Hour per day

kg Kilogram

Kg/hr Kilogram per hour

Kg/ha Kilogram per hectare

km Kilometer

m Metre

mg/l Milligram per Liter

mm Millimeter

Sq.km Square Kilometer

t/hr Tonnes per hour


EIA/EMP Report

5 | P a g e

1 INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT BACKGROUND

1.1 PREAMBLE

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the basic management tool to ensure the sustainable

development with proposed project implementation. In the process of EIA anticipated environmental

impacts due to proposed project identified including social and economic impacts, prior to decision

making for the project implementation. EIA is the decision-making tool, which guides the decision

maker to take appropriate decisions for proposed project. EIA study systematically examines both

beneficial and adverse impact due to proposed project to ensure that anticipated impacts can be

mitigate during operational phase of the project with resilience to climate.

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India through its

notification of 14th September 2006 and its subsequent amendment on dated 1st December 2009 and

04th April 2011 under the Environmental Protection Act, 1986, classifies the projects under two

categories – Cat. A (≥50 ha) and Cat. B (< 50 ha). The proposed project falls under category A because

lease area is more than 50 ha.

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Mining activities invariably affect the existing environmental equilibrium of the site with both adverse

and beneficial effects. Exploitation of mineral deposits, occurring in specific sites, does not leave any

choice but to adoption of eco-friendly mining methods compatible with project economics. For

sustainable maintenance of environmental commensuration with the mining and related operation, it

is imperative to conduct studies on the baseline status of existing environmental attributes and assess

the impact on these due to proposed activities, which would assist in formulating well-addressed

management plans for sustainable mineral extraction within life of mine.

The main purpose of the report is to establish the baseline environmental attributes in terms of scoping

clearance issued by the EAC, Ministry of Environment and Forest, vide meeting held on 20.2.2017, and

identify the impacts for preparing environment management plan (EMP).

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF PROJECT

The original lease deed over an area of 228.60 was granted on 09.07.2002 for a period of 20 years in

favour of one M/s Suma Kumar and Company, which was later on 15.1.2008 transferred in favour of

Shri Manmohan Bhadana. The transfer lease deed is enclosed as Annexure -I(a). Mr. Manmohan

Bhadana s/o Shri Kartar Singh, VPO: Anangpur, Tehsil and District, Faridabad, holds a mining lease over

an area of 228.60 ha falling in Khasra Nos 198, 201, 202, 223 & 224 in village Bayal, District

Mahendergarh. which was granted on 09.07.2002 for a period of 20 years for mining Quartz and

Feldspar, both as Major Minerals as per provisions of Mines & Mineral (Development & Regulation)

Act, 1957. Now, the lease which was granted on 09.07.2002 shall be valid up to 08.07.2052 as per the

Central Government Ordinance dated 12.01.2015

It is important to mention here that part of the lease area falling under Khasra numbers 198 and 202

(comprising total area of 151.85 ha) is under Aravalli Project Plantation and cannot be used for mining


EIA/EMP Report

6 | P a g e

as pe o de s of the Ho le Sup e e Cou t. Lessee submitted letter to DMG, Haryana for surrender

of 151.85 ha area and which has been accepted by DMG, Haryana vide letter no. Glg/Hy/E-2578/281

dated 11.01.2017 attached as Annexure-1(b). The execution of the Revised/Modified Mining Lease

Deed (Supplementary Lease Deed) after surrender and remaining part of area (76.75 ha) of mining

lease in village Bayal has been executed on 12th May, 2017, which is attached as Annexure-1(c).

Permission for addition of Associated Minor Mineral(Quartzite/Stone) in the mining lease granted over

an area of 76.75 ha in village Bayal, Tehsil Narnaul was granted by the Director Mines and Geology

,Haryana , vide letter Memo No .Glg/Hy/E-2578/229 dated 12.1.2018 , which is enclosed as Annexure-

1(d).

The proposed rate of production is 55,00,000 TPA. The estimated project cost is INR 875 Lakhs. The

anticipated life of mine is 23 years. The total mine lease area is Gram panchayat barren wasteland.

There are no litigations/court cases pending against the project as afformed by an affidavit submitted

by the project proponent. The mine plan has been approved by the Directorate of Mines and Geology,

Haryana DMG/HY/MP/Bayal/2017/2733-36 Dated 23-06-2017, Annexure-2(a). The modified mining

plan and Progressive Mine Closure plan after including the associated mineral Quartzite /Stone has

been approved by the Directorate of Mines and Geology, Haryana DMG/HY/MP/Bayal/2018/493-496

Dated 1-02-2018 is enclosed as Annexure-2(b).

1.4 LOCATION AND APPROACH TO THE PROJECT

The mining lease area is in Bayal village, Mahendragarh district, Haryana. The lease area can be

approached by road from Narnaul via SH-17 up to Nangal Chaudhry and thereafter by MDR. The vicinity

map of lese area is shown in toposheet in Figure 1.1. and the satellite image is shown in Figure 1.2.

Surface plan as per approved mine plan has been shown as Figure 1.3.


EIA/EMP Report

7 | P a g e

Figure 1.1: Site and Vicinity Map (Toposheet)


EIA/EMP Report

8 | P a g e

Figure 1.2: Site and Vicinity Map (Satellite map)


EIA/EMP Report

9 | P a g e

Figure 1.3: Surface Plan of Mine


EIA/EMP Report

10 | P a g e

1.5 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT

The project proponent (Lessee) has the registered office at the following address:

Sh. Manmohan Bhadana

R/o V & PO- Anangpur;


1.6 DETAILS OF CONSULTANTS

1.6.1 Environment Consultant

M/s Voyants Solutions Pvt. Ltd. has been entrusted the work for preparation of EIA and EMP report

and obtaining environmental clearance. M/s Voyants Solutions is NABET Accredited consultant with

accreditation in Mining sector as a A atego under EIA accreditation scheme.

1.6.2 Mining Plan Consultant (RQP)

Mr. S.N.Sharma

Regd. No RQP/DDN/0135/2001/A

1.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF PROJECT

The salient Features of the project are given in Table 1.1

Table 1.1: Salient Features

1 Project Name Bayal Quartz Feldspar and Quartzite stone Mine, Mahendragarh,

Haryana

2 Mine Lease Area

76.75 ha.

3 Location of

Mine

Villages Bayal

Tehsil Narnaul

District Mahendragarh

State Haryana

4 Coordinates

Block-1

(North)

Lat: 27°5 . N to 270 51.970 N

Long: 75°58. E to 75°58.932 E

Block-2

(South)

Lat: 27°50'54.20"N to 270 . N

Long: 75°58 . E to 75°5 . E

5 Toposheet G43 D13 and G43 E1

6 Land use Gram panchayat waste land

7 Mineral Quartz, Feldspar and Quartzite Stone

8 Geological Reserves 14,09,05,315 MT

9 Mineable Reserve 12,68,14,776 MT

10 Proposed Annual

Production 55,00,000 TPA

11 Validity of Lease 50 Year

12 Life of mine 23 years

13 Ultimate Pit Limit 355 m amsl (about 30m below average ground level) in south

block

14 Method of Mining Opencast Mechanized


EIA/EMP Report

11 | P a g e

15 No. of Working Days 300

16 Water Demand/Source 18 KLD from ground water resource (4 KLD for Drinking/Domestic,

10 KLD for Dust Suppression, 4 KLD for Plantation)

17 Manpower requirement 116 persons

18 Nearest Railway Station Dabla R.S. on Rewari -Phulera section (4km)

19 Nearest State Highway/

National Highway NH-8 (25km) and SH-14 (10km)

20 Nearest Airport Jaipur Airport about 138 km by road

1.8 LEGISLATION APPLICABLE TO MINING OF MINERAL SECTOR

Regulations, relevant procedures and requirements that may directly influence the project, the

competence of the concerned institutions and their ability to successfully implement the

environmental management measures have been addressed. This section also outlines various aspects

associated with the framework in place for environmental approval of mining project with reference

to the central government and state government of Haryana.

The applicable key laws and regulations of Central Government may be applicable to the proposed

project summarized below:

A. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

This is umbrella Act under which all the Acts and Rules are framed including Air and Water Act. This

A t as passed as a o e all o p ehe si e a t fo p ote tio a d i p o e e t of e i o e t . According to this Act, the Central Government has the power to take all such measures, as it deemed

necessary or expedient for the purpose of protecting and improving the quality of environment and

preventing, controlling and abating environmental pollution. Under this Act, rules have been specified

for discharge/ emission of effluents and different standards for environmental quality. These include

Ambient Noise Standard, Emission from Motor Vehicles, and Mass Emission Standard for Petrol Driven

Vehicles, General Effluent Standards etc. especially important for road project.

B. Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980

As per Section 26 of Indian Forest Act, 1927 a number of activities are prohibited in forest areas and

prior approval is required from the central government to use forest land for non-forest purposes. The

Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 prohibits large-scale diversion of forestland for non-forest use. As

amended in 1988, no State Government or authority shall make such diversions except with the prior

approval of the Central Government or State Government as the case may be.

Forest clearance under this act is not required because no forest land diversion proposed.

C. Forest (Conservation) Rules, 2003:

As per Rule 6 of the Forest (Conservation) Rules, 2003, every user agency, who wants to use any forest

land for non-fo est pu poses, shall ake his p oposal i Fo s appe ded to it. Fo A is e ui ed fo p oposals seeki g fi st ti e app o al u de the A t. Fo B is e ui ed fo proposals seeking renewal

of leases where approval of the Central Government under the Act had already been obtained earlier.

The Act will not be applicable as there is no forest land is involved in the proposed project


EIA/EMP Report

12 | P a g e

D. Aravalli Clearance, 1992:

Under Section 3(1) and 3(2) (v) of the Environment Protection Act, 1986 and rule 5 (3) (d) of the

Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 restricting certain activities in specified area of Aravalli Range,

which are causing Environmental Degradation in the Region. Now, therefore in exercise of the powers

conferred by sub-section (1) and clause (v) of sub-section (2), of section 3 of the Environmental

Protection Act 1986, read with rule 5 of the Environment Protection rules 1986 the central government

hereby prohibits the carrying on of the following process and operations except with its prior

permission,

The Central Government hereby prohibits the carrying on of the following process and operations,

except with its prior permission:

(i) Location of any new industry including expansion modernisation;

(ii) (a) All new mining operations including renewals of mining leases.

(b) Existing mining leases in sanctuaries/national Park and areas covered under Project Tiger and/or

(c) Mining is being done without permission of the competent authority.

(iii) Cutting of trees

(iv) Construction of any clusters of dwelling units, farms houses, sheds, community centres,

information centres and any other activity connected with such construction (including roads a part of

any infrastructure relating thereto);

(v) Electrification (laying of new transmission lines).

This act was applicable to this project. Part area of the lease falling under Khasra numbers 198 and

202 (comprising total area of 151.85 ha) was under Aravalli Project Plantation and cannot be used

for mining as per this notification. Lessee submitted letter to DMG, Haryana to surrender of 151.85

ha area to government which has been accepted by DMG, Haryana vide letter no. Glg/Hy/E-

2578/281 dated 11.01.2017. The execution of the Revised/Modified Mining Lease Deed

(Supplementary Lease Deed) on surrender of part of area (76.75 Hectare) of mining lease in village

Bayal has been executed on 12th May, 2017, which is attached as Annexure-1a.

E. Wild Life Protection Act, 1972

This act is promulgated to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters

connected therewith. The provisions under this Act are as followed:

Section 9 of the Act mentions that no person shall hunt any wild animal specified in Schedule I

The Act prohibits picking, uprooting, damaging, destroying, acquiring any specified plant from

any forestland.

It bans the use of injurious substances, chemicals, explosives that may cause injury or endanger

wildlife in a sanctuary.

No alteration of the boundaries of a National Park shall be made except on a resolution passed

by the Legislature of State.

Destruction or damage of wildlife property in a National Park is prohibited.


EIA/EMP Report

13 | P a g e

There are no ecologically sensitive locations such as National Park, Wildlife Sanctuaries or Biosphere

Reserve are located within 10 km distance from the project site, but peacocks, Jackal, mongoose and

cobra are found in the buffer area, so conservation plan for scheduled I and II species has been

prepared by consultation with forest department and attached as Annexure 9.

F. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

Water Act is the first environmental regulation that was introduced at the State and Centre levels,

Pollution Control Boards to control / regulate environmental pollution in India. Amended twice in 1978

and 1988, the Act vests regulatory authority on the State Pollution Control Boards and empowers them

to establish and enforce effluent standards for industries and local authorities discharging effluents.

The Act resulted in the establishment of the Central and State Level Pollution Control Boards whose

responsibilities include managing water quality and effluent standards, as well as monitoring water

quality, prosecuting offenders and issuing licenses for construction and operation of certain facilities.

The Act empowers the board to levy and collect cess on water consumed by the industry or local

authority and to utilize and augment resources for the Pollution Control Boards. In line with this

provision, The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Rules, 1975 were formulated.

The project requires Consent to Establish from the Haryana State Pollution Control Board under

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974.

G. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

The Air Act vests regulatory authority on the State Pollution Control Boards and empowers them to

enforce air quality standards to prevent air pollution in the country. This Act provides for prevention,

o t ol a d a ate e t of ai pollutio . Ai Pollutio ea s the p ese e i the at osphe e of a ai polluta t , hi h ea s a solid, li uid o gaseous su sta e i ludi g oise i the at osphe e

in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human beings or other living creatures or

plants or property or environment.

The SPCB is empowered to set air quality standards, monitor, and prosecute offenders under The Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981. Section 21 of the Act requires an application to be

made to the State board to establish or operate any industrial operation.

This Act has notified National Ambient Air Quality Standard for different regions e.g. Industrial,

Residential and Sensitive. Air quality during construction and operation phases will be guided by this

specific Act.

The air acts will be applicable for this project as emission of pollutants in ambient air will be involved

during mining activities and Consent of Establish will be required.

H. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000

The Union Government has laid down statutory norms to regulate and control noise levels to prevent

their adverse effects on human health and psychological wellbeing of the people. Under the regulation,

different areas and zones are to be identified as industrial, commercial, residential and silence areas

and anyone exceeding the specified noise level would be liable for action.


EIA/EMP Report

14 | P a g e

In industrial areas, the noise level limit during the day time (6 am to 10 pm) is 75 decibels and during

night (10 pm to 6 am) 70 decibel. Similarly, for commercial areas day time limit is 65 decibel and night

limit 55 decibels. In case of residential areas, the limits are respectively 55 and 45 decibels and for the

silence zones, 50 and 40 decibels.

The act will be applicable for this project as generation of noise will be involved during mining

activities.

I. The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958

According to this Act, every area, beginning at the limit of the protected area or the protected

monument, as the case may be, extending to a distance of 100 meter in all directions shall be the

p ohi ited a ea i espe t of su h p ote ted o u e t. A d e e a ea egi s i at the li it of prohibited area extending to a distance of 200 meter in all the directions shall be regulated area in

respect of every archaeological site and remains. No development activity (including building, mining,

excavating, lasti g is pe itted i the p ohi ited a ea a d de elop e t a ti ities likel to da age the protected property are not pe itted i the Regulated a ea ithout p io pe issio of the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) if the site / remains / monuments are protected by ASI or the State

Directorate of Archaeology, if these are protected by the State.

There is no archaeologically notified area within 300 m from the Mine lease boundary. Therefore, no

such clearance is required for his project.

J. The Mineral Rule, 1955

The act describes the overall standard operation procedure of mining. It is applicable to every mining

activity whether minor or major mineral.

This Act is applicable to the present project.

K. Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957, amended in 2015

This act describes the procedure for obtaining, prospecting licences or mining leases in respect of land

in which the minerals vest in the government; applicable to every mining operation.


L. Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957, amended in 2015

This act describes the procedure for obtaining, prospecting licences or mining leases in respect of land

in which the minerals vest in the government; applicable to every mining operation.


M. Haryana Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking and Transportation of Minerals, and Prevention of

Illegal Mining Rules, 2012.

No person shall undertake any reconnaissance, prospecting or mining operation activity in respect of

any mineral(s) in any part of the state, except under and in accordance with the terms and conditions

of a reconnaissance permit or a prospecting licence or a mining lease or a mining contract or a permit,

or a concession in any other form, as the case may be, granted


EIA/EMP Report

15 | P a g e

This Rule is applicable to the present project.

N. Mineral concession rules 2016

The Minerals (Other than Atomic and Hydro Carbons Energy Minerals) Concession Rules, 2016

prescribe the procedures for regulating the grant of mineral concessions and for purposes connected

therewith. The provisions of these rules cover (i) Rights of existing holders of mineral concessions, (ii)

Mineral concessions granted through auction, (iii) Terms and conditions of mineral concessions, (iv)

Preparation of the mining plan and system of certification, (v) Expiry of a mining lease, (vi) Lapse,

surrender or termination, (vii) Transfers, (viii) Procedure for obtaining a prospecting licence or mining

lease in respect of land in which the minerals vest in a person other than the government, (ix) Revision,

(x) Associated minerals, (xi) Minerals valuation, (xii) Payments, (xiii) Compensation, (xiv) Penalty, (xv)

Repeal and saving, etc.

This Rule is applicable to the present project.

O. Mineral Conservation and Development Rules 2017

This rule is applicable to all the minerals, except-

petroleum and natural gas,

coal, lignite and sand for stowing and

minor minerals

So, this Rule is not applicable to the present project.

P. Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970

Engagement of labours and basic facility are to be provided and labour license to be obtained.

This act will be applicable.

Q. Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 2000

Whereas it is expedient to prohibit engagement of child in factory, mining and similar other risky work

and to make necessary provision for health, Child s safet a d se i es a d fa ilities hile e gagi g them in other work.

This act will not be applicable, as child labour will not be involved during any activity of this project.

R. The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in land acquisition, Rehabilitation and

resettlement Act, 2013

In India, a new bill, Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Bill has been passed by the

Parliament in 2013 to repeal the Land Acquisition Act of 1894. This is the first National/ Central Law on

the subject of Rehabilitation & Resettlement of families affected and displaced as a result of land

acquisition. Only R&R provisions will apply when private companies purchase land for a project, and

the same exceeds the area thresholds set by the State Governments for such purchase.

As per this Act, compensation will be given within a period of three months from the date of the award

and R&R shall be completed six months prior to submergence in case of irrigation or hydel projects.


EIA/EMP Report

16 | P a g e

Where an award has been made, but the affected individuals have not accepted compensation or have

not yet given up possession, and the proceedings have been pending for 5 years or more, provisions of

the new law will apply.

This Act is applicable as the land is leased at the name proponent; but some houses are within lease

area, R&R Plan has been prepared for houses and Project affected persons (PAPs).

S. The Provisions of the Panchayats (Extensions to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996

PESA is a law enacted by the Government of India for ensuring self-governance through traditional

Gram Sa ha s for people living in the Scheduled Areas of India. Scheduled Areas are areas identified by

the Fifth Schedule of the Constitution of India. Scheduled Areas are found in ten states of India which

have predominant population of tribal communities. The Scheduled Areas were not covered by the

73rd Constitutional Amendment or Panchayati Raj Act of the Indian Constitution as provided in the Part

IX of the Constitution. PESA was enacted on 24 December 1996 to extend the provisions of Part IX of

the Constitution to Scheduled Areas, with certain exceptions and modifications. PESA sought to enable

the Panchayats at appropriate levels and Gram Sa ha s to implement a system of self-governance with

respect to a number of issues such as customary resources, minor forest produces, minor minerals,

minor water bodies, selection of beneficiaries, sanction of projects, and control over local

institutions. PESA is an Act to provide for the extension of the provisions of Part IX of the Constitution

relating to the Panchayats and the Scheduled Areas.

This act will not be applicable as Mahendragarh District has no Schedule Areas located in the Project

land.

T. The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act,

2006

This is an Act to recognize and vest the forest rights and occupation in forest land in forest dwelling

Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have been residing in such forests for

generations but whose rights could not be recorded; to provide for a framework for recording the

forest rights so vested and the nature of evidence required for such recognition and vesting in respect

of forest land.

This act will not be applicable as the project does not involve any forest land and any Schedule Tribes.

U. EIA Notification, 2006 and amendments thereafter

The Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006, Ministry of Environment and Forests,

Government of India, came into effect from 14th September 2006. The EIA Notification, 2006 specifies

the requirement of prior clearance from MOEF&CC for certain development projects specified under

the schedule of the Notification. The projects and activities under the Notification have been classified

into two categories- Category A and Category B, based on the spatial extent of potential impacts on

human health, natural and man-made resources.

The proposed project is falling under Category A as the proposed mining area is more than 50 ha.

Therefore, prior Environmental Clearance required from EAC.

V. E-Waste Management Rule, 2016


EIA/EMP Report

17 | P a g e

As per the rule E- aste has ee defi ed as aste ele t i al a d electronic equipment, whole or in

pa t o eje ts f o thei a ufa tu i g a d epai p o ess, hi h a e i te ded to e dis a ded . The E-waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2016 have been notified with primary objective to

channelize the E-waste generated in the country for environmentally sound recycling. As per the rule,

bulk Consumers are bulk users of electrical and electronic equipment such as central government or

state government departments, public sector undertakings, banks, educational institutions,

multinational organizations, international agencies and private companies that are registered under

the Factories Act, 1948 and Companies Act, 1956. They have to maintain records on E-waste generated

and channelized to registered/authorized collection centres/recycler/dismantler.

The said Act will not be applicable for the project.

W. Construction & Demolition Rule, 2016

The rules shall apply to every waste resulting from construction, re-modelling, repair and demolition

of any civil structure of individual or organisation or authority that generates construction and

demolition waste such as building materials, debris, rubble.

Every waste generator shall prima-facie be responsible for collection, segregation of concrete, soil and

others and storage of construction and demolition waste generated, as directed or notified by the

concerned local authority in consonance with these rules.

This Rule is not applicable as no construction or demolition activities will be involved in present

project.

X. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

These rules shall apply to the management of hazardous and other wastes as specified in the Schedules

to these rules but shall not apply to-

a) Wastewater and exhaust gases as covered under the provisions of the Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974) and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

1981 (14 of 1981) and the rules made thereunder and as amended from time to time;

b) Wastes arising out of the operation from ships beyond five kilometres of the relevant baseline

as covered under the provisions of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958 (44 of 1958) and the rules

made thereunder and as amended from time to time;

c) Radio-active wastes as covered under the provisions of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 (33 of 1962)

and the rules made thereunder and as amended from time to time;

d) Bio-medical wastes covered under the Bio-Medical Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules,

1998 made under the Act and as amended from time to time; and

e) Wastes covered under the Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000

made under the Act and as amended from time to time.

The project will be covered under this act for spent oil from DG set and maintenance of the machines.

Y. Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

These rules shall apply to every urban local body, outgrowths in urban agglomerations, census towns

as declared by the Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India, notified areas, notified

industrial townships, areas under the control of Indian Railways, airports, airbases, Ports and harbours,


EIA/EMP Report

18 | P a g e

defence establishments, special economic zones, State and Central government organisations, places

of pilgrims, religious and historical importance as may be notified by respective State government from

time to time and to every domestic, institutional, commercial and any other non-residential solid waste

generator situated in the areas except industrial waste, hazardous waste, hazardous chemicals, bio

medical wastes, e-waste, lead acid batteries and radio-active waste, that are covered under separate

rules framed under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.

The project will be covered under this rule for management of waste generated from the labour

camps.

Z. The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains ACT 1958

A o di g to this A t, a ea ithi the adii of a d f o the p ote ted p ope t a e desig ated as p ote ted a ea a d o t olled a ea espe ti el . No de elop e t a ti it i ludi g building, mining, excavating, lasti g is pe itted i the p ote ted a ea a d de elop e t a ti ities likel to da age the p ote ted p ope t a e ot pe itted i the o t olled a ea ithout p io permission of the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) if the site / remains / monuments are protected

by ASI or the State Directorate of Archaeology, if these are protected by the State.

There is no archaeologically notified area within 10 km from the project side. Therefore, no such

clearance is required for his project.

1.9 SCOPING OF THE PROJECT

As per MoEF&CC notification, dated 14th September 2006 and its amendment dated 1st December

2009, construction of a new project or activities or the expansion or modernization of existing projects

or activities listed in the schedule to the notification shall be undertaken in any part of India only after

the prior environmental clearance from the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and

Fo ests a d Cli ate Cha ge, Ne Delhi fo atte s falli g u de Catego A i the s hedule and at

state level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for matters falling under

Catego B i the said s hedule, the late dul o stituted the Ce t al Go e e t u de su -

section (3) of section 3 of the said act.

In the present case, the mining of Quartz, Feldspar, Quartzite and stone in lease area of 76.75 ha relates

to mining of minerals (non- oal p oje t falli g u de p oje t atego ith th eshold li it A , as the lease area is more than 50 ha and as such, the scoping clearance was sought from the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and climate change, GoI.

After going through the various aspects of the mining at the proposed site and the related documents

like Form – I and the PFR, the EAC, MoEF&CC. in its 15th meeting held on February 2017 set out the

scoping clearance and issued ToR vide Letter No. J-11015/10/2017-IA. II (M), dated 17th May 2017 for

environmental impact assessment studies and preparation of environmental management plan for the

project and for submission of report after Public Hearing.

1.10 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT

Contents of the EIA and EMP study reports have been arranged in 11 separate chapters as follows:


EIA/EMP Report

19 | P a g e

Table 1.2: EIA Report Structure

Chapter

No. Chapter Heading Chapter Description

1 Introduction Describes general information of mining, Contribution and

Rank of India in World Production of Principal Minerals &

Metals background, mining methodology, Environment

Clearance method, brief description of proposed Project,

location and connectivity, identification of project & project

proponent, legislation applicable to mining of mineral sector,

EIA report structure, ToR Compliance etc.

2 Project Description This chapter elaborates the project salient features, location,

technology and process description, components of project,

etc.

3 Analysis of Alternatives

(Technology and site)

This chapter describes Location alternatives and Process

alternatives; impact and mitigation of each alternative

4 Description of the

Baseline Environmental

Components

The chapter defines study area, study period, concept and

methodology adopted for baseline data collection,

establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components covering physico-chemical, biological and Socio-

economic components and base maps of environmental

components.

5 Anticipated

Environmental Impacts

& Mitigation Measures

Assessment of anticipated environmental impacts due to

mining activities and suggesting measures for mitigating

those impacts are the main crux of this chapter.

6 Environmental

Monitoring Programme

Describes the environment monitoring plan during operation

of the mine.

7 Additional Studies Describes Public consultation and Disaster Management

&emergency preparedness plan

8 Project Benefits Describes social and other benefits of the project

9 Environmental

Management Plan

Describes the management plan to mitigate the impact of

mining activities on environment

10 Summary and

conclusion

This chapter describes the brief summary of project and

recommendations

11 Disclosure of

Consultant Engaged

This chapter depicts the team of consultants engaged in the

study

1.11 TERMS OF REFERENCE (ToR) COMPLIANCE

The Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) at its 15thmeeting held on February, 2017 considered the project

in great depth. The EAC vide Letter No. J-11015/10/2017-IA. II (M), dated 17th May 2017 accorded,

Te s of Refe e e ToR fo p epa atio of EIA epo t. ToR letter is enclosed as Annexure- 3.

Compliance to the ToR points is as Table 1.3 below;

Table 1.3: ToR Compliance Status

S. No. ToR Point Compliance

1.

The proponent should provide a

certificate from the state forest

department that the lease area falling

Permission for surrender of 151.85ha out of

total area 228.60 ha was granted vide Memo


EIA/EMP Report

20 | P a g e


under Khasra Number 198 and 202

comprising total area of 151.85 ha which

was under Aravalli has been surrendered

and the mine plan should be prepared

excluding the surrendered land.

Glg/Hy/E-2578/279, dated 11.01.2017 is

enclosed as Annexure 1(b)

2.

Year- wise production details since 1994

should be given, clearly stating the

highest production achieved in any one

year prior to 1994. It may also be

categorically informed whether there

had been any increase in production

after the EIA notification 1994 came into

force, w.r.t. the highest production

achieved prior to 1994.

Present project is new project it was not

operational since 1994. There has been no

production by the lessee as yet from the mine.

3.

A copy of the document in support of the

fact the Proponent is the rightful lessee

of the mine should be given.

Copy of the Revised/Modified lease deed

executed on 12.05.2017 by lessee is enclosed as

Annexure 1(c).

4.

All documents including approved mine

plan EIA and Public Hearing Should be

compatible with one another in terms of

the mine lease area, production levels,

waste generation and its management,

mining technology etc. and should be in

the name of the lease.

Details regarding mine lease area, production

levels, waste generation and its management,

mining technology as mentioned in draft and

final EIA report are similar to what is contained

in approved mine plan

5.

All corner coordinated of the mining

lease area, superimposed on a High-

Resolution Imagery/Toposheet,

topographic sheet, geomorphology and

geology of area should be provided. Such

an imagery of the proposed area should

clearly show the land use and another

ecological feature of the study area

(Core and Buffer Zone).

All Corner coordinate of mine lease area

superimposed on a 1:50000 scale of Survey of

India toposheet shown in Figure 1.1

High-resolution imagery provided in Figure 2.1

and 2.2


EIA/EMP Report

21 | P a g e


6.

Information should be provided in

Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000

scale indicating geological map of the

area, geomorphology and land forms of

the area, existing minerals and mining

history of the area, important water

bodies, streams and rivers and soil

characteristics.

Toposheet showing geological map of the area,

geomorphology and land forms of the area,

existing minerals and mining history of the area,

important water bodies, streams and rivers etc.

is given in Figure 4.1

7.

Details about the land proposed for

mining activities should be given with

information as to whether mining

conforms to the land use policy of the

state; land diversion for mining should

have approval from State land use board

or the concerned authority.

The mine lease area is waste land, the

ownership of which vests with the Gram

Panchayat Bayal, district Mahendragarh. No

forest land is involved in mining operation. The

certificate from DFO, Mahendragarh to this

effect is enclosed as Annexure-5. Since the lease

area is mineralized zone with land use class as

waste land pertaining to State of Haryana, the

State Mining Department as per the laid down

State Policy has executed lease with the Project

proponent.

8.

It should be clearly stated whether the

proponent Company has well laid down

Environment Policy Approved by its

Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt

out in the EIA Report with description of

the prescribed operating process/

procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of

the Environmental and forest

norms/conditions? The hierarchical

system or administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental

issue and ensuring compliance with the

EC conditions may also be given. The

system of reporting of non-compliance/

violations of environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the Company

and/or shareholders or stakeholders at

large, May also be detailed in the EIA

Report.

The project proponent will comply with the

environmental norms and conditions set forth in

the main Environmental Clearance of the

project and shall submit compliance to the

EAC/SEIAA periodically as per norms under the

EC letter.

The project proponent has environment policy

of its own, enclosed as Annexure- 8.

The project proponent has well defined

procedures to bring out any infringement /

deviation of the environmental/forest

regulations and norms. The non-compliance

reporting system (infringement / deviation /

violation of the Environmental and forest

norms/conditions) is presented in Annexure 8.

The hierarchical system of the company and the

system for reporting non-compliances has been


EIA/EMP Report

22 | P a g e


covered under Section 6.6 and its sub-section.

The organizational structure of the firm

belonging to the project proponent is annexed

as Annexure - 8.

9.

Issues relating to mine safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground

mining and slope study in case of open

cast mining, blasting study etc. should be

detailed. The proposed safeguard

measures in each case should also be

provided.

Proposed project is open cast mining. Risk

Assessment and Hazard associated with open

cast mining are mentioned in section 7.3 and

7.4. Disaster management plan is presented in

section 7.5.

10.

The study area will comprise of 10 km

zone around the mine lease periphery

and the data contained in the EIA such as

generation etc. should be for the life of

mine/ lease period.

Figure 4.1 shows the study area and the details

of waste generation as per approved mine plan

are mentioned under Section 2.8.6.

11.

Land use of the study area delineating

forest area, agricultural land, grazing

land, wildlife sanctuary, national park,

migratory routes of fauna, water bodies,

human settlements and other ecological

features should be indicated. Land use

plan of the mine lease area should be

prepared to encompass preoperational,

operational and post operational phases

and submitted. Impact, if any, of change

of land use should be given.

The study area is characterized by hills and

plains, the dominating classes are, agriculture

(55.48%), scrub area (23.02%), open forest

(16.29%), settlement (2.33%), water body

(1.40%) and Barren (10.03%).

The land use pattern of study area is

enumerated in Table 4.2 and its disposition in

Figure 4.5. The land use pattern of mine existing

as on date; after 5th year of mining period and

conceptual have been shown in Table 4.3

Preparation, operation and post operational

land use is presented in section 4.4

12.

Details of the land for any Over Burden

dumps outside the mine lease, such as

extend of land area, distance from mine

lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any,

should be given.

All the overburden including top soil will be

collected within mine lease area for green belt

development and post mine closer activities.

R&R issues is involved and provided in Section

7.7. R&R Plan has been attached as annexure

16.


EIA/EMP Report

23 | P a g e


13.

A certificate from the Competent

Authority in the State Forest

Department should be provided,

confirming the involvement of forest

land, if any, in the project area. In the

event of any contrary claim by the

Project Proponent regarding the Status

of forests, the site may be inspected by

the State Forest Department along with

the Regional Office of the Ministry to

ascertain the status of forests, based on

which, the certificates in this regard as

mentioned above be issued. In all such

cases, it would be desirable for the State

Forest Department to assist the Expert

Appraisal Committees.

The mine lease area is waste land pertaining to

Gram Panchayat as per Revenue record. No

forest land is involved in mining operation. The

certificate from DFO, Mahendragarh, to this

effect is enclosed as Annexure- 5

14.

Status of forestry clearance for the

broken-up area and virgin forestland

involved in the

Project including deposition of net

present value (NPV) and compensatory

afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A

copy of the forestry clearance should

also be furnished.

Not applicable, as no diversion of forest land for

non-forestry purpose is envisaged under the

approved mine plan. Therefore, there is no case

for deposition of any NPV/ CA amount

15.

Implementation status of recognition of

forest rights under the Scheduled tribes

and other Traditional Forest Dwellers

(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006

should be indicated.

Not applicable as neither any forest land is

involved in lease area nor any settlement

habituated by ST and other traditional forest

dwellers exists.

16.

The vegetation in RF/PF area in the study

area, with necessary details, should be

given.

The taxonomic diversity and the phyto-

sociological characteristics of the plant species

in core and buffer zone covering forest area has

been provided in detailed in Section 4.13

17.

A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of Mining Project non wildlife of

the study area and details furnished.

Impact of the project on the wildlife in

the surrounding and any other protected

area and accordingly, detailed mitigation

measures required, should be worked

out with cost implications and

submitted.

The impact of Mining Project with mitigation

plan on biological environment of the study area

is presented in section 5.9 of Chapter 5. Revised

Conservation plan including detailed mitigation

measures required with cost estimates is

enclosed as Annexure- 9

18.

Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves Wildlife Corridors,

Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant Reserves/

(Existing as well as proposed), if any,

with in 10 km of the mining lease should

be clearly indicated, supported by a

location map duly authenticated by

No Protected area like National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife

Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves, exist within

10 km of the mine lease. A certificate from the

forest department to this effect is enclosed as

Annexure- 5.


EIA/EMP Report

24 | P a g e


Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary

clearance, as may be applicable to such

projects due to proximity of ecologically

sensitive areas as mentioned above,

should be obtained from the Standing

Committee of National Board of Wildlife

and copy furnished.

19.

A detailed biological study of the study

area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km

radius of the periphery of the mine

lease)] shall be carried out. Details of

flora and fauna, endangered, endemic

and RET Species duly authenticated,

separately for core and buffer zone

should be furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly indicating

the schedule of the fauna present. In

case of Scheduled-I fauna found in the

study area, the necessary plan along

with budgetary provisions for their

conservation should be furnished.

Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made

as part of the project cost.

Detailed biological study of the study area [core

zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)] is presented in

section 4.13 of chapter 4.

Conservation plan with budget for Schedule I

and II species is enclosed as Annexure- 9

20.

P o i it to a ea de la ed as C iti all Polluted o the P oje t a eas likel to o e u de the Aravalli Ra ge ,

(attracting court restrictions for mining

operations), should also be indicated

and where so required, clearance

certifications from the prescribed

Authorities, such as the SPCB or State

Mining Dept. should be secured and

furnished to the effect that the proposed

mining activities could be considered.

The proposed mine lease area falling in Tehsil

and Block Narnaul of District Mahendragarh,

Haryana, is not identified as critically polluted

area and within 10 km from project boundary no

such area present.

The part area of the lease falling under Khasra

numbers 198 and 202 (comprising total area of

151.85 hectares) was under Aravalli Project

Plantation and ould t be used for mining as

pe o de s of the Ho le Sup e e Cou t. Lessee submitted letter to DMG, Haryana for

surrender of 151.85 ha area and which has been

accepted by DMG, Haryana vide letter no.

Glg/Hy/E-2578/281 dated 11.01.2017

Annexure-1b.

21.

Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map

duly authenticated by one of the

authorized agencies demarcating LTL.

HTL. CRZ area, location of the mine lease

w.r.t. CRZ, coastal features such as

mangroves, if any should be furnished.

(Note: The Mining Projects falling under

CRZ would also need to obtain approval

of the concerned Coastal Zone

Management Authority).

Mining Project is in Haryana which is a non-

coastal area. Thus, there is no requirement of

furnishing CRZ map.


EIA/EMP Report

25 | P a g e


22.

R&R Plan/compensation details for the

Project Affected People (PAP) should be

furnished. While preparing the R&R

plan, the relevant state/National

Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy

should be kept in view. In respect of

SCs/STs and other weaker sections of the

society in the study area, a need based

sample survey, family wise, should be

undertaken to assess their

requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of

line departments of the state

government. It may be clearly brought

out whether the village (s) located in the

mine lease area will be shifted or not.

The issue relating to shifting of village(s)

including their R&R and socioeconomic

aspects should be discussed in the

report.

45 houses within lease area will be affected by

the mining activities for which R&R plan has

been prepared and provided as annexure – 16

23.

One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-

May (Summer Season); October –

December (post monsoon season);

December-February (winter season)]

primary baseline data on ambient air

quality as per CPCB notification of 2009,

water quality, noise level, soil and for

and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ

and other data so complied presented

date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report.

Site specific meteorological data should

also be collected. The location of the

monitoring stations should be such as to

represent whole of the study area and

justified keeping in view the pre-

dominant downwind direction and

location of sensitive receptors. There

should be at least one monitoring station

within 500m of the mine lease in the pre-

dominant downwind direction. The

mineralogical composition of PM10,

particularly for free silica, should be

given.

The baseline data for pre-monsoon season

(March 2017 – May 2017) has been collected in

respect of air quality (Section 3.5); Water

Quality (Section 3.6); Noise (Section 3.8); Soil

(Section 3.7); Flora & Fauna (Section 3.9); Site

specific meteorological data (Section 3.4). One

or more than one monitoring stations in the pre-

dominant wind direction have been fixed within

500 m of the area.

24.

Air quality modelling should be carried

out for prediction of impact of the

project on the air quality of the area. It

should also take into account the impact

of movement of vehicles for

transportation of mineral. The details of

Air Quality modelling was carried out by using

AERMOD 9.5 Software and presented in section

5.8.4 of chapter 5 and in figure 4.10 showing

impact zone will be from south west zone,

Impact due to transportation of mineral is

presented in Section 5.8.


EIA/EMP Report

26 | P a g e


the model used and input parameters

used for modelling should be provided.

The air quality contours may be shown

on a location map clearly indicating the

location of the site, location of sensitive

receptors, if any, and the habitation. The

wind roses showing predominant wind

direction may also be indicated on the

map.

Site Specific wind rose diagrams are presented

in Figure 4.10

25.

The water requirement for the project,

its availability and source should be

furnished. A detailed water balance

should also be provided. Fresh water

requirement for the project should be

indicated.

The treated effluent from STP, Narnaul shall be

arranged for the mining activities (14KLD) for

which the concern authorities have been

requested. Drinking/domestic water

requirements (4KLD) shall be made from private

tanker supply. (Figure 2.7 of Chapter 2).

26.

Necessary clearance from the

competent authority for drawl of

requisite quantity of water for the

project should be provided.

The treated effluent from STP, Narnaul shall be

arranged for the mining activities (14KLD) for

which the concern authorities have been

requested. Drinking/domestic water

requirements (4KLD) shall be made from private

tanker supply from nearby village so no

clearance is required.

27.

Description of water conservation

measures proposed to be adopted in the

project should be given. Details of

rainwater harvesting proposed in the

project, if any, should be provided.

The rain water shall accumulate into the pit

created during each year mine working. The pit

shall act as reservoir and will help in percolation

of water through rock mass having fissures/

joints in the sedimentary rock. The ultimate pit

shall have an area of 30 ha and with average

annual rainfall of 882 mm, shall accumulate

0.265 MCM of water. (Section 5.6.1 of Chapter

5).

28.

Impact of the project on the water

quality, both surface and groundwater,

should be assessed and necessary

safeguard measures, if any required,

should be provided.

The mining activity shall not directly impact the

surface water quality. However, owing to land

degradation, the loose soil particles during

heavy rains can find way into the pit section of

the mine due to run-off from slopes and

benches. This will increase the silt rate of

accumulated run-off water in the pit and also

increase the silt contents of the nearby water

body when being dewatered from the pit.

Impact on surface and ground water quality with

proposed safeguards are mentioned in Section

5.6.2 and 5.6.3 respectively of Chapter 5.

29.

Based on actual monitored data, it may

clearly be shown whether working will

intersect groundwater. Necessary data

and documentation in this regard may

be provided. In case the working will

intersect groundwater table, a detailed

Hydro-Geological study should be

The Ground Water Table (GWT) is located about

335 masl while the lowest working level at the

end of 5th year shall be 399 masl. The ultimate

pit level shall be 355masl. This implies that the

GWT will be 20 m below the ultimate mine pit

bottom and shall not be intersected (Section

2.13 and Figure 2.8). No mining below GWT is


EIA/EMP Report

27 | P a g e


undertaken and report furnished. The

report inter-alia, shall include details of

the aquifers present and impact of

mining activities on these aquifers.

Necessary permission from Central

Ground Water Authority for working

below ground water and for pumping of

ground water should also be obtained

and copy furnished.

envisaged in the approved plan. Thus, no

permission for CGWA for working below ground

water is required.

30.

Details of any stream, seasonal or

otherwise, passing through the lease

area and modification/diversion

proposed, if any, and the impact of the

same on the hydrology should be

brought out.

The mine lease area of both block does not

contain any stream and thus no diversion of any

stream for facilitating the mining activities is

contemplated. The natural ground slope in the

surrounding area of the mine is from east to

west and the nearest stream in the area is

Chandravati river, an ephemeral river, which is

about 8.4 km from the mine site.

31.

Information on site elevation, working

depth, groundwater table etc. should be

provided both in AMSL and BGL. A

schematic diagram may also be provided

for the same.

The entire reserve of quartz is put under proved

category up and above valley level upto 385

masl, next 20 meters (365 masl) considered as

probable and further 10 meters (upto 355 mRL)

as possible.

Schematic Diagram of Mine Working is shown in

Figure 2.6 of Chapter 2.

32.

A time bound progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a

tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and

time frame) and submitted, keeping in

mind, the same will have to be executed

up front on commencement of the

project. Phase-wise plan of plantation

and compensatory afforestation should

be charted clearly indicating the area to

be covered under plantation and the

species to be planted. The details of

plantation already done should be given.

The plant species selected for green belt

should have greater ecological value and

should be of good utility value to the

local population with emphasis on local

and native species and the species which

are tolerant to pollution.

Progressive greenbelt development plan

mentioning the plant species and time frame

has been submitted in Tabular form under Sub-

Section 9.3.4. As per plan every year plantation

shall be carried out in 1.87 ha area with 1870

plants /year. Considering the mortality factor in

all 9350 plants will be planted in 5 years with

total capital cost 33.77 lakh and recurring cost 8.00

lakh Local indigenous species shall be planted

(Table 9.3)

33.

Impact on local transport infrastructure

due to the project should be indicated.

Projected increase in truck traffic as a

result of the project in the present road

network (including those outside the

project area) should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable of

About 18333 metric tonnes of material/ day

shall be transported through ODR. The level of

ser i e shall ha ge f o A to D i post project scenario. (Section 5.12 and Table 5.13).


EIA/EMP Report

28 | P a g e


handling the incremental load.

Arrangement for improving the

infrastructure, if contemplated including

action to be taken by other agencies

such as State Government) should be

covered. Project Proponent shall

conduct impact of transportation study

as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines.

34.

Details of the onsite shelter and facilities

to be provided to the mine workers

should be included in the EIA Report.

Mining workers will be employed mostly from

nearby villages; onsite facilities provided to

them are detailed in section 2.12 of chapter 2,

budget for the same is presented in Section

9.6.8 of Chapter 9.

35.

Conceptual post mining land use and

reclamation and restoration of mined

out areas (with plans and with adequate

number of sections) should be given in

the EIA report.

Conceptual post mining land use and

reclamation and restoration of mined out areas

are given in section 4.4.2 and detail in Modified

Mining Plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan,

enclosed as Annexure- 2.

36.

Occupational Health impacts of the

project should be anticipated and the

proposed preventive measures spelt out

in detail. Details of pre-placement

medical examination and periodical

medical examination schedules should

be incorporated in the EMP. The project

specific occupational health mitigation

measures with required facilities

proposed in the mining area may be

detailed.

Impacts have been anticipated and measures

spelt out (Section 7.5), and detailed occupation

health management plan provided (Section 9.6)

Occupational Health Impacts: Allergic rhinitis

and asthma, Skin diseases; Noise Induce Hearing

Loss; Allergic conjunctivitis of eyes.

For initial and periodical medical check-up of

employee of the mines, who are engaged at the

active mine site, budgetary provision of Rs.

2000/employee/year shall be made. The

provision at this stage is being made for 116

skilled/semi-skilled / unskilled workers.

37.

Public health implications of the project

and related activities for the population

in the impact zone should be

systematically evaluated and the

proposed remedial measures should be

detailed along with budgetary

allocations.

The dust generated due to excavation, loading

and movement on un-mettled haul road/ mine

road creates air borne dust. The dust is the main

pollutant of concern for the local population

residing near the project site.

The most significant health impacts are allergic

rhinitis and asthma due to inhalation of dust.

In extreme windy conditions the dust particles

forcing way into the eyes can create itching as

well as allergic conjunctivitis of eye (Section

5.10)

38.

Measures of socio economic significance

and influence to the local community

proposed to be provided by the project

proponent should be indicated. As far as

possible, quantitative dimensions may

be given with time frames for

implementation.

The positive and adverse impact on socio-

economic aspect to the local community has

been discussed under Section 5.10. During the

operational phase by the implementation of

certain CSR activities amounting Rs. 26.55 lakhs

(livelihood and entrepreneurship, women

empowerment, education, health, agricultural

improvement, sanitation and drinking water

facilities and creation of traditional water


EIA/EMP Report

29 | P a g e


harvesting structures etc.) indirect employment

will also generate. (Section 10.5.9)

39.

Detailed environment management plan

(EMP) to mitigate the environmental

impacts which, should inter-alia include

the impacts of change of land use, loss of

agricultural and grazing land, if any,

occupational health impacts besides

other impact specific to the proposed

Project.

The environmental plan to mitigate

environmental impact have been formulated

(Section 9.2 to Section 9.7). The capital cost and

annual recurring cost for implementation of

EMP shall be Rs.336.09 lakh and Rs. 390.27 lakh

respectively (Table 9.11).

40.

Public hearing points raised and

commitment of the Project Proponent

on the same along with time bound

action plan with budgetary provisions to

implement the same should be provided

and also incorporated in the final

EIA/EMP report of the Project.

Public Hearing MoM and action plan is enclosed

as Annexure 11.

41.

Details of litigation pending against the

project, if any with direction/ order

passed by any court of law against the

Project should be given.

No litigation pending for this project. Affidavit

for the declaration of the same is enclosed as

Annexure- 6.

42.

The cost of the Project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost

towards implementation of EMP should

be clearly sent out.

The cost of the project is INR 875 lakh. The

capital cost and annual recurring cost for

implementation of EMP provided in chapter 9

(Table 9.11)

43.

A disaster management Plan shall be

prepared and included in the EIA/EMP

Report.

DMP is detailed in section 7.5 of chapter 7.

44.

Benefits of the Project if the Project is

implemented should be spelt out. The

benefits of the Project shall clearly

indicate environmental, social,

economic, employment potential, etc.

The mining activities will provide employment

to persons of different skills and trades on

contractual basis. The local population will be

given preference for employment. The

employment potential will ameliorate economic

conditions of these families directly and provide

employment to many other families indirectly,

who are involved in the business and service

related activities.

Detail is given in Chapter 8.

45. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed: -

a.

All documents to be properly referenced

with index and continuous page

numbering.

Documents have been numbered in

continuation and properly referenced w.r.t.

Table of Contents (Index).

b.

Where data are presented in the Report

especially in Tables, the period in which

the data were collected and the sources

should be indicated.

Source of data has been provided and period of

data also has been mentioned in report.

C

.

Project Proponent shall enclose all the

analysis/testing reports of water, air,

Environmental Monitoring was carried out by

Global Environmental Laboratories, Ghaziabad.


EIA/EMP Report

30 | P a g e


soil, noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL

accredited laboratories. All the original

analysis/testing reports should be

available during appraisal of the Project.

NABL certificate of the laboratory is enclosed as

Figure 11.2 in Chapter 11.

All the analysis/testing reports from laboratory

is enclosed as Annexure- 7.

d.

Where the documents provided are in a

language other than English, an English

translation should be provided.

All the documents are provided in English only.

And document other than English has been

translated to English language.

e.

The Questionnaire for environmental

appraisal of mining projects as devised

earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled

and submitted.

Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of

mining projects is enclosed as Annexure- 12.

f.

While preparing the EIA report, the

instructions for the Proponents and

instructions for the consultants issued by

MoEF&CC vide O.M. No. J-

11013/41/2006-1A.II (I) dated 4th

August, 2009, which are available on the

website of his ministry, should be

followed.

All instruction mentioned in the relevant O.M.

MoEF&CC vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-1A. II

(I) dated 4th August, 2009 have been complied.

g.

Changes, if any made in the basic scope

and project parameters (as submitted in

Form-I and the PFR for securing the TOR)

should be brought to the attention of

MoEF&CC with reasons for such changes

and permission should be sought, as the

TOR may also have to be altered. Post

Public Hearing changes in structure and

content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than

modifications arising out of the P.H.

process) will entail conducting the PH

again with the revised documentation.

No changes, other than modification arising out

of Public Hearing process, has been

incorporated in the basic scope and project

parameter.

h.

As per the circular no. J-

11011/618/2010-IA.II (I) dated

30.5.2012, certified report of the status

of compliance of the conditions

stipulated in the environment clearance

for the existing operations of the project,

should be obtained from the Regional

Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change, as may be

applicable.

This is new project so not applicable

i.

The EIA report should also include (i)

surface plan of the area indicating

contours of the main topographic

features, drainage and mining area, (ii)

geological maps and sections and (iii)

sections of the mine pit and external

dumps, if any, clearly showing the land

features of the adjoining area.

Compliance made

Surface Plan (Figure 1.3)

Geological map and Sections in Plate No 2 and 4

Plan at end of 5th year(Plate-3)


EIA/EMP Report

31 | P a g e


10.

The EIA report should also include (i)

surface plan of the area indicating

contours of main topographic features,

drainage and mining area, (ii) geological

maps and sections and (iii) sections of

the mine pit and external dumps, if any,

clearly showing the land features of the

adjoining area.

All these maps are included in Chapter 2

11.

The prescribed TOR would be valid for a

period of three years for submission of

the EIA/EMP reports, as per the O.M. No.

J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated

07.11.2014. The TOR is valid up to

16.05.2020.

The EIA report is being submitted within the

validity period, i.e., before 16.5.2020.

10.

After preparing the draft EIA (as per

generic structure prescribed in

Appendix-III of the EIA Notification,

2006) covering the above-mentioned

issues, the proponent will get the public

hearing conducted and take further

necessary action for obtaining

Environmental Clearance in accordance

with the procedure prescribed under

the EIA Notification, 2006.

Public Hearing was conducted on 24/10/2017,

details of the same is enclosed as Annexure 11.

Final EIA / EMP report is submitted for grant of

E.C.

1.12 CLARIFICATION TO QUERY

The 25th meeting of the reconstituted Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) for Environmental Appraisal

of Mining Projects (Non-Coal) of the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change was held

during December 21-22, 2017.

The proposed proposal of 5.5 MTPA of Quartz, Feldspar and Quartzite/ Stone from mine (76.75 Ha)

located at Village: Bayal, Tehsil: Narnaul, District: Mahendergarh, Haryana considered with proposal

reference No. IA/HR/MIN/62041/2017. The query raised during the presentation which is reported in

Mom has been clarified in Table no. 1.4 below and detailed in different sections of revised EIA/EMP

report.

Table 1.4: Clarification to the Queries

S.

No. Query Raised Clarifications

1 Revised lease deed after inclusion of

names of all the mineral to be mined Grant of letter to add the associated mineral quartzite

has been obtained from The Director, Mines & Geology

Department Haryana, dated 12/01/2018 letter wide

memo No. Glg/Hy/E-2578/229. Attached with the

reports as Annexure 1(a).

2 The method of mining should be in

a o da e ith Mi ist s O.M. No Z-

11013/57/2014-IA.II (M) dated

29.10.2014 and mining plan should be

prepared accordingly, the exploration

Method of mining has been adopted as pe Mi ist s O.M. No Z-11013/57/2014-IA. II (M) dated 29.10.2014

for mine plan preparation. The exploration details and

production planning has been revised from 7500 TPD to


EIA/EMP Report

32 | P a g e

details and production planning needs to

be revised accordingly in the mining plan. 18333 TPD. Approved mine plan has been attached with

the EIA /EMP as Annexure - 2

3 The district survey report (DSR) prepared

in accordance with Appendix-X as per S.O.

141 (E) dated 15.01.2016 for all the

minerals to be mined and final DSR needs

to be submitted.

The Revised District survey report (DSR) prepared in

accordance with Appendix-X as per S.O. 141 (E) dated

15/01/2016 including details of all the minerals to be

mined has been attached as Annexure - 13

4 The Quantity of waste to be generated in

entire life of the mine along with its

method of disposal and stabilization

needs to be mentioned in the mining plan

and EIA Report.

Average from 5 years approximately 40950 TPA

waste/Reject will be generated. Disposal method of

reject/ waste has been provided in mine plan and EIA

report as Section 9.7.

5 The Noise quality values mentioned in the

EIA Report needs to be checked and

revised accordingly.

Noise quality values mentioned in EIA reports has been

checked and revised accordingly.

6 The budget for Enterprise Social

Commitment needs to be submitted

along with detailed action plan and time

line for its implementation.

The budget for Enterprise Social Commitment has been

submitted in Section 9.2.7, Table 9.2. along with detailed

action plan and time line.

7 The Environmental Management Plan

needs to be revised. The capital cost and

recurring cost needs to be provided. The

time bound action plan needs to be

submitted for implementation of EMP.

The names and numbers of the posts to

be engaged by the proponent for

implementation and monitoring of

environmental parameters needs to be

specified.

The Environmental Management Plan has been revised

with reference to capital and recurring cost. First five-

year plan has been submitted for implementation of EMP

in Chapter - 9 of EIA report. The names and mobile no. of designations to be engaged

by proponent for implementation of Environmental

Monitoring will be submitted once the mine comes to

operation.

8 Mineralogical Composition of all the

Minerals to be mined needs to be

submitted along with concentration of

free silica.

Mineralogical composition of all the minerals to be

mined with concentration of free silica content has been

provided in mining plan attached as annexure - 2

9 The activity wise emission rate needs to

be provided in the EIA Report.

Incremental rise in existing average daily

traffic needs to be corrected. The GLC of

various pollutants in worst case scenario

and after implementation of mitigation

measures needs to be provided in the EIA

Report.

Activity wise emission rate has been calculated as

per USEPA Guidelines AP-42. And presented in

Table 5.7. GLC of anticipated parameters has been

calculated using AERMOD 9.5 software and

incremental concentrations are presented in Table

5.9 and Table 5.10.

10 Surveillance plan for the Silicosis and

Tuberculosis along with details of persons

suffering from Silicosis in the region needs

to be submitted.

Surveillance plan for the Silicosis and Tuberculosis has

been updated in Chapter 9, Section 9.6.8 of EIA report.

Persons suffering from Silicosis and Tuberculosis has

been obtained from Medical officer, Mahendergarh

Government hospital and it was found there is no case of

Silicosis registered only 50 Cases of Tuberculosis was

registered. Letter with translation in English attached as

annexure -14

11 As habitation and temple is close to

mining lease area the frequency of the

vibration monitoring needs to be planned

accordingly and cost of the vibration

monitoring needs to be revised.

As habitation and temple is close to mining lease area the

frequency of the vibration monitoring has been revised

accordingly and increased three-fold with its cost of

monitoring. Details provided in Table 6.4, Section 6.7 of

EIA report.


EIA/EMP Report

33 | P a g e

12 The mining lease area having some

houses so need based survey and detailed

R&R Plan needs to be submitted.

Need based R&R survey has been conducted for the

houses within lease area and Rehabilitation and

resettlement (R&R) plan has been attached as Annexure

-16.

13 Revised Questionnaire after carrying out

necessary correction needs to be

submitted.

Revised questionnaire after carrying out necessary

correction has been submitted and attached as

Annexure-12.

14 During the presentation as per the Google

Map and DSS it was observed that the

inter-state boundary of Rajasthan and

Haryana is passing through Mining lease

area. Hence the proponent may provide a

clarification from the concerned

authorities to the effect that the Mining

lease falls in Haryana only.

Clarification from concerned authority regarding Mining

lease falls in Haryana only has been received. Letter

received from Revenue department of Rajasthan has

been enclosed as Annexure - 15


EIA/EMP Report

34 | P a g e

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 GENERAL

Ha a a is a la dlo ked state i o the I dia. It is lo ated et ee ° ′ to ° ′ N latitude a d et ee ° ′ a d ° ′ E lo gitude. The altitude of Ha a a a ies et ee to ft.(200

metres to 1200 metres) above sea level.

The state is the principal holder of country's resources of tin (64%), quartz-silica sand (52%) and

quartzite (49%). The principal minerals occurring in Haryana are china clay in Faridabad, Gurgaon and

Rewari districts; limestone in Ambala, Bhiwani, Mahendragarh and Panchkula districts; quartz/silica

sand in Bhiwani, Faridabad, Gurgaon and Mahendragarh districts; quartzite in Faridabad and Gurgaon

districts; slate in Mahendragarh and Gurgaon districts. Other minerals, such as, barytes, calcite,

Feldspar and marble occur in Mahendragarh district; copper in Bhiwani and Mahendragarh districts;

dolomite in Ambala and Mahendragarh districts; granite in Bhiwani district; tin and tungsten

mineralisation in some area of Bhiwani district have also been reported

The principal mineral occurring in Haryana are china clay in Faridabad, Gurugram and Rewari districts;

limestone in Ambala, Bhiwani, Mahendragarh and Panchkula districts; quartz/silica sand in Bhiwani,

Faridabad, Gurgaon and Mahendragarh districts; quartzite in Faridabad and Gurgaon districts and slate

in Mahendragarh and Gurgaon districts. Besides, barytes, calcite, feldspar and marble occur in

Mahendragarh district; copper in Bhiwani and Mahendragarh districts; dolomite in Ambala and

Mahendragarh districts; Granite in Bhiwani district; tin and tungsten mineralization have been located

in Tosham area of Bhiwani district.

2.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Mr. Manmohan Bhadana s/o Shri Kartar Singh, VPO: Anangpur, Tehsil and District: Faridabad) hold a

mining lease over an area of 228.60 ha falling in Khasra Nos 198, 201, 202, 223 & 224 in village Bayal,

District: Mahendergarh which was granted on 09.07.2002 for a period of 20 years Quartz and Feldspar,

both as Major Minerals as per provisions of Mines & Mineral (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957.

Now, the lease which was granted on 09.07.2002 shall be up to 08.07.2052 as per the Central

Government Ordinance dated 12.01.2015. The Khasra No. 201, 223 and 224 are not in forest land as is

evident from DFO Letter No. 68 Dated 12-04-2017 (Annexure- 5). There are no litigations/court cases

pending against the project as afformed by an affidavit submitted by the project proponent (Annexure-

6).

2.3 NATURE AND SIZE

Nature

The project is meant for excavating Quartz and Feldspar deposit by fully mechanized opencast method

utilizing Heavy Earth Moving Equipment (HEMM) in conjunction with deep hole drilling by crawler

mounted DTH drills and blasting. After proper sizing, Quartz and Feldspar will be loaded manually into

the trucks.


EIA/EMP Report

35 | P a g e

Size

Mining activities will be carried out in 76.75 ha, situated in Khasara no. 201,223 & 224 in Bayal village,

Mahendragarh district. Annual production capacity of is proposed 55, 00,000 MT/ year. The project

has no other interlinked project except

2.4 LOCATION

The mining lease area is in Bayal village, Mahendragarh district. Rajasthan Haryana state border is

adjacent to the site. The lease area is not continuous but is segregated in north and south blocks by

600 m. The coordinates of mine lease are in north and south blocks respectively are shown in Figure

2.1 and Figure 2.2. The pictorial view of complete lease area and individual blocks is shown in Figure

2.3 and Figure 2.4.


EIA/EMP Report

36 | P a g e

Figure 2.1: Map showing coordinates of ML Area (North Block)


EIA/EMP Report

37 | P a g e

Figure 2.2: Map showing coordinates of ML Area (South Block)


EIA/EMP Report

38 | P a g e

Figure 2.3: View of North Block

Figure 2.4: View of South Block

2.5 DETAILS OF EXPLORATION

The area is prominently marked by outcrops of Quartz & feldspar as seen in Surface geological Plan.

Moreover, the area has undergone quartz mining in the past; therefore, no fresh exploration to prove


EIA/EMP Report

39 | P a g e

the quartz reserves is required. However, area was not worked for feldspar. Therefore 5 no. of

exploratory pits are proposed during the plan period as detailed below in Table2.1.

Table 2.1: Exploration Detail

Year Proposed Exploratory pit Size in meters

(LxWxD)

Location

1st PEP-1 20x20x9 N2010 E 580

2nd PEP-2 20x20x9 N1880 E 890

3rd PEP-3 20x20x9 N1800 E 690

4th PEP-4 20x20x9 N1670 E 500

5th PEP-5 20x20x9 N1620 E 280

2.6 METHODS OF ESTIMATION OF RESERVES

For estimating the reserve of Quartz, the following parameters are considered:

The reserves are calculated on the basis of established width, thickness and strike

length/influence of the mineralized formation in the area where good pits are available such

area in put under proved category.

The entire reserves of quartz are put under proved category up and above valley level i.e. up

to 385 mRL. Next 20 meters i.e up to 365 mRL are considered as probable and further 10

meters (up to 355 mRL) as possible.

The bulk density of Quartz and Feldspar is considered 2.6.

Since the mineral Quartz, Feldspar have been intruded and mixed with country rock (Phyllite

and Quartzite), the Geological Reserves are calculated separately for Quartz, Feldspar and

country rock Quartzite. While mining of the Quartz and Feldspar, quartzite rock shall also be

removed/mined as waste/reject material.

Grade and use of minerals: The entire minerals produced from the areas are usable in glass, ceramic

and other chemical industries. The section wise quantities of geological and mineable reserves as per

UNFC classification for Quartz, Quartzite (masonry stone) mixed with Quartz and Feldspar mixed with

Quartzite is shown in Table 2.2 through Table 2.4 and geological map and sections are shown in Plate

no. 10 and Plate no. 4.

Table 2.2: Quartz Mining Details

Section Line C. Area UL Bulk

Density

Proved Probable Possible

AA

50 170 2.6 22,100

600 170 2.6 265,200

300 170 2.6 1,32,600

BB

3284 200 2.6 17,07,680

4440 200 2.6 23,08,800

2220 200 2.6 11,54,400

CC

3716 200 2.6 19,23,320

5520 200 2.6 23,70,400

2760 200 2.6 14,35,200


EIA/EMP Report

40 | P a g e

Section Line C. Area UL Bulk

Density


DD

2352 200 2.6 12,23,040

3960 200 2.6 20,59,200

1980 200 2.6 10,29,600

EE

360 96 2.6 89,856

1200 96 2.6 2,99,520

600 96 2.6 1,49,760

Category wise Reserves = 49, 74,966 78,03,120 39,01,560

Total Geological Reserves = 1, 66, 79,676 MT

a) Mineable reserves @90% Recovery (Quartz) = 1, 50, 11, 700 MT

Table 2.3: Quartzite (Masonry Stone) mixed with Quartz

Section

Line

C. Area DL Bulk

Density


AA

450 170 2.6 1,98,900

1200 170 2.6 53,04,000

6000 170 2.6 26,52,000

BB

12656 200 2.6 65,81,120

26760 200 2.6 1,39,15,200

13380 200 2.6 69,57,600

CC

15634 200 2.6 81,29,680

34080 200 2.6 1,77,21,600

19040 200 2.6 88,60,400

DD

10796 200 2.6 56,13,920

34440 200 2.6 1,79,08,800

17220 200 2.6 89,54,400

EE

2712 96 2.6 6,76,915

15360 96 2.6 38,33,856

7680 96 2.6 19,16,928

Category wise Reserves = 2,12,00,535 5,86,83,456 2,93,41,728

Total Geological Reserves = 10, 92, 25,719 MT

Mineable Reserves @90%Recovery = 9, 83, 03,147 MT

Out of Mineable Reserves 40% is Quartz and 60% is Quartzite (Masonry Stone)

a) 40% Quartz = 3, 93, 21,258 MT

b) 60 % Quartzite (Stone) = 5, 89, 81,888 MT

Table 2.4: Feldspar Mixed with Quartzite (Masonry Stone)

SL C. Area DL Bulk

Density


FF

4220 130 2.6 14,26,360

2110 130 2.6 7,13,180

2110 130 2.6 7,13,180


EIA/EMP Report

41 | P a g e

SL C. Area DL Bulk

Density


GG

6280 200 2.6 32,65,600

3140 200 2.6 16,32,800

3140 200 2.6 16,32,800

HH

4500 240 2.6 28,08,000

2250 240 2.6 14,04,000

2250 240 2.6 14,04,000

Category wise Reserves = 74,99,960 37,49,980 37,49,980

Total Geological Reserves = 1, 49, 99, 920 MT

Mineable Reserves @90% Recovery = 1, 34, 99,928 (Including both)

Out of Mineable Reserves, 60% is Feldspar and 40% Quartzite (Masonry Stone)

a) Feldspar= 60% = 80, 99,960 MT

b) Quartzite (Masonry Stone) = 40% = 53, 99,970 MT

Summary of mineable reserves of quartz, feldspar & quartzite (host rock)

Quartz Mineable Reserves (a+b) = 1, 50, 11,700 + 3, 93, 21,258 = 5, 43, 32,958 MT

Feldspar mineable Reserves, (d) = 80, 99,960MT

Quartzite (stone), (c+e) = 5, 89, 81,888 + 53, 99,970 = 6, 43, 81, 858 MT


EIA/EMP Report

42 | P a g e

Figure 2.5: Geological Plan


EIA/EMP Report

43 | P a g e

Figure 2.6 - Geological Cross Sections


EIA/EMP Report

44 | P a g e

2.7 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION

Chemical composition of Quartz is given below

S.N. Chemical Characteristics Percentage Composition

1 SiO2 99.55

2 Al2 O3 0.08

3 Fe2O3 0.20

4 CaO 0.00

5 MgO 0.00

6 LOI 0.17

Chemical composition of Feldspar is given below

S.N. Chemical Characteristics Percentage Composition

1 K2O3 14.00

2 SiO2 49.00

3 Fe2O3 3.00

4 Al2 O3 8.25

5 CaO 11.00

6 MgO 2.25

7 LOI 12.50

2.8 PROPOSED SCHEDLE FOR IMPLEMENTATION PROPOSED SCHEDLE FOR IMPLEMENTATION

Pre- production development work is required to start the mining from top downwards therefore,

to align the mine road and to reach the mine for mining. The mining is proposed in the south block

during the next 5 years. Workings are proposed from top downwards. First of all, mine road is

proposed from 395mRL to 471 mRL. The total length of the road will be 1220 meters with 10m width.

The gradient of the road is proposed 1:16. The construction of garland parapet, wire fencing etc.,

shall be provided year wise and will be shifted along with the development of pit. Provision of stack

yard for mineral is not proposed as the same is loaded and transported directly to the consumers.

Year wise Production & Development for the first Five years

The general surface level within the area selected for mining is varying from 385mRL to 480 mRL.

The terrain is hilly with scanty vegetation. In order to access the proposed area, it is proposed to

construct the approach road from the kutcha road up to the 471mRL There is a thin soil/alluvium

cover about 0.5-1m in the area which needs to dredged and placed at the location earmarked for

stacking the soil.

2.8.1 Production & development for the next five years (refer Plate no 5 to 9)

First Year: First of all, mine road is proposed from 395mRL to 471 mRL. The total length of the road

will be 1220 meters with 10m width. The production will start from 471mRL to up to 444mRL as

shown in Plate No. 5 of approved mine plan. During first year the total production shall be 49,50,000

MT.

Second Year: During the second-year benches will be advanced from 444mRL to 426 mRL as shown

in Plate No. 6 5 of approved mine plan. Production will come from 444m, 435m and 426m benches.


EIA/EMP Report

45 | P a g e

The total production of ROM will be about 49,50,000 MT during second year. During second year

49,50,0000 MT mineral will be produced.

Third Year: During the third-year benches will be advanced from 426mRL to 417 mRL as shown in

Plate No. 7 of approved mine plan. Production will come from 444mRL, 435mRL and 426mRL

benches. The total production of ROM will be about 53,25,000 MT during third year.

Fourth Year:

During the 4th year benches will be advanced from 417 mRL to 408 mRL as shown in Plate no. 8 of

approved mine plan. Production will come from 417mRL & 408mRL benches. The total production

of ROM will be about 53,25,0000 MT for fourth year.

Fifth Year:

During the 5th year benches will be advanced from 408 mRL to 399 mRL as shown in Plate no. 9 of

approved mine plan Production will come from 408mRL & 399 mRL benches. The total production of

ROM will be about 55,00,000 MT for fifth year.

The proposed year wise production of minerals and rejects during first five years of mining is shown

in Table 2.5.

Table 2.5: Summery of Year Wise Production of Mineral & Reject during 5 Years (In MT)

Year Quartz Feldspar Quartzite/

Masonry stone

Total Production Waste/Reject

Soil

(Per Annum) (Per Annum)

1st 4,00,000 2,50,000 43,00,000 49,50,000 74000 40000

2nd 4,00,000 2,50,000 43,00,000 49,50,000 30000 35000

3rd 5,00,000 3,25,000 45,00,000 53,25,000 36000 35000

4th 5,00,000 3,25,000 45,00,000 53,25,000 34000 30,000

5th 6,00,000 4,00,000 45,00,000 55,00,000 30750 30000

Total 24,00,000 15,50,000 2,21,00,000 2,60,50,000 204750 170000

2.9 PROPOSED SCHEDLE FOR IMPLEMENTATION

The mining operations will comprise of following activities for excavation of mineral.

D illi g of Do -the-Hole holes as pe spe ified patte . Blasting of holes

Primary Blasting

Secondary Blasting


EIA/EMP Report

46 | P a g e

Loading of blasted material by deploying hydraulic excavators

Transportation of material to Crusher

To start with benches shall be kept narrow and then gradually widened. To the extent possible,

benches shall be kept along dip and advanced along the strike to give a fairly well blended material

in each bench. The direction may be varied in due course based on experience gained, to give wider

benches, longer faces and proper alignment along haul roads / ramps.

It is proposed to adopt mechanized opencast mining method for exploitation of the mineral. Drilling

and blasting shall be required to dislodge the mineral. The mining method involves breaking the

rocks with explosives, loading the material with excavators and haulage with dumpers.

2.9.1 Methodology

The present mining operations are designed to be carried out by open cast mining methods. The

entire mining operation proposed is mechanized. Apart from mining, the loading and transportation

shall be done mechanically. It is proposed to load the mineral in the trucks/dumpers directly to the

destinations and mineral is not put up in stack yard to avoid the double handling. In the present

operation the bench height shall be 9m each bench will advance one by one. While carrying out the

mining operations in accordance with the above provision the overall pit slope shall be maintained

at 450. The mineral bearing rocks are being hard and compact.

2.9.2 Conceptual mine plan parameter

During first 5 years, the mining will be done by mechanized method of mining forming 9m high and

10m wide benches.

In view of the proposed planned production of 55,00,000 MT per annum the life of the mine is

calculated 23 years. However, the life may vary, depending on the demand and the quality and

reserves of the deposit.

2.9.3 Ultimate Size of the pit

The size of the pit at the conceptual stage in the north block will be 708m x290m x30m and in the

south block will be 705mx560mx30m.

2.9.4 Final Slope angle

The deposit dips at 64o to 750 towards south - east. The final slope angle will be 450.

2.9.5 Ultimate Capacity of dumps

The quartz and feldspar are very well exposed, except overburden and inter mixed. No overburden

dump has been planned outside the lease area. However, within mine a dump of height up to 5m

shall be developed in 2.64ha during the five years to accommodate waste/mineral rejects. Entire

waste/low grade mineral is saleable. Lessee will get permission from The State Government to sale

the waste.


EIA/EMP Report

47 | P a g e

2.9.6 Waste

Soil

There is a thin soil cover 10-50 cm in the proposed area. Little amount of soil is also generated from

joints and cracks. Top soil will be stripped and preserved by stacking in separate dump yards. During

first five years 1,70,000 MT soil shall be produced as soil waste. Yearly generations of soil/fines will

be 34000 MT (18900 cum) of which about 250 MT shall be used for plantation on upper layer on the

dumps. Soil dump yard of size 80M x40m shall be developed on NW side of the south block near

pillar 23 and 24.

Mineral Rejects

The weathered quartzite/quartz/feldspar shall be the mineral rejects. These will be stacked in dump

yard (290m x 80m x 6m), which shall be developed in side of the south block near pillar 23 and 24.

This dump shall accommodate entire rejects during plan period.

2.9.7 Post Mining Reclamation plan including Afforestation:

Plantation at 3mx3m grid will be done. Total 9.36 ha area will be planted. 1870 number of plants will

be planted annually for the first five years. Saplings will be selected with the consultation of Forest

Department. Thus, total of 9350 nos. of plants are proposed during plan period.

2.9.8 Extent of Mechanization

The requirement of HEMM i.e. shovels, dumpers, drill machines and dozers have been estimated

based on the adopted productivity norms and workload determined by the calendar plan.

Considering 55,00,000 MT production it proposed to deploy Two hydraulic shovel in conjunction with

40 no. of 25 T dumpers along with two back hoes. Thus, the total population of equipment required

will be as per Table 2.6.

Table 2.6: Equipment Details

S. No. Equipment Size Nos

1 Diesel hydraulic shovel 3.5 cu.m 4

2 Diesel back hoe 3.5 cu.m 2

3 Rear dumpers 25T 40

4 Drill 110mm 5

5 Track chain Dozer 440 HP 1

6 Grader 145 HP 1

7 Crane 40T 1

8 Heavy duty tow truck 1

9 Water tanker with sprinkler 10 KL 1

10 Maintenance van 1

11 Tractor 50 HP 1

12 Tractor mounted compressor 80 HP 1

13 Ambulance 1

14 Jeep/Van Mahindra 2

2.9.9 Blasting Parameters

For mining of Quartz &Feldspar drilling and blasting is required. The job of drilling and blasting is of

continues nature. Considering the time frame of mining and total requirement of material, the daily


EIA/EMP Report

48 | P a g e

mineral production comes out to 18333 MT (7333 m3) the above target will be utilized to frame the

pattern and size of blast. The blasting parameters are described in Table 2.7.

Table 2.7: Blasting Parameters

Bench height 9m

Hole depth 9.3m

Hole Diameter 115mm

Loading density 8.5 Kg/m

Burden 3m

Spacing 4m

Charge factor 0.5kg/m3

Charge per hole 55 kg

Top Stemming 3m

Volume per hole 120 m3

No. of holes per round =25

Total Explosive to be fired per round = 1375 Kg

It is expected that 55,00,000 MT mineral/rock will need blasting per year. Assuming powder factor of

6 MT/kg. The total requirement of year will be 9, 16,666Kg

Expected consumption of Explosive per month= 76,388 Kg.

Av. Daily consumption will be about 3055 Kg

2.9.10 Type of Explosives

Emulsion- Primer charge (20% of charge per hole)

ANFO--- column charge 80 % of charge per hole

2.9.11 Initiation System and minimum charge per delay

Delay ---------- milliseconds delay detonators

Drilling pattern ------- staggered

Firing pattern------- V pattern

2.9.12 Secondary Blasting

Large sized fragments should be reduced to acceptable size by drilling shallow holes (0.75-1.2m). The

pattern will be as follows

Depth of hole 0.75 -1.2m

Diameter of holes 38 mm

Diameter of explosive 25 mm

Quantity of explosive 65 gms

Firing pattern Instantaneous

2.9.13 Storage of explosive

Both primary / mass blast and secondary blasting will be carried out in the mines since the regular

consumption of primer explosive is very less. One portable magazine for storage of primers and one

portable magazine for storage of initiation system will be arranged. All statutory provisions made

under the Explosive act and modifications thereof are proposed to be followed. The applicant will

apply for explosive license for storage and use to the Explosive department.


EIA/EMP Report

49 | P a g e

In the meantime, explosive shall be procured from the authorized source complying with the

provisions of Indian Explosives act 1884. Explosives will be transported to site from the magazine by

approved explosive van.

2.9.14 Blasting Operation Near Habitation

Blasting shall be carried out as per DGMS norms/ lows/ rules after taking permission from DGMS.

Blasting activities will be carried out 300m away from the habitation as per prescribed standards of

DGMS. If there is no structure with in 300m blasting can be done but if there is any structure not

owned by the project proponent, then it can be carried out by taking permission by DGMS. As per

present DGMS norms 300m distance is required to carry out blasting activity. For real assessment of

impact of blasting, vibration studies shall be taken up through reputed institutes

2.10 ANNUAL PRODUCTION SINCE 1994

As the mine lease is new, the project proponent was neither entitled to carry out mining operation

in the period anterior to the date of lease nor did he carry out any mining operation thus far.

2.11 GENERAL FEATURES

2.11.1 Surface Drainage Pattern

Open cast mining projects requires effective arrangements for drainage and provision of adequate

dewatering capacity in the pits under mining. In the area under mining water can reach the workings

from surface drainage, rainwater and due to seepage through joints and fissures. Therefore, the

problem can be solved by preventing drainage water from entering the pits on one hand and

pumping out the percolated and direct rain water from the pits on the other hand. The general water

table around the lease area is at 50 meters below ground.

2.11.2 Drainage Around and Within Mine:

The proposed area is hilly terrain. The mining area will become a depression during the next five

years, which warrant accumulation of water during rainy season. A plan is proposed to prevent the

accumulation of such water;

Drainage as shown in the mine plan (Plate no 5-9) shall be made all round the pit to prevent

the entry of surface/ rain water inside the pits.

All the benches will be provided with mild inward slope to keep the benches in drained

condition. Provision of sumps is provided as shown in Plate No 4-6. The lowest bench shall

be slightly sloped towards the sump so that the entire drain water goes to the sump.

The working faces will be advanced with a mild upward gradient to facilitate the drainage.

The water shall be gradually drained from the upper most bench to the lowest bench and

then ultimately to the sump.

Similarly, in the ultimate pit position, large sump will be provided at the pit bottom to

accumulate drained water as well as direct rain water.

2.11.3 Dewatering

Since the depth of mining proposed is well above the water table, there will be no chance of

encountering the ground water table during the mining operations. Hence normal-pumping

operations will be required during the monsoon season only. The water accumulates within the pits


EIA/EMP Report

50 | P a g e

will be due to direct rainfall over the pit and seepage from adjoining areas, if any. Further the rain

water accumulated in the pit if any will percolate down in to the porous excavated bed rock/aquifer.

An examination of the above reveals that the rainy season extends from June to September.

Although in the above period under consideration there has been rainfall in other months also, but

it can be considered as stray occurrence and will not after all proposed pumping plan.

The water to be pumped out from the open pits will be contributed both by direct precipitation over

the open pits and seepage. The water due to direct precipitation will depend upon the rainfall and

the area of the pit.

Based on the rainfall records, the sumps of the sizes as shown Plate s No. 5-9 shall be provided at

the bottom most benches. During the monsoon period a continuous process of dewatering the

sumps shall be there to facilitate the mining at the lower benches.

Based on the Rainfall data it is proposed to have a diesel engine operated water pump of 7.5HP which

may dewater 20m3/hour from the pit. The water will be sent to the drain of 0.5mtr depth. This water

will finally go into the natural nallah.

2.11.4 Transportation

The transportation of mineral from pit head to the consumer pul e ise s crushers / traders will be

carried out by the trucks of the applicant of generally 25 MT Capacity. There is all weather metal led

roads and then a kutcha road right up to mines to dispatch the material from mines to the

market/crushers. It will be purchased by the parties at mine site and transported by them through

their own arrangement of trucks. The practice is quite sound in the area and ensure continuous lifting

of the material. Customers come with transport arrangement of their own.

To accommodate and to ensure smooth production of mineral the following points shall be

considered:

Existing kuccha road which joins mine to metalled road shall be strengthened and shall be

maintained regularly.

Proper traffic control shall be done at road crossings.

Road crossings shall be wide enough to ensure that dumpers plying on the roads are safe

to cross/overtake, where ever necessary.

Along the both side of kuccha road, plantation shall be done as it will arrest the dust and

will act as sound barrier to larger extent.

2.11.5 Beneficiation / Processing

In view of the availability of direct market for Quartz, Feldspar and Quartzite / Stone R.O.M.,

presently there is no proposal of beneficiation. R.O.M. Mineral will be sold to various industries

directly. Quartz &Feldspar will be sold in the form of lumps to the buyers. The waste/reject (Masonry

stone from host rock), which will be generated during mining of Quartz and Feldspar shall be

sold/disposed-off. In the view of its direct use there is no proposal to beneficiate it at present.


EIA/EMP Report

51 | P a g e

2.12 SITE SERVICES

2.12.1 Manager's Office

As detailed in the preceding chapter, the mine is designed to produce some 55,00,000 tonnes of

Quartz & feldspar & Quartzite. The activities shall be supervised by one competent person i.e. Mines

Manager, one Mining Mate cum blaster to supervise the drilling and blasting operation. Since this is

very small mines. The office of Manager 5 x 3 metres, shall also provide accommodation for

supervisory staff as well.

2.12.2 Canteen -cum-rest shelter

In order to provide the rest shelter for the personnel working in the mine and also to provide

tea/refreshment etc.as per the Mines act, 1952. The arrangement shall be made to install a rest

shelter-cum-canteen as shown in Plate no.4 and shall be utilized by the workers. The rest shelter will

be for having rest during the lunch hours by the operators/ labour. The size of rest shelter shall be

about 5 x 3 meter to accommodate the working labours.

2.12.3 Store

Since the mining operation will involve heavy earth moving machinery a small storeroom will be

provided for day to day operations. No of provisions for a separate workshop is being made as the

heavy repairs will be carried out elsewhere.

2.12.4 First Aid Room

To provide the first aid for any sort of injuries encountered during the mining operation, one small

first aid room shall be provided. First aid kit and sufficient stock of material / medicines needed for

first aid shall be provided as per requirement. As the mining engineer / Manager and mining mates

are qualified first aiders they can provide first aid to the injured on the spot. More ever the Govt.

Hospitals is there at Nangal Chaudhary and Narnaul, which are just 6km and 25km respectively from

the mine and necessary medical aid can be provided from there.

2.12.5 Crèche

At present provision of crèche is not provided, however in future if women workers are employed,

arrangement for a small crèche shall be made as per the requirement.

2.12.6 V.T. Centre

Necessary arrangement will be made for conducting refresher course as laid down in Mines

vocational training rules.

2.12.7 Magazine

A magazine of the required size will be provided to fulfil the requirement of blasting of mineral as

well as inter burden as detailed in the chapter of Blasting. The Magazine shall be erected as shown

in the enclosed Plate no 5-9. The design of the magazine shall be as per approval of the chief

controller of Explosives, Govt. of India. The magazine shall be properly fenced and provided with as

security guard round the clock.

2.12.8 Electricity Supply

Presently there is no arrangement for supply, at the mine but it is proposed to take an extension of

the electricity line from the nearby point which is just500m from mines site.


EIA/EMP Report

52 | P a g e

2.12.9 Water Requirement

For mining water is required for drinking/domestic, green belt purpose proposed as well as for dust

suppression. The requirement of water for various activities is detailed in Table 2.8. The treated

effluent from STP, Narnaul shall be arranged for the mining activities (14KLD) for which the concern

authorities have been requested. Drinking/domestic water requirements (4KLD) shall be made from

tanker supply.

Table 2.8: Water Requirement

S. No Particular Proposed KLD

1 Dust suppression 10

2 Drinking 2

2 Green Belt/ Plantation 4

3 Domestic 2

Total 18

Figure 2.7: Water Requirement (in KLD)

2.12.10 Mine Safety

All blasting operations shall be supervised by a competent person appointed for the purpose and

strictly conducted as per guidelines contained in Metalliferous Mines Regulation, 1961. To prevent

access to excavation area by unauthorized pe so s safety measures will be implemented as per

Mines Act, 1952, MMR 1961, Mines Rules 1955. All safety precautions and preventions as per DGMS

requirement for risk and safety shall be strictly followed during all mining operations. All safety

precautions and provisions of Mine Act,1952, Metalliferous Mines Regulatin,1961 and other Rules

as applicable shall be followed during all mining operations Sides of excavation shall be properly

benched and sloped as per regulation 106 of MMR 1961 to prevent slides. The height and width of

benches will be kept ass 9m and 10m respectively and face slope of 70° shall be kept. Thus

considering the compactness and hardness of the rock and face slope of 70° the chances of slope

failures will be negligible. During rains no mining excavation in pit shall be carried out.

14 KLD STP

TREATED

4 KLD TANKER

SUPPLY

04

10

04 Green Belt

Drinking and domestic use

Dust suppression

Residual Qty

Discharge to Soak Pit


EIA/EMP Report

53 | P a g e

2.13 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS

In this project the mechanized mining is proposed for production of Quartz &Feldspar. The proposed

organizational structure for the project is worked out in view of the type of mining system adopted

and the need of effective environment Management Plan. The requirement of various technical and

non-technical personnel is determined while adopting the following norms

The mine will be worked in two shifts in day.

In estimating the requirement of magazine attendants, and provision of competent person,

mates, blaster etc. due consideration has been given to the statutory provisions.

The manpower requirement has been assessed in view of the provisions of Mines Act, 1952 and MMR-

1961 and elucidated in Table2.9.

Table 2.9: Manpower Requirement

S. No. Designation Category Nos

1 First Mines manager Highly skilled 1

a. Assistant Manager Highly Skilled 2

b. Mining Foremen Highly Skilled 3

2 Mining Mate cum Blaster Highly skilled 3

3 Clerical and other staff Skilled 3

4 Security Guard & Water man Semi-skilled 3

5 Environment Assistance Skilled 1

6 Diesel hydraulic shovel operator Highly skilled 6

7 Diesel back hoe operator Highly skilled 6

8 Rear dumpers operators Highly skilled 75

9 Drill operators Highly skilled 4

10 Track chain Dozer operators Highly skilled 1

11 Grader Highly skilled 1

12 Crane Highly skilled 1

13 Heavy duty tow truck Highly skilled 1

14 Tyre handler Highly skilled 1

15 Water sprinkler Skilled 1

16 Maintenance van driver Skilled 1

17 Tractor operator/driver Skilled 1

18 Tractor compressor operator Skilled 1

Total 116

2.14 SITE ELEVATION WORKING DEPTH AND GROUND WATER TABLE

The GWT is located about 335 masl while the lowest working level at the end of 5th year shall be 399

masl. The ultimate pit level shall be 355masl. This implies that the GWT will be 20 m below the

ultimate mine pit bottom and shall not be intersected. The schematic diagram of mine working is

shown in Figure 2.6.


EIA/EMP Report

54 | P a g e

Figure 2.8: Schematic Diagram of Mine Working


EIA/EMP Report

55 | P a g e

3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

3.1 GENERAL

Quartz and feldspar are some of the most abundant minerals in the earth's crust.

Quartz (SiO2) is present in almost all rocks. The Mine and Geology Department, Haryana, after

examining the mineral deposit, which is conspicuous as an outcrop, has allotted the mine block to the

project proponent for mining. The mining is essentially a site-specific project and is governed by the

geology of the site and thus will have to be carried out where the mineral deposits occur in abundance

for economical mining. Quartz and feldspar are minor minerals a d a e egulated u de Ha a a Mi o Mi e al Co essio , Sto ki g, T a spo tatio a d P e e tio of Illegal Mi i g Rule, fo all purposes touching and arising out of mining. The mine plan and mine closure plan has been

approved by the competent Authority prior to submission of the Form-1 and PFR.

In the light of content of Appendix-III to the EIA Notification, dated 14th September,2006, the analysis

of alternatives need to be incorporated in case scoping exercises results in need for alternatives. In

the present case it is not warranted under the issues underlined in the ToR issued by the MoEF&CC,

New Delhi. The study for alternative analysis involves in-depth examination of site and technology.

3.2 Analysis for ALTERNATIVE SITES AND MINING TECHNOLOGY

3.2.1 Alternative Site

Mining projects are site specific projects and are established after prospecting the area. In other

words, these have to be implemented where there is mineralised zone. Since the mining block has

been allotted in principal by the State Government, there is no case for studying and exploring any

other site as an alternative

3.2.2 Alternative Technology

The open cast mining could be manual/semi-mechanized/mechanized depending upon the geological

and topographical setup of the mineral (ROM) to be won and the daily/annual targeted production

3.2.2.1 Surface Mining Method

The opencast surface mining process is adopted where mineral is soft and for its excavation no drilling

and blasting is involved and mining could be accomplished by resorting to manual methods. It is

applicable where the daily production is of the order of a few hundred tons. In context of the present

case where the mineral involved is sand stone, a comparatively hard mineral which calls for drilling

and blasting operation for its excavation and where the daily production is in the order of thousand

tons per day, the surface mining is totally ruled out.

3.2.2.2 Mechanized Method of Mining

In contrast to the surface mining method, the mining by conventional open cast method of mining

including drilling and blasting; deploying mechanical excavator including any other earth moving

machines like J.C.B, Bulldozer, Pocklain, Loaders etc. in the hilly terrain of mine site with formation of

proper benches, is highly efficient and continuous process to win exorbitantly high daily / annual

targeted production in a scientific and safe manner in accordance with the approved mining plan. The

approved mining plan also permits the drilling and blasting; the use of earthmovers and loaders in


EIA/EMP Report

56 | P a g e

mine site. Thus, in order to ensure optimum production with minimum waste generation, the project

proponent shall endeavour to deploy machinery and equipment as per mining plan. Besides this the

approved mine plan also entails mechanized method of mining and speaks about the extent of

mechanization to be followed for mining.

The proposed mine will be operated by mechanized mining method accompanied by drilling and

blasting. No other cost effective alternative technologies can be used because of the hard nature of

the ore. Bayal mine will use eco-friendly measures to like wet drilling and controlled blasting to

minimize the impact of mining on the surrounding environment. The targeted annual production as

per approved mining plan is 55,00,000 MT per annum. It is proposed to work the mine by 3.5 cubic

ete s shovel and 25 tones dumpers with bench height 9 m and width 10 m. If the daily production

is being to be achieved by manually then 1500 labours shall be needed for excavation @ 2

cum/day/labour Besides this approximately 1060 labours will be required at mine site for loading the

mineral into the trucks.


EIA/EMP Report

57 | P a g e

4 BASELINE DATA & DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

4.1 INTRODUCTION

The report incorporates the baseline environment data monitored from March to May 2017 covering

pre-monsoon season covering the mine lease area as core zone and area falling within 10 km radius

around it as buffer zone. Secondary data was collected from various Government and Semi-

Government organizations and from mine owner. The details of environmental attributes and

frequency of monitoring are presented in Table 4.1. The study area map is shown in Figure 4.1.

Table 4.1: Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring

S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Sampling

Locations Sampling Parameters

Total

Sampling

Period

Sampling

Frequency

1 Meteorology Project site

Temperature, Wind

Speed, Wind Direction,

Rainfall, Relative Humidity

1 season Hourly

2 Ambient Air

Quality 5 locations PM10. PM 2.5, ,SO2, NOx,

24 hourly twice

a week for 3

months 24 hr

3 Water Quality 3 locations As per IS:10500-2012 March to May

2017

Once during

study period

4 Noise 4 locations Leq Noise levels Hourly for

24hr

Once during

study period

5 Soil 5 locations

Chemical constituents,

Suitability for agricultural

growth

March to May

2017

Once during

study period

6 Terrestrial

Ecology

core and

buffer zone Flora and fauna

March to May

2017

Once in

study period

7 Socio-

economic Study area Demographic profile -- --

8 Land Use Study area Trend of land use change

for different categories -- --

9 Hydro-

Geology Study area Geological history -- --


EIA/EMP Report

58 | P a g e

Figure 4.1: 10 KM Toposheet showing site surrounding


EIA/EMP Report

59 | P a g e

4.2 METHODOLOGY

Standard methodologies have been followed in developing the baseline report. The methodology

adopted for the study is outlined below:

Conducting reconnaissance surveys for understanding the study area; and

Selecting sampling locations for conducting various environment baseline studies.

The sampling locations have been selected based on the following:

Predominant wind directions recorded by the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD)

observatory nearest to the site;

Existing topography;

Drainage pattern and location of existing surface water bodies like lakes/ponds, rivers and

streams;

Locations of villages / towns / sensitive areas; and

Areas, which represent baseline conditions.

The field observations have been used to:

Assess the positive and negative impacts due to the proposed project;

Suggest appropriate mitigation measures for remediating the adverse environmental impacts,

if any; and

Suggesting post-project monitoring requirements and suitable mechanism for it.

4.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE

4.3.1 Physiography

The district with geographical area 1899 sq km lies between north latitude 27°47 to 28°26 and east

longitude 75° to ° . It is ou ded o the o th Bhi a i a d Rohtak dist i ts, o the east Rewari district and Alwar district of Rajasthan, on the south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar districts of

Rajasthan, and on the west by Sikar and Jhunjhunu districts of Rajasthan. The administrative map of

the district Mahendragarh is shown in Figure 4.2.

Physiographically Mahendragarh district has broadly five landforms viz. hill, Pedi plain, Aeolian plain,

fluvial plain and abandoned river course. Hills are barren and rocky with irregular shapes. The Pedi

plain comprises of pediments and buried pediments, the Aeolian plain consists of sand dune, inter

dune, sandy plain. Fluvial plain occurs along the course of ephemeral rivers and their seasonal

tributaries. The district is located in semi-arid region of the state. From the physiographic map of

Haryana shown in Figure 4.3, the study area has three landforms viz. Aravalli Hills, Aravalli Pediments

and Fluvio – Aeolin Plains.


EIA/EMP Report

60 | P a g e

Figure 4.2: Administrative Map of District Mahendragarh

Project Site


EIA/EMP Report

61 | P a g e

Figure 4.3: Physiographic Map of Haryana

Project Site


EIA/EMP Report

62 | P a g e

4.3.2 Regional Topography

Mahendragarh district is the domain of dry-land topography throughout. Presence of inland streams,

sandy plain, shifting sand dunes devoid of vegetation, fixed or fossil sand dunes, dissected upland

tract, and often barren, denuded rocky hill ranges and their outcrops provide an ensemble of terrain

features truly associated with semi-arid to arid environment. In east-west traverse, many of the above

referred features may be recognised. The features are morphologically symmetrical and provide rapid

and often large variations in relief and slope characteristics. Consequently, the overall relief is

undulatory with a regional south to north and west to east slope.

The study area is located in semi-arid region of the state with landscape comprising of undulating

plain, sand dunes and rocky surfaces. The immediate area to the mine lease is geo-morphologically

classified as Eolian Plain and Dome type residual hills. The mine lease area exhibits plain to undulated

topography. The highest elevation of 635 masl exists in the Aravalli range near Kharjo forest in south

– west direction whereas the lowest elevation of 287 masl exists near Rampura on north direction.

The general ground slope of the study area is 1.3m / km from south to north and 1.15 m/km from

west to east. The elevation range of the mine lease area approximately varies between 301 masl to

336 masl.

4.3.3 Local Topography

The lease area consists of ridges and valleys. The highest point in the lease area is recorded to be

480mRL and the lowest point recorded is 370 mRL.

The lease area does not have any water body. There are dry nallahs in which water flows during rains

for a short duration, otherwise they remain dry for the rest of the months. The rain water from these

nallahs drains either into local Johars or in agriculture fields.

4.3.4 Drainage

The Dohan and the Kasaunti or Krishnawati are the main seasonal streams of the district besides some

small hillslope torrents like Dhani Chima, Panchnota, Mosnota, Meghot Binza, Ganwari Jat, Nangal

Durgo, Ateli mandi, Kheri and many more draining the Aravalli slopes in the Mahendragarh district.

These streams originate on local hills and traverse through the village land after which they are

named. The Dohan and the Kasaunti can flow past their long-established beds to inundate vast low-

lying areas on rare occasions. In normal conditions, these streams do not carry large enough volume

of water to be of serious consequence to agriculture. The streams are active only during the rainy

days. The river flow situation has further worsened due to construction of minor dams/ water

resource structures either on the main river or their tributaries running in district Sikar, Jhunjhunu

and Jaipur of Rajasthan.

The seasonal flow in Kasaunti and Dohan, 4th order streams, periodically raises the level of fresh

quality sub-soil water. Besides, base flow during early part of the dry season can take place. The

general drainage pattern is dendritic, and the rivers are influent. The drainage map of the district is

shown Figure 4.4.


EIA/EMP Report

63 | P a g e

Figure 4.4: Drainage Map of Mahendergarh District

Project Site


EIA/EMP Report

64 | P a g e

4.4 LAND USE/ LAND COVER

4.4.1 Land Use/ Land Cover of Study Area

Since mining is essentially an excavation of mineral ore the land environment is greatly affected by it,

especially in the case of opencast mines, effect on the surface land. The objectives of land use studies

are:

To determine the existing land use pattern in the study area;

To analyse the impacts on land use in the study area; and

To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis existing project in

the study area and its associated impacts

As already stated under physiography that the study area is characterized by hills and plains, the

dominating classes are, agriculture (55.48%), scrub area (23.02%), open forest (16.29%), settlement

(2.33%), water body (1.40%) and Barren (10.03%), The land use pattern of study area is enumerated

in Table 4.2 and its disposition in Figure 4.5.

Table 4.2: Land use/ Land cover categorisation

S. No. Land use/ Land cover category Area in Sq. Km Area in %

1 Agriculture 204.342 55.48

2 Open scrub 84.800 23.02

3 Protected Forest 60.000 16.29

4 Seasonal Waterbodies 5.158 1.40

5 Settlement 8.595 2.33

6 Barren Land 0.128 0.03

7 Roads 5.303 1.44

Total 368.326 100


EIA/EMP Report

65 | P a g e

Figure 4.5: Land Use map of the study


EIA/EMP Report

66 | P a g e

4.4.2 The Land Use Pattern Present and at the end of Lease Period of Mine Lease Area

The mine lease area is the waste land in Bayal village and classified as Gair mumkin pahad as per

revenue record. The designated mine area is revenue land so the ownership vests with the state of

Haryana. The existing land use of mine lease area belongs to land use atego wasteland a d shall continue to be so even after the current mining project is over. The land use pattern existing as on date

and after 5th year of mining period has been shown in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3: Land Use Pattern of the mine lease area

S.

No.

Particulars Present landuse

pattern(ha)

End of the

fifth years

(ha)

Conceptual land use

pattern(ha)

1 Quarry Area 0.085 16.38 Nil

2 Infrastructure (road/

material handing /

stockyard)

0.00 2.64 0.05

3 Road 1.50 1.50 1.06

4 Agriculture 0.00 0.00 0.00

5 Plantation 0.00 9.35 15.35

6 Water body 0.00 0.00 30.00

7 Habitation 0.29 0.00 0.00

8 Undisturbed land 74.875 46.88 00

9 OB dump 0.00 0.00 30.29

(Reclaimed area by way of

Plantation (on top benches

after backfilling)

Total 76.75 76.75 76.75

4.5 GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY

4.5.1 Regional Geology

The rocks exposed in the proposed area and surrounding areas belong to Alwar Series of Delhi super

group.

The regional stratigraphic sequence in District Mahendragarh and southern part of Haryana is as

follows:

----- Ajabgarh series - Biotitic schist, phyllites, quartzites,

Impure limestone & calciphyres.

Delhi System ---- Alwar Series - Dolomite, Quartzite, Arkoses,

Conglomerates and mica schist with bedded Lavas.

---- Railo series - Railo limestone and marble, Railo Quartzites.

Out of the above sequence of formations, Quartzite associated with vein of Quartz and Feldspar

belongs to Alwar series of Delhi system are exposed in the area under reference.


EIA/EMP Report

67 | P a g e

4.5.2 Local Geology

The Geology of the area has been described under regional geology. Local Geology of the lease area

with the description of different formations found in the area along with its physical and chemical

properties and reserves have been detailed in this chapter.

The area was surveyed geologically. A geological plan and sections are prepared on 1:2000 scale as

Plate No. 3

The following sequence of rock formations belonging to Delhi Super group are found in the lease area

have been as under

Alluvium

Quartz mixed with Quartzite

Feldspar mixed with Quartzite

Amphibolites

Micaceous Phyllite with quartzite


EIA/EMP Report

68 | P a g e

Plate No. 3: Surface Geological Plan and Sections


EIA/EMP Report

69 | P a g e

4.5.3 General description of formations (ref. Plate no.3)

(i) Alluvium:

It is the top layer and the youngest sedimentary layer in the lease area. Though there is no soil

exposure on the top of the hill but on the foot hill or at the bottom, there is brown sand and detritus

soil. It is mainly exposed in the foot hill side of the lease area. It is reddish, brown in colour. Thickness

varies from 0.5m to 2.0m.

(ii) Quartz:

The quartz is very well mineralized in the area. It is milky white in colour, fine grained and

cryptocrystalline. Quartz veins have intruded and mixed in the country rock which is pre-dominantly

Phyllites Quartzite. One sample of quartz has been collected from the main vein and was analysed.

(iii) Feldspar

There is a good deposit of Feldspar in the lease area. Feldspar is also intruded and mixed with country

rock which is pre-dominantly Phyllite and Quartzite. One sample of Feldspar has been collected from

the main feldspar body and has been analysed.

(iv) Amphibolite

Amphibolite is also found in the lease area. It is the product of dynamo thermal metamorphism of basic

igneous rocks.

(v) Micaceous Phyllite with quartzite

Micaceous phyllite is also found in the lease area. Micaceous Phyllite is the country rock in this area.

The quartz has intruded in to the country rock i.e. micaceous phyllite and Quartzite and is itself sheared

at the margins. This has given rise to quartz schist

The strike of the quartzite formation varies from N 20- 250 E to S 200 - 250 W with dip of 65 to 700 due

south east.

4.5.4 Seismicity

The major region of Mahendragarh district falls in Moderate Risk Seismic Zone – III while the eastern

region contiguous with Rewari district lies in Seismic zone - IV as per Seismic Zoning Map of India IS

1893 (Part-I):2002. Its closeness district Rewari which falls in High Risk Seismic Zone – IV corresponding

to MSK intensity VIII makes it highly vulnerable to Earthquakes. Apart from the Jaipur Depression many

normal faults also pass through the district. The prominent Mahendragarh-Dehradun Fault passes in

the district. The Axis of Delhi Folding also passes under Mahendragarh towards Rohtak. Eastern parts

of Haryana along with Delhi lie in the Gangetic Plain. Most earthquakes in this region are shallow

though a few earthquakes of intermediate depth have been recorded in Haryana. Although no major

earthquake has occurred in Gurgaon in recent year, yet the alluvial cover of the Indo-Gangetic plain

makes even distant earthquake felt here quite strongly and tremors have been felt whenever there is

an earthquake in the Himalayan foothills. The major earthquake with epic centre in Mahendragarh

district was felt in 1998 with magnitude of 5.2 on Richter scale. The other important earthquake which

affected nearby district Gurgaon was on 27th August 1960 with the magnitude of 6.0 with the epicentre

between Delhi cantonment and Gurgaon. Another earthquake of magnitude 4.7 was experienced on


EIA/EMP Report

70 | P a g e

20th June 1966 on Delhi - Gurgaon Border. The NCR has fairly high seismicity with general occurrence

of earthquakes of 5-6 magnitude, and a few of magnitude 6-7. The seismic zoning map of India is shown

in Figure 4.6 and the seismic map of Mahendragarh and nearby district is shown in Figure 4.7.

Figure 4.6: Map of Seismic Zones of India

Project Site


EIA/EMP Report

71 | P a g e

Figure 4.7: Seismic Map of Mahendergarh and nearby District

The instrumental earthquakes in this region are listed in Table 4.4. General locations are provided for

historical events for which generalized epicentre co-ordinates are available. Some events which were

significant for other reasons are also included.

Table 4.4: Major Earthquakes in Haryana

S.

No.

Date Time Latitude Longitude Depth

(Km)

Magnitude Region

2006

1. February,15 1:37:47.5

HRS(UTC)

29.1°N 76.6°E 05.0 3.2 Sonipat,

Haryana 2. March,31 11:25:39.3

HRS(UTC)

28.7°N 76.8°E 22.0 3.4 Jhajjar,

Haryana 3. April,07 18:56:38.0

HRS(UTC)

29.0°N 77.0°E 11.5 3.0 Sonipat,

Haryana 4. May,01 5:13:47.9

HRS(UTC)

29.0°N 76.7°E 10.0 3.6 Rohtak,

Haryana


EIA/EMP Report

72 | P a g e

5. May,07 16:1:0.5

HRS(UTC)

28.7°N 76.6°E 20.2 4.1 Jhajjar,

Haryana 6. December,09 18:52:03.7

HRS(UTC)

29.0°N 76.7°E 06 2.8 Rohtak,

Haryana 2007

7. April,03 15:35:10.3

HRS(UTC)

29.0°N 76.6°E 8.8 2.8 Rohtak,

Haryana 8. May,14 7:22:47.4

HRS(UTC)

29.0°N 76.6°E 5.0 3.2 Rohtak,

Haryana 9. November,20 17:11:5.6

HRS(UTC)

28.0°N 76.6°E 1.2 3.3 Rajasthan-

Haryana

Border 2008

10. February,27 11:13:55.2

HRS(UTC)

28.9°N 76.6°E 15.0 2.8 Rohtak,

Haryana 11. November,1 22:34:49

HRS(UTC)

28.9°N 76.8°E 10 2.7 Rohtak,

Haryana 12. October,19 07:56:48

HRS(UTC)

29.1°N 76.9°E 7 3.2 Sonipat,

Haryana 2009

13. May,10 11:02:47.0

HRS(UTC)

30.3°N 76.9°E 11 3.5 Ambala,

Haryana 2010

14. February,24 19:20:52

HRS(UTC)

28.6°N 76.9°E 17 2.5 Rohtak,

Haryana 15. March,03 11:48:18.0

HRS(UTC)

28.8°N 77.0°E 15 2.3 Delhi-

Haryana 16. October,12 10:27:25

HRS(UTC)

28.2°N 76.0°E 6 3.5 Rajasthan-

Haryana

Border 17. September,0

7

17:58:18

HRS(UTC)

28.6°N 77.0°E 8 4.2 Delhi-

Haryana 18. November,24 19:09:22

HRS(UTC)

28.8°N 77.0°E 10 2.5 Delhi-

Haryana 2011

19. March,05 07:41:03

HRS(UTC)

28.7°N 76.7°E 10 4.9 Delhi-

Haryana

4.5.5 Hydrogeology

The district is underlain by alluvium and blown sand of Recent to sub recent age which are overlying

the rocks of post Delhi and Delhi system. The alluvium in the area belongs to older alluvium stage

comprising of sand, silt, clay and calcareous nodules. The alluvium is the fresh water deposit of Indo-

Gangetic river system.

In alluvium the granular zones exist down to entire thickness, which is negligible near the out crop of

Delhi system to about 150m in the northern part of district. The average thickness of the alluvium in

the district is more than 50m. Exploratory drilling has been carried out at 19 exploratory sites in alluvial

formation and 35 in Hard rock areas. In alluvial formations, the successful exploratory tube well, tapped

aquifer zones down to the depth of 170m & 235 m yielding 220 lpm to 1200 lpm for 6 to 23m

drawdown.


EIA/EMP Report

73 | P a g e

The transmissivity value ranges from 150 to 810 m2/day in alluvial formations and between 370 to

1685 m2/day in hard rocks. The lateral hydraulic conductivity ranges from 1.5 to 20 m/ day. In hard

rock area the depth of bore holes ranges between 50 to 135 m and the water bearing zones in

weathered fractured quartzite and limestone were tapped. The discharge of tube wells varies between

100 to 1325 lpm with 3 to 15m draw down in lime stone aquifers. The discharge of tube wells

constructed in quartzite formation ranges between 22 and 820 lpm for reasonable drawdowns.

Source: Central Ground Water Board Report 2013

Figure 4.8: Pre-Monsoon Ground Water Level in Mahendragarh District

4.5.6 Ground Water Scenario

The long-term average annual rainfall of the district from 1966 to 2011 is 573 mm. However, during

period 1990 to 2011 the average annual rainfall for district Mahendragarh (446.2 mm) has been

exceeded in 7 years out of 22 years. In the district about 1000ha area is being irrigated through Narnaul

branch which takes off from Mahendragarh Canal being fed from JLN Feeder Canal off taking from

Western Yamuna Canal. Besides this 119000-ha area is being irrigated through groundwater resource

i.e. Bore wells/tube wells (133 diesel sets, 29482 electric sets). Thus, due to continual and wanton use

of ground water resource for irrigation and other uses, there has been decline in the ground water


EIA/EMP Report

74 | P a g e

table. Long term observation of pre-monsoon depth to water table observed at no. of stations in

different blocks shows that average rate of water level decline during period 1999 to 2010varies

between 10.75 m (Kanina Block) to 31.64 m (Narnaul Block). In case of Narnaul and Nangal Chaudhary

block the average rate of water level decline which was 2.64 m/year and 1.49m / year respectively

(Table 4.5).

Table 4.5: Average Depth to Ground Water Table

BLOCK

Average Water Depth (m) to Ground Water Table During Pre-Monsoon 1999-2010 Water

Table

Decline 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Ateli 25.

28

25.9

3

25.3

3

22.7

9

29.4

5

35.4

1

41.5 43.5

6

44.8

2

45.4

6

51.0

1

52.6

3 27.35

Kanina 16.

52

17.0

4

15.5

8

16.7

1

21.6

3

22.4 24.6 24.5

5

25.2

8

25.3

7

26.5

6

27.2

7 10.75

M. Garh 31.

53

34 28.5

7

22.4

4

48.3

1

48.6

3

51.4 51.1

9

52.2

7

52.5 50.3

4

52.3

3 20.8

Narnaul 31.

59

33.8

3

34.3

6

31.5

5

42.5

6

45.1

6

48.2 46.9

2

48.1

8

49.3 55.1

8

63.2

3 31.64

Nangal

Chaudhr

y

20.

11

27.9

6

27.4

3

28.5

3

29.5

6

30.4 32.2

3

28.8

7

32.4 32.7

6

36.9

9

38.0

2

17.91

Source: Central Ground Water Board Report 2013

4.6 METEOROLOGY

The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful proper interpretation of the

baseline information, surrounding area for air dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters

will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological regime of the region.

Mahendragarhhas arid to semiarid climate and receives over 517.8mm of rainfall annually with most

rains occurring during the monsoon months. Temperatures remain relatively high throughout the year,

with the summer months of April to early July having average daily temperatures of around 30°C.

During the monsoon there are frequent, heavy rains and thunderstorm. The winter months are mild

and pleasant, with average temperatures ranging from 15–18°C. There are however occasional cold

waves that lead to temperatures near freezing.

4.7 METHODOLOGY

The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observation is as per the standard norms laid down

by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS: 8829) and India Meteorological Department (IMD). On-site

monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the site-specific

data. Data was collected every hour continuously from March to May 2017 covering one season as per

approved ToR.

4.7.1.1 Methodology of Data Generation

The Monitoring Station equipped with continuous monitoring equipment was installed at a height of

10 m above ground level to record wind speed, direction and temperature. The meteorological

monitoring station was located in such a way that it is free from any obstructions and as per the

guidelines specified under IS: 8829. Cloud cover was recorded by visual observation.


EIA/EMP Report

75 | P a g e

4.7.1.2 Sources of Information

Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the nearest IMD station

which is near to the study area.

4.7.2 Presentation of Data

4.7.2.1 Meteorological Data Recorded at nearest IMD

The meteorological data was collected from the IMD, Narnaul-Haryana (1965-1990) located at EL

308mt. msl, which has more pronounced effect on the project site. The data collected from IMD

includes wind speed, temperature, relative humidity and rainfall. The monthly maximum, minimum

and average values are collected for all the parameters except wind speed. All these parameters are

recorded twice a day viz at 08:30 and 17:30 hours. The collected data is tabulated in Table 4.6

Table 4.6: Climatological Data Station: IMD, Narnaul, Haryana (1981-2010)

Month Mean max. temp

(0C)

Mean min.

temp

(0 C)

Monthly

Rainfall

(mm)

R.H.at 8:30

(%)

R.H.at 17:30

(%)

January 20.7 4.8 13.4 63 47

February 24.3 7.1 12.2 58 45

March 30.7 12.6 8.0 45 36

April 37.2 18.9 4.7 41 33

May 40.7 24.3 34.0 44 37

June 41.3 26.3 55.2 46 39

July 36.4 25.4 149.8 62 55

August 34.5 24.7 101.3 70 65

September 35.4 23.0 30.6 62 55

October 33.5 17.4 11.1 65 55

November 28.8 11.3 2.3 59 43

December 23.2 6.2 6.5 60 45

Average

Total

32.2 16.8 429.1 56 46

*Source: Government of India, Indian Meteorological Department, Climatological Table (1981-2010)

4.7.2.2 Meteorological Data Generated at Site

The meteorological parameters have been recorded on hourly basis during the study period from

March, 2017 to May, 2017 and the parameters recorded at site include wind speed, wind direction,

temperature, relative humidity and rainfall. Figure 4.9 shows the monitoring station set in Bayal

Village.


EIA/EMP Report

76 | P a g e

Figure 4.9: Meteorology station set in Bayal Village

4.7.3 Synthesis of Data on Climatic Conditions

4.7.3.1 Analysis of the Data Recorded at IMD-Narnaul

Temperature

The winter season starts from Middle of November and continues till end of March. December, January

and February are the coolest months. Both the night and day temperatures increase rapidly during the

onset of pre-monsoon season from April to May. The mean maximum and minimum temperature have

been recorded as 45.1°C in June & 4.8°C in the month of January respectively. The extreme minimum

and maximum temperature was recorded as -0.9°C (30/12/1965) and 48.4°C (08/06/1966)

respectively.

Humidity

The air is generally humid during the monsoon season and the weather during other seasons was

observed to be dry. The relative humidity during August at 08:30 hr was observed to be around 70%

and at 17:30 hr in the same month it was observed as 65%. The minimum relative humidity was

observed as 33% at 17:30 hr and 41% at 08:30 hr in the month of April respectively.

Cloudiness

During the winter and the pre-monsoon seasons, it was observed that the skies were generally very

clear. In the post-monsoon season, generally light clouds were observed in the evenings, with clear

mornings. During the monsoon season, both in the morning and evenings, the skies were found to be

generally clouded.


EIA/EMP Report

77 | P a g e

4.7.4 Observations on Primary Data

The site-specific data for the study period in respect of temperature, humidity and rainfall is presented

in in Table 4.7;

Temperature

Maximum temperature of 46OC (May 2017) and minimum temperature of 12OC (March 2017) was

recorded during the study period.

Relative Humidity

Maximum and minimum relative humidity were observed during March and May 2017 being 92%

and 7% respectively.

Cloud Cover

During the study period, it was observed that the skies were generally very clear during April and May

while March had a few cloudy days but with less than 2 oktas of sky.

Wind Speed / Direction

The wind rose diagram developed during Pre-monsoon season (March to May 2017) is shown in Figure

4.10. It reveals that pre-dominant wind direction occurs mostly from SW.


EIA/EMP Report

78 | P a g e

Table 4.7: Site Specific Meteorological Data

Day Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17

Te p. ⁰C Humidity (%) Wind Speed (Km./hr.) Rain

Fall

(mm)

Temp. ⁰C Humidity (%) Wind Speed

(Km./hr.)

Rain

Fall

(mm)

Te p. ⁰C Humidity

(%)

Wind Speed

(Km./hr.)

Rain Fall

(mm)

Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

1 33 27 84 53 22.5 3.2 4 34 22 33 14 9.7 0 0 44 31 13 7 11.3 1.6 0

2 25 12 74 34 8 0 0 38 23 35 13 9.7 0 0 44 30 16 9 9.7 0 0

3 27 14 65 29 4.8 0 0 33 22 50 17 14.5 0 0 43 30 25 11 16.1 0 0

4 26 14 56 33 8 0 0 35 23 44 18 11.3 0 0 41 30 31 16 9.7 0 0

5 27 16 55 29 12.9 0 0 37 24 44 17 11.3 0 0 40 30 32 15 6.4 0 0

6 27 13 63 32 6.4 0 5 40 23 44 12 6.4 0 0 40 27 45 17 6.4 0 0

7 27 15 64 23 6.4 0 0 37 27 31 16 17.7 0 0 41 29 36 15 9.7 0 0

8 29 14 55 27 6.4 0 0 33 23 43 15 12.9 1.6 0 41 31 31 11 14.5 0 0

9 32 16 63 24 6.4 0 0 34 23 36 12 12.9 0 0 40 31 22 9 9.7 0 0

10 32 16 57 22 12.9 0 1 35 22 27 10 9.7 0 0 43 30 23 10 14.5 0 0

11 31 15 70 24 24.1 4.8 0 36 24 24 10 6.4 0 0 38 28 35 22 9.7 0 0

12 29 14 92 36 8 0 5 38 25 27 9 9.7 0 0 39 30 35 16 9.7 0 0

13 27 14 69 23 9.7 1.6 0 39 25 25 10 16.1 0 0 37 25 81 29 12.9 0 9

14 29 16 56 22 6.4 0 0 37 23 41 14 12.9 3.2 0 38 29 34 17 11.3 0 0

15 33 15 48 16 6.4 0 0 39 25 26 13 8 0 0 38 28 36 17 9.7 0 0

16 34 17 47 18 8 0 0 37 25 28 14 12.9 0 0 38 28 38 21 9.7 0 0

17 36 19 44 15 9.7 0 0 40 25 37 13 8 0 0 40 30 32 16 14.5 0 0


EIA/EMP Report

79 | P a g e

18 32 21 46 16 12.9 1.6 0 33 26 48 28 16.1 0 12 40 30 31 14 19.3 3.2 0

19 30 19 44 19 12.9 0 0 33 26 48 28 19.3 0 0 39 29 31 12 19.3 4.8 0

20 31 16 43 18 9.7 0 0 36 25 39 13 8 0 0 40 30 27 14 14.5 1.6 0

21 37 20 32 13 8 0 0 36 25 29 13 8 0 0 40 30 32 14 17.7 1.6 0

22 37 20 35 16 8 0 0 38 25 26 12 8 0 0 42 31 24 8 22.5 3.2 0

23 31 20 56 26 11.3 0 0 37 25 30 16 9.7 0 3 44 32 19 11 16.1 3.2 0

24 32 18 83 30 16.1 0 3 38 27 30 13 12.9 1.6 0 43 30 27 11 12.9 0 0

25 33 18 60 26 6.4 0 2 40 29 27 12 8 0 0 44 31 29 12 11.3 0 0

26 32 21 57 30 8 0 9 40 28 26 12 8 0 0 44 31 19 10 9.7 0 0

27 32 20 45 27 11.3 0 0 39 29 26 9 12.9 0 0 43 31 25 9 9.7 0 0

28 33 21 62 31 16.1 0 0 40 28 17 8 11.3 0 0 44 33 19 8 16.1 3.2 0

29 32 21 69 26 9.7 0 3 42 30 19 7 8 0 0 45 34 18 10 19.3 0 0

30 33 20 51 24 9.7 3.2 0 42 30 15 7 11.3 0 0 46 34 23 11 19.3 6.4 0

31 32 19 37 16 14.5 0 0 46 34 28 15 6.4 0 0

Max 37 92 24.1 9 42 50 19.3 12 46 81 22.5 9

Min 12 13 0 22 7 0 25 7 0

Total

Rainfall

32 15 9


EIA/EMP Report

80 | P a g e

Figure 4.10: Site Specific Wind rose Diagram


EIA/EMP Report

81 | P a g e

4.8 AIR QUALITY

The Study area represents mostly rural environment in arid to semi-arid zone of South Eastern

Haryana. The ambient air quality with respect to the study area forms the baseline information. The

various sources of air pollution in the region are traffic, urban and rural activities. This will also be

useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the mine operation.

This section describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for sampling,

analytical techniques and frequency of sampling.

4.9 METHODOLOGY

4.9.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientifically designed

ambient air quality-monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality

surveillance programme has been based on the following considerations:

Meteorological conditions on synoptic basis;

Topography of the study area and linear nature of project;

Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status; and

Representatives of likely impact areas particularly covering the zone for maximum annual

mining, material handling and transportation interface areas.

Representative residential, rural and commercial area consideration

Ambient air quality monitoring stations were set up at five locations with due consideration to the

above-mentioned points. The Figure 4.11 shows the sampling location at Bayal. The locations of the

selected stations with reference to the project site are given in Table 4.8. and presented in Figure 4.12.

Table 4.8: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

S. No. Station

Code Name of the Station

Distance

(km) from

mining area

Direction

w.r.t.

mining area

Environmental

Setting

1 AAQ-1 Bayal Village 0 Project Site Residential

2 AAQ-2 Galghata ki Dhani 4 E Residential

3 AAQ-3 Musnauta Village 6 NE Residential

4 AAQ-4 Pachnauta Village 3.2 NNE Residential

5 AAQ-5 Salodra Village 1.74 WNW Residential


EIA/EMP Report

82 | P a g e

Figure 4.11: Air Sampling station at bayal village


EIA/EMP Report

83 | P a g e

Figure 4.12: Sampling and Monitoring Stations


EIA/EMP Report

84 | P a g e

4.9.2 Monitoring plan

Ambient air quality Monitoring was carried out for Particulate Matter less than 10 (PM10), Particulate

matter less than 2.5 µm diameter (PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX).

Sampling was carried out on 24 hourly from March 2017 to May 2017 (Pre-monsoon season). Ambient

air quality levels were assessed with respect to National ambient air quality standards prescribed by

Central Pollution Control board (CPCB) 18 November 2009.

4.9.3 Presentation of Primary Data

Ambient Air quality was monitored at five different locations in core and buffer zone during the study

period starting from March to May 2017. The summary of results are presented in detail in Table 4.9

to 4.13 and the test reports received from the Global Enviro Laboratories, Ghaziabad (Annexure- 7).

Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, Arithmetic mean, maximum and minimum values

have been computed from the observed data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. The ambient air

quality comparison graph between observed and standard values are shown in Figure 4.13 (a-d).

Table 4.9: Ambient Air Quality at Village Bayal (AAQ-1) Results (µg/m³)

Parameter SO2 NOX PM10 PM2.5

Minimum 6.0 10.0 55.0 21.0

Maximum 21.0 27.0 78.0 39.0

Average 10.9 17.7 67.8 31.8

98th Percentile 21.0 26.5 78.0 38.0

NAAQS (24 hourly) 80 80 100 60

Table 4.10: Ambient Air Quality at Galghata ki Dhani (AAQ-2) Results (µg/m³)


Minimum 8.0 13.0 56.0 24.0

Maximum 22.0 26.0 72.0 38.0

Average 12.5 18.8 65.4 31.5

98th Percentile 19.7 25.5 71.5 37.1

NAAQS (24 hourly) 80 80 100 60

4.11: Ambient Air Quality at Musnauta (AAQ-3) Results (µg/m³)


Minimum 9.0 16.0 51.0 22.0

Maximum 19.0 25.0 77.0 48.0

Average 13.2 20.8 63.9 31.9

98th Percentile 18.1 24.5 77.0 46.6

NAAQS (24 hourly) 80 80 100 60

Table 4.12: Ambient Air Quality at Pachnauta (AAQ-4) Results (µg/m³)


Minimum 7.0 7.0 59.0 23.0

Maximum 21.0 27.0 77.0 41.0

Average 12.2 19.7 68.8 32.1

98th Percentile 20.2 26.2 76.6 39.0


EIA/EMP Report

85 | P a g e

NAAQS (24 hourly) 80 80 100 60

Table 4.13: Ambient Air Quality at Salodra (AAQ5) Results (µg/m³)


Minimum 11.0 17.0 56.0 19.0

Maximum 25.0 27.0 79.0 46.0

Average 16.2 22.1 68.1 31.8

98th Percentile 22.0 27.0 78.0 46.4

NAAQS (24 hourly) 80 80 100 60


EIA/EMP Report

86 | P a g e

Figure 4.13 (a): Graphical Representation of PM10 and NAAQS

Figure 4.13 (b): Graphical Representation of PM2.5 and NAAQS

78

.0

72

.0 77

.0

77

.0

79

.0

55

.0

56

.0

51

.0 59

.0

56

.0

67

.8

65

.4

63

.9 68

.8

68

.1

78

.0

71

.5 77

.0

76

.6

78

.0

0.0

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

120.0

AAQ 1 AAQ 2 AAQ 3 AAQ 4 AAQ 5

Co

nc.

µg

/m3

Monitoring Stations

PM10 Results and NAAQS

Max Min Average 98th % NAAQS

39

.0

38

.0

48

.0

41

.0 46

.0

21

.0 24

.0

22

.0

23

.0

19

.0

31

.8

31

.5

31

.9

32

.1

31

.8

38

.0

37

.1

46

.6

39

.0

46

.4

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0


Co

nc.

µg

/m3

Monitoring Stations

PM2.5 Results and NAAQS



EIA/EMP Report

87 | P a g e

Figure 4.13 (c): Graphical Representation of NOx and NAAQS

Figure 4.13 (d): Graphical Representation of SO2 and NAAQS

27

.0

26

.0

25

.0

27

.0

27

.0

10

.0

13

.0

16

.0

7.0

17

.0

17

.7

18

.8

20

.8

19

.7

22

.126

.5

25

.5

24

.5

26

.2

27

.0

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0


Co

nc.

µg

/m3

Monitoring Stations

NOx Results and NAAQS


21

.0

22

.0

19

.0

21

.0 25

.0

6.0 8.0 9.0

7.0 1

1.0

10

.9

12

.5

13

.2

12

.2 16

.221

.0

19

.7

18

.1

20

.2

22

.0

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0


Co

nc.

µg

/m3

Monitoring Stations

SO2 Results and NAAQS



EIA/EMP Report

88 | P a g e

4.9.4 Interpretation of the AAQ results

The results of Ambient air quality monitoring and analysis are compared with the National Ambient

Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) prescribed by MoEF, GoI Notification dated 18.11. 2009.The test

reports are enclosed as Annexure- 7.

Core Zone–Mine Area

Particulate Matter (size < 10µm) or PM10, monitored in the Mine lease area as village Bayal showed

98th percentile value of 78.0 µg/m3, 98thpercentile values of Sulphur dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen and

PM2.5 in the mine area from the monitored data were 21.0 µg/m3, 26.5 µg/m3 and 38.0 µg/m3

respectively.

Buffer Zone

PM10 and PM2.5 values monitored at 4 locations in buffer zone showed 98th percentile values in the

range of 71.5- 78.0 µg/m3 for PM10 and 37.1 - 46.6 µg/m3 for PM2.5. Highest PM10 value recorded at

Salodra village (79.0 µg/m3) and highest PM2.5 value recorded at Musnauta village (48.0 µg/m3). Values

for PM10 and PM2.5 were found within the limits of NAAQS.

98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the buffer zone was in the range of 18.1-22.0 µg/m3.

Maximum value was recorded at the sampling station located at Salodra village (25.0 µg/m3). The

values of SO2 monitored in the study area are within the limits of NAAQS.

98th percentile values for nitrogen oxides in Ambient air monitored in the buffer zone were found in

the range with between 24.5-27.0 µg/m3. Maximum 98th value of NOx at the time of sampling was

found at Salodra village (27.0 µg/m3). The values of NOx monitored in the study area was found within

the limits of NAAQS.

4.10 WATER QUALITY

Selected water quality parameters of surface and ground water resources within the study area have

been studied to assess the water environment and evaluate anticipated impact of the project.

Understanding the water quality is essential in preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment and

to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.

The purpose of this study is to:

Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions, recreational resources

and aesthetics in the vicinity; and

Predict impact on water quality by this project and related activities.

The information required has been collected through primary surveys and secondary sources.

4.10.1 Methodology

Reconnaissance survey was undertaken, and monitoring locations were finalized based on:

Drainage pattern;

Location of residential areas representing different activities /likely impact areas; and

Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.


EIA/EMP Report

89 | P a g e

As there was no flowing water during summer season in the river no surface sample was collected.

Three ground water sources water sources in the study area were examined for physico-chemical,

heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other

activities on surface and ground water. The samples were analysed as per the procedures specified in

Sta da d Methods fo the E a i atio of Wate a d Waste ate pu lished A e i a Pu li Health Association (APHA).

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected for metal

content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in

sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analysed

for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like temperature,

dissolved oxygen (DO) and pH were analysed on spot at the time of sample collection.

4.10.2 Water Sampling Locations

Ground water samples were grabbed from three locations which were analysed for various

parameters to compare with the standards for drinking water as per IS 10500:2012 for drinking water.

No surface water was found in the study area. The water sampling locations are mentioned in Table

4.14.

Table 4.14: Water Sampling Location

S. No. Code Location Distance (km) from

mining area

Direction w.r.t. mining

area

1. GW1 Nagal Dargu 6.5 NE

2. GW2 Bayal 0.6 E

3. GW3 Musnauta 6 NE

4.10.3 Presentation of Results

The results of the water quality monitored during the study period representing Pre-monsoon season

2017 for ground water samples are given in Table 4.15.

4.10.3.1 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranged from 7.13 to 7.54 which are well within the specified

standards of 6.5 to 8.5 limits. Total hardness was recorded to range from 420 to 1204 mg/l, which

exceeds the acceptable limit 200 mg/l but below the permissible limit (600 mg/l) at two stations and

for Musnauta Village (1204 mg/l) it exceeded the permissible limit. The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

concentration recorded ranged between 2040 to 1509 mg/l and exceeded the acceptable limit (500

mg/l) but was below the permissible limit (2000mg/l) in two locations but exceed at Musnauta village

(2040 mg/l).

Chlorides were within the permissible limit (2000mg/l) as it ranged between 250 - 393 mg/l. Fluorides

recorded ranged between 0.68 to 0.78 mg/l and was within the acceptable limit at all three locations.

Nitrates were recorded to range between 0.9 to 3.6 mg/l and are found to be within the acceptable

limit. Bacteriological studies reveal that no coliform bacterial are present in the samples. The heavy

metal contents were observed to be in below detectable limits.


EIA/EMP Report

90 | P a g e

Table 4.15: Physico chemical and Biological Characteristics of Ground Water

S. No. Parameters Units GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 IS 10500:2012

Acceptable Limit Permissible Limits

1. pH (25°C) - 7.50 7.54 7.13 6.5-8.5 No relaxation

2. Turbidity NTU < 5 < 5 < 5 1 5

3. Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1502 1466 2040 500 2000

6. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 416 389 392 200 600

7. Chlorides as Cl- mg/l 393 389 371 250 1000

8. Sulphates as SO4-2 mg/l 58 36 112 200 400

9. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 0.9 3.7 3.6 45 No relaxation

10. Colour Hazen < 5 < 5 < 5 5 15

11. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 420 592 1204 200 600

12. Calcium as Ca mg/l 43 214 446 75 2000

13. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 38 7 11 30 100

14. Iron as Fe mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.3 No relaxation

15. Copper as Cu mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5

16. Fluorides as F- mg/l 0.78 0.68 0.77 1.0 1.5

17. Phenolic Compounds mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.001 0.002

18. Mercury as Hg mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.001 No relaxation

19. Cyanide as CN- mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 No relaxation

20. Residual Chlorine as Cl- mg/l NIL NIL NIL 0.2 1

21. Cadmium as Cd mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.003 No relaxation

22. Total Chromium as Cr mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.05 No relaxation

23. Lead as Pb mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No relaxation

24. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.22 0.41 0.34 5 15


EIA/EMP Report

91 | P a g e

S. No. Parameters Units GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 IS 10500:2012

Acceptable Limit Permissible Limits

25. Manganese as Mn mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3

26. Selenium as Se mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No relaxation

27. Nickel as Ni mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.02 No relaxation

28. Arsenic as As mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 0.05

29. Barium as Ba mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.7 No relaxation

30. Chloramines mg/l ND ND ND 4.0 No relaxation

31. Boron as B mg/l 0.26 0.28 0.3 0.5 1.0

32. Anionic Detergents as

MBAS mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.2 1.0

33. Mineral Oil mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.5 No relaxation

34. Aluminium as Al mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2

35. Silver as Ag mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.1 No relaxation

36. Sulphide mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.05 No relaxation

37. Molybdenum as Mo mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.07 No relaxation

38. Ammonia mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.5 No relaxation

39. Polynuclear aromatic

hydrocarbon mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.0001 No relaxation

40. E coli MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent

Shall not be

detectable in any 100

ml sample

Shall not be detectable

in any 100 ml sample

41. Total coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent

Shall not be

detectable in any 100

ml sample

Shall not be detectable

in any 100 ml sample


EIA/EMP Report

92 | P a g e

4.11 SOIL

Soil fertility is an important aspect of the soil-plant relationship. Fertility status of the soils is primarily

and importantly dependent upon both the macro and micronutrient reserve of the soil. Continued

removal of nutrients by crops, with little or no replacement will increase the nutrient stress in plants

and ultimately lowers the productivity. The fertility status of soil mainly depends upon the nature of

vegetation, climate topography, and texture & decomposition rate of organic matter in the soil.

Optimum productivity of any cropping systems depends upon adequate supply of plant nutrients.

The fertility of soil depends on the concentration of N, P, K, organic and inorganic materials and water.

Nitrogen is required for growth of plant and is a constituent of chlorophyll, plant protein, and nucleic

acids. Phosphorus is most often limiting nutrients remains present in plant cell nuclei and act as

energy storage. It helps in transfer of energy. Potassium is found in its mineral form and affect plant

cell division, carbohydrate formation, translocation of sugar, various enzyme actions and resistance

to certain plant disease, over 60 enzymes are known to require potassium for activation.

It is essential to determine the potential of soil in the area to identify the current impacts of

urbanization and industrialization on soil quality and predict impacts, which may arise due to the

project operations. Accordingly, a study of assessment of the baseline soil quality has been carried

out.

4.11.1 Data Generation

For studying soil quality of the region, six sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the Mining area representing various land use conditions. The samples have

been collected from the depth of 5 to 15-cm and representative samples prepared by thoroughly

mixing. The homogenized samples were analysed for Physio- chemical characteristics.

The detail of sampling locations is given in Table 4.16 and shown in Figure 4.12. The soil quality at all

the locations during the study period is tabulated in Table 4.17.

Table 4.16: Details of Soil Sampling Locations

S. No. Location code Location Present Land Use

1. S-1 Musnnata Open Field Rural

2. S-2 Pachnauta Planted Field Rural

3. S-3 Pachnauta Open Field Rural

4. S-4 Sayalodra Sand Rural

5. S-5 Khasra No. 201 Mountain Area Waste land

6. S-6 Khasra No. 223-224 Mountain Area Waste land

Table 4.17: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Study Area Soil

S. No. PARAMETERES UNIT S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

1 pH (10% Aq. Solution) - 7.42 8.16 8.02 7.34 7.42 7.18

2 Sp. Gravity 2.26 2.76 2.44 2.38 2.06 2.06

3 Moisture Consistency % 6.4 7.8 8.6 7.2 5.3 5.6

4 Water Holding Capacity % 46.1 43.3 45.2 45.6 47.2 47.9

5 Organic Matter % 1.26 1.38 1.52 1.02 1.04 1.43

6 Electrical Conductivity μ hos/ 534 476 430 455 452 466

7 Iron as Fe mg/kg 2.3 3.9 3.4 2.8 2.37 2.5

8 Calcium mg/kg 2.56 3.64 3.16 2.48 2.38 2.34

9 Magnesium mg/kg 1.16 2.08 2.14 1.79 1.05 1.08


EIA/EMP Report

93 | P a g e

S. No. PARAMETERES UNIT S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

10 Sulphate as SO4 mg/kg 22 25 26 22 29 24

11 Alkalinity mg/kg 12.56 13.64 16 24 27 24

12 Chloride as Cl mg/kg 1.2 2.6 2.3 2.5 3.4 3.1

13 Potassium as K mg/kg 107 111 109 133 118 115

14 Sodium as Na mg/kg 38 45.1 42.2 50 47 48

15 Phosphorus as P mg/kg 6.69 7.58 10.7 12.4 8.7 8.9

16 Nitrogen as N mg/kg 25.2 27 30.4 20.4 28.2 28.7

17 Zinc as Zn ppm 0.6 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.8

18 Chromium as Cr ppm 0.098 0.096 0.096 0.095 0.09 0.093

19 Manganese as Mn ppm 1.4 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.5 1.2

20 Copper as Cu ppm 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.3 0.7 0.3

21 Molybdenum as Mo ppm 0.011 0.023 0.015 0.017 0.011 0.018

22 Nickel as Ni ppm 2.7 3.4 3.1 2.6 2.4 2.2

23 Selenium as Se ppm 0.18 0.19 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.18

4.11.2 Soil reaction classes and critical limits for Macro and Micro nutrients in soil

Standard soil Classification:

Table 4.18: Soil Classification

Parameters Classification (According to Soil Survey Manual (IARI, 1970))

pH (25°C) a. extremely acidic (pH<4.5)

b. very strongly acidic (pH 4.5 – 5.0)

c. strongly acidic (pH 5.1 – 5.5)

d. moderately acidic (pH 5.6-6.0)

e. slightly acidic (pH 6.1-6.5)

f. neutral (pH 6.6- 7.3)

g. slightly alkaline (pH 7.4-7.8)

h. moderately alkaline (pH 7.9-8.4)

i. strongly alkaline (pH 8.5-9.0)

j. Very strongly alkaline (>9.0)

Organic carbon a. low fertile (below 0.50 %)

b. medium (0.50-0.75 %)

c. high (above 0.75 %)

Available Nitrogen a. low (<280 kg ha-1

b. medium (280 to 560 kg ha-1)

c. high (>560 kg ha-1)

Available phosphorous a. low (< 10 kg ha-1)


c. high (> 25 kg ha-1)

Available potassium a. low (< 108 kg ha-1)


c. high (> 280 kg ha-1)

Available sulphur (Singh et.

al. 2004, Mehta et.

al.1988)

a. low (<10 mg kg-1)

b. medium (10-20 mg kg-1)

c. high (> 20 mg kg-1)

Electric conductivity

(Salinity) mS/cm

a. Up to 1.0 average

b. 1-2 harmful to germinate

c. 2-3 harmful to crops

Source- Follet and Lindsay, 1970 and Berger and Truog, 1940


EIA/EMP Report

94 | P a g e

4.11.3 Interpretation of Soil Characteristics

Interpretation of Soil Characteristic has been dwelled in following sub-sections

Soil Texture

The soils of study area are Soils of Aravalli Plain-Aridic Zone and the most commonly observed soil

textural classes are sandy clay loam.

Soil Reaction

Soil pH is an important soil property, which affects the availability of several plant nutrients. It is a

measure of acidity and alkalinity and reflects the status of base saturation. The soil pH ranges from

7.18 to 8.16, thereby indicating the soils are neutral to moderately alkaline in nature.

Organic Matter

The effect of soil organic matter on soil properties is well recognized. Soil organic matter plays a vital

role in supplying plant nutrients, cation exchange capacity, improving soil aggregation and hence

water retention and soil biological activity. The organic matter content of soil varied from 1.02 to

1.52% (organic carbon 0.58%-0.87%), thereby implying that soils are with medium to high levels of

organic content.

Macronutrients

Nutrients like nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P) and potassium (K) are considered as primary nutrients and

sulphur (S) as secondary nutrient. These nutrients help in proper growth, development and yield

differentiation of plants and are generally required by plants in large quantity.

Available Nitrogen

Nitrogen is an integral component of many compounds including chlorophyll and enzyme essential

for plant growth. It is an essential constituent for amino acids which is building blocks for plant tissue,

cell nuclei and protoplasm. It encourages the aboveground vegetative growth and deep green colour

to leaves. Deficiency of Nitrogen decreasing rate and extent of protein-synthesis and result into

stunted growth and develop chlorosis. Available nitrogen content in the surface soils ranges between

20.4 & 30.4 mg/kg thereby indicating that soils are low in available nitrogen content. content.

Pachnauta.

Available Phosphorus

Phosphorus is important component of adenosine di-phosphate (ADP) and adenosine tri-phosphate

(ATP), which involves in energy transformation in plant. It is essential component of deoxyribonucleic

acid (DNA), the seat of genetic inheritance in plant and animal. Phosphorous take part in important

functions like photosynthesis, nitrogen fixation, crop maturation, root development, strengthening

straw in cereal crops etc. The availability of phosphorous is restricted under acidic and alkaline soil

reaction mainly due to P-fixation. In acidic condition it gets fixed with aluminium and iron and in

alkaline condition with calcium. Available phosphorus content in these soil ranged between

6.69mg/kg-12.4mg/kg (9.7kg/ha-18kg/ha), thereby indicating soil with low to medium phosphorus

content in the area.


EIA/EMP Report

95 | P a g e

Available Potassium

Potassium is an activator of various enzymes responsible for plant processes like energy metabolism,

starch synthesis, nitrate reduction and sugar degradation. It is extremely mobile in plant and help to

regulate opening and closing of stomata in the leaves and uptake of water by root cells. It is important

in grain formation and tuber development and encourages crop resistance for certain fungal and

bacterial diseases. Available potassium content in these soils ranges between 107-118mg/kg

(155kg/ha-171kg/ha), thereby indicating medium in potassium content in the area.

Micronutrients

Proper understanding of micronutrients availability in soils and extent of their deficiencies is the pre-

requisite for efficient management of micronutrient fertilizer to sustain crop productivity. Therefore,

it is essential to know the micronutrients status of soil before introducing any type of land use.

Available Manganese

Manganese is essential in photosynthesis and nitrogen transformations in plants. It activates

decarboxylase, dehydrogenize, and oxides enzymes. The available manganese content in surface soils

was recorded as 1.2 to 1.9 ppm, i.e. the soil is deficient in manganese as the critical limit of available

manganese is 2.0-mg/kg.

Available Zinc

Zinc plays role in protein synthesis, reproductive process of certain plants and in the formation of

starch and some growth hormones. It promotes seed maturation and production. The available zinc

in surface soils of the study area ranges from 0.6 to 0.8 ppm. As per the critical limit of available zinc

(0.5-mg/kg), most of the study area soils are not deficient of zinc.

Available Copper

It is important for reproduction growth. It aids in root metabolism and helps in utilization of protein.

The available copper in surface soils of the study area ranges from 0.2 to 0.7mg/kg. As per the critical

limit of available copper (0.2mg/kg), most of the study area soils are more than sufficient in available

copper near the project.

4.12 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The environmental assessment of noise from the industrial activity, construction activity and vehicular

traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to

hearing, physiological responses, and annoyance and general community responses.

The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It can

be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one which is continuously varying in

loudness.


EIA/EMP Report

96 | P a g e

The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential

areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance and,

The location of the noise sources, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines

the loudness and period of exposure.

The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced Hearing Loss

(NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The environmental impact assessment of noise

from the project operation, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various

factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, and annoyance and general

community responses.

4.12.1 Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major noise generating

sources in the area. Noise at different generating sources has been identified based on the activities

in the village area and traffic.

The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of ambient noise levels in the study area.

The noise level at each location was recorded for 24 hrs. The environment setting of noise monitoring

locations is given in Table 4.19 and shown in Figure 4.12.

Table 4.19: Details of Noise Monitoring Locations

S. No. Station

Code

Noise sampling

location

Distance (km) mining

area)

Direction w.r.t.

mining area

Environmental

Setting /

Justification

1. N-1 Bayal 0 Mining Lease Area Residential

2. N-2 Galghata Ki Dhani 4 E Residential

3. N-3 Musnauta 6 NE Residential

4. N-4 Pachnauta 3.2 NE Residential

4.12.2 Method of Monitoring

Sound Pressure Level (SPL) were measured at all locations once in a week for one month during March

2017. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm

to 6 am at all the locations within study area as per CPCB Guidelines. The average value of Leq day

time and night time noise levels at each of the sampling location are presented in Table 4.20

Table 4.20: Noise Levels [dB (A)] in the Study Area

S. No. Station

Code

Location Leq Day Time

(Average)

Leq Night Time

(Average)

1. N-1 Bayal 57.8 44.9

2. N-2 Galghata Ki Dhani 58.3 42.8

3. N-3 Musnauta 59.1 42.8

4. N-4 Pachnauta 59.1 42.8


EIA/EMP Report

97 | P a g e

Table 4.21: CPCB Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limits in dB (A) Leq

Day time

06:00 am – 10:00 pm

Night time

10:00 pm – 06:00 am

A Industrial Area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 40

1. Day Time is from 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM.

2: Night Time is reckoned between 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM

3. Silence Zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of Hospitals, Educational Institutions and

Courts. Use of vehicle horn, loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.

Note: Mixed categories of areas be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent

Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply

4.12.3 Interpretation of Results

The noise monitoring shows that the average day time noise levels at all the monitored places are

slightly above the standard limit, while average night time noise level is well within the standard limit.

The noise recorded at mine site of Bayal village 57.8 dB (A) Leq during day time and 44.9 dB (A) Leq

during night time. Approx. same noise level was recorded at Musnauta and Pachnauta i.e. 59.1 dB (A)

Leq during daytime which are slightly higher than the std. limit and 42.8 Leq during night time within

the limit.

Noise level recorded at the village Galghata Ki Dhani is 58.3 Leq and at night 42.8 Leq.

The ambient air quality standards in respect of noise are 75, 65, 55 and 50 dB (A) Leq in daytime and

70, 55, 45 and 40 dB (A) Leq during night time for industrial, commercial, residential and silence zone

respectively. The daytime noise levels are measured during 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. and night time

from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 am.

4.13 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.13.1 Flora

4.13.1.1 Forest and Forest Types

The state Haryana lies at the meeting point of three vegetative zones: the western Himalayas to the

north, the upper Gangetic Plains to the east, and West Indian Desert or Arid Zone which encompasses

most of the State (Singh et al. 1994) The planned project falls in the Mahendragarh district which is

bounded on the north by Bhiwani and Rewari districts, on the east by Rewari district and Alwar district

of Rajasthan, on the south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar districts of Rajasthan, and on the west by Sikar

and Jhunjhunu districts of Rajasthan.

In accordance to the India State of Forest Report, 2015 (Forest Survey of India), the total forest cover

of the project district Mahendragarh is 69 km2 which is only 3.71% of the total forest cover of the


EIA/EMP Report

98 | P a g e

state of Haryana. The forest cover of Haryana is predominantly comprising of open forest (69 km2)

followed by Moderate Dense Forest (16 km2). No recorded very dense forests are present in the

project district. Further a total of 26 km2 area in the project district is under scrub land. The Forest

cover of the project district is given in Table 4.22 and depicted in Figure 4.14 as follows:

A o di g to Cha pio a d Seth s lassifi atio , the state has t o fo est t pe g oups, iz. T opi al Dry Deciduous and Subtropical Pine. The forest vegetation of the Mahendragarh district comes under

Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests and all the forest areas are categorised in Open and Scrub categories.

Table 4.22: Forest Cover of the Project District (Area in Km2)

Name Geographical

Area

Very

Dense

Area

Mod.

Dense

Area

Open

Forest

Total Percent

of GA

Change Scrub

Mahendragarh 1,859 0 16 53 69 3.71 0 26

Haryana 44,212, 27 452 1,105 1,584 3.58 -2 151

*Source: India State of the Forest Report, 2015, Forest Survey of India


EIA/EMP Report

99 | P a g e

*Source: India State of the Forest Report, 2015, Forest Survey of India

Figure 4.14: Forest Cover Map of Haryana Highlighting the Project District


EIA/EMP Report

100 | P a g e

4.13.1.2 Floristic Objectives

Objectives of the present baseline floristic study are as follows:

To inventories taxonomic diversity of plants in the study area

To assess the plant community composition and phytosociology in the study area.

Present study areas comprise of mine lease area in Tehsil and area within 10 km radius of mining

zones as per the ToR. Five survey locations; two in mining areas (core zone) and three in outer area

within the 10 km of core zone (Buffer zone) were selected for carrying out phytosociological surveys

of the vegetation and in addition an inventory of various floristic elements was also prepared by

walking different transects around these sampling sites. In order to understand the composition of

the vegetation, most of the plant species were identified in the field itself whereas the species that

could not be identified an herbarium specimen was collected along with their photographs for

identification later with the help of available published literature and floras of the region.

4.13.2 Methodology

To understand the community composition of vegetation of the study area, a stratified1 random

sampling method was used to obtain baseline data. The size and number of quadrats needed were

determined using the species-area curve method (Mishra, 1968). The floristic survey consisted with

randomly placed quadrats of 10 x 10 m2 for trees, 5 x 5 m2 for shrubs and 1 x 1 m2 for herbs, grasses

and climbers. Quadrats were spatially distributed so as to minimize the autocorrelation among the

vegetation and trap maximum composition. The data on vegetation were quantitatively analysed for

density, frequency and abundance as per Curtis & McIntosh (1950). The Importance Value Index (IVI)

for trees was determined as the sum of relative density, relative frequency and relative dominance

(Curtis, 1959). Tree individuals with > 31.5 cm DBH (Diameter at breast height i.e., 1.37 m from the

ground) were individually measured for DBH. Data was collected during pre-monsoon (March-May

2017).

_______________________________________________________________________________

1 Stratified random sampling is a method of sampling that involves the division of a population into smaller groups

known as strata. In stratified random sampling, the strata are formed based on members' shared attributes or


EIA/EMP Report

101 | P a g e

characteristics. A random sample from each stratum is taken in a number proportional to the stratum's size when

compared to the population. These subsets of the strata are then pooled to form a random sample.

Figure 4.15: Survey of Flora and Fauna

4.13.2.1 Sampling Location

The vegetation Survey was carried out at five different sites. The survey location areas are given in

Table 4.23. The core area of the project site consists mainly of open scrub type of land, with scanty

vegetation at few locations of the site. Human settlements and agricultural activities have also been

observed at the buffer area of the project site. These forests are mainly covered with open scrub type

of vegetation.

Table 4.23: Sampling Location of Floristic Survey

Site Sampling Location Zone

S-1 Bayal village (near Bock 1) Mining area (core zone)

S-2 Bayal village (near Bock 2) Mining area (core zone)

S-3 Forest Area near Panchnauta village Influence area (buffer zone)

S-4 Panchnauta ki Dhani Influence area (buffer zone)

S-5 Bamanwas village Influence area (buffer zone)

4.13.2.2 Taxonomic Diversity

In the present study, tree community was observed to be the dominant taxonomic group with 20

species belonging to 8 families followed by 19shrub species belonging to 14 families, and 15 herbs

belonging to5 families respectively. Fabaceae, Poaceae and Capparaceae were found to be the

dominating families in tree, shrub and herb respectively.


EIA/EMP Report

102 | P a g e

4.13.2.3 Community Composition

The forests of the study area receiving high anthropogenic pressure and some scattered patches of

forests have been seen. In proposed mining areas, few individuals of trees (Prosopis cineraria, Acacia

nilotica, Acacia catechu, Acacia Senegal, Azadirachtaindica) were recorded. Among shrubs Cassia tora

and Calotropis procera were found to be dominant species in the planned mining areas. Cenchrus

setigerus and Saccharum bengalense were observed to be the dominant herbs species in the mining

zone of study area

4.13.3 Phytosociological Characteristics

4.13.3.1 Mining areas (Core zone)

The quantitative strength of any plant community is generally evaluated through the density of plant

elements in a given area. No tree observed in core area whereas the shrub density was recorded as

120 shrubs ha-1 at Site-I and 140 shrubs ha-1 at Site-II. Density of herbs has been recorded between

2800 and 3600 herbs ha-1 in site I and Site II respectively. Among tree species, Acacia nilotica was

found in both sites. Shrubs like Capparis sepiariaand Cassia tora were observed to be widely

distributed whereas Calotropis procera were recorded in both sites. Among herbaceous flora

Saccharum bengalense was observed to be the predominant species recorded in both sites. Among

all the three-taxonomic group i.e. tree, shrub and herb, highest species density was recorded for

Acacia nilotica (13.33 trees ha-1-Site-II), Calotropis procera (60 shrubs ha-1-Site-II) and Saccharum

bengalense (1200 herbs ha-1-Site-I) respectively. (Table 4.24).

Table 4.24: Phytosociological Characters of Different species recorded in proposed mine lease area

S. N. Species Site-I Site-II

Den (per

ha)

F (%) Ab IVI Den

(per ha)

F (%) Ab IVI

Shrub

1 Capparis sepiara 40.00 10.00 1.00 120.90 - - - -

2 Cassia tora 40.00 10.00 1.00 87.85 - - - -

3 Calotropis procera 20.00 5.00 1.00 54.52 60.00 10.00 1.50 104.51

4 Zizyphus numnularia 20.00 5.00 1.00 36.72 - - - -

5 Adhatoda vasica - - - - 40.00 10.00 1.00 69.30

6 Calligonum polygonoides 40.00 10.00 1.00 126.19

Total 120.00 300.00 140.00 300.00

Herb

1 Cenchrus setigerus 800.00 8.00 1.00 88.50 400.00 4.00 1.00 50.89

2 Saccharum bengalense 1200.00 4.00 3.00 111.65 800.00 4.00 2.00 76.89

3 Desmostachya bipinnata 400.00 8.00 0.50 35.21

4 Cenchrus ciliaris 400.00 4.00 1.00 64.64

5 Heteropogon contortus 800.00 8.00 1.00 72.22

6 Dichanthi Annulatum 800.00 4.00 2.00 39.78

7 Cynodon dactylon 800.00 4.00 2.00 60.22

Total 2800.0 300.0 3600.0 300.0


EIA/EMP Report

103 | P a g e


EIA/EMP Report

104 | P a g e


EIA/EMP Report

105 | P a g e

Figure 4.16: Plants in core Area

4.13.3.2 Surrounding areas (Buffer zone)

In the surrounding area of the project, tree density ranged from 67 to 87 trees ha-1, shrub species

density was recorded between 240 to 420 shrubs ha-1 whereas the herb density values were found

between 7200 to 7600 herbs ha-1. Acacia nilotica was found widely distributed tree species, among

shrubs, Capparis sepiariaand Cassia occidentalis were dominated while herbs like Cyperus scariosusand

Parthenium hysterophorus were present in all studied sites. (Table 4.25)


EIA/EMP Report

106 | P a g e

Table 4.25: Phytosociological Characters of Different species recorded around mining areas

S.

No.

Species Site-III Site-IV Site-V

Den

(per

ha)

F

(%)

A

b

IVI Den

(per

ha)

F

(%)

A

b

IVI Den

(per

ha)

F

(%)

A

b

IVI

Tree

1 Acacia leucophloea 7 7 1 28

2 Acacia nilotica 40 40 1 17

6

33 27 1 14

4

13 7 2 74

3 Albezia lebbek 13 7 2 25

4 Azadirachta indica 7 7 1 20

5 Morus alba 13 13 1 30

6 Bombex Ceiba 7 7 1 28

7 Butea monosperma 13 13 1 41

8 Dalbergia sissoo 7 7 1 21

9 Ficus religiosa 7 7 1 20

10 Melia azadirachta 7 7 1 28

11 Tamarindus indica 7 7 1 25

12 Ziziphus mauritiana 7 7 1 19

13 Salvedora oleoides 7 7 1 31

14 Prosopis cineraria 7 7 1 15

15 Prosopis juliflora 7 7 1 18

16 Delonix regia 7 7 1 20

17 Ficus racemosa 7 7 1 24

18 Tamarix aphylla 7 7 1 17

19 Acacia tortilis 7 7 1 18 13 13 1 50

20 Crateva nurvala 7 7 1 28

Total 87 30

0

87 30

0

67 30

0

Shrub

1 Capparis sepiara 80 10 2 77 40 5 2 52 40 10 1 26

2 Adhatoda vasiea 40 5 2 36

3 Cassia tora 40 10 1 35

4 Zizyphus numnularia 60 10 2 51

5 Calotropis procera 20 5 1 81

6 Calligonum

polygonoides

40 10 1 30

7 Cactus indicus 40 10 1 42

8 Capparis decidua 40 10 1 38

9 Cassia occidentalis 40 10 1 28 40 5 2 40 80 10 2 47

10 Achyranthes aspera 40 15 1 46

11 Euphorbia royleana 40 5 2 26

12 Carissa opaca 20 5 1 13

13 Callicarpa macrophylla 40 5 2 33

14 Colebrookea

oppositifolia

40 10 1 23

15 Clerodendron viscosum 60 10 2 46


EIA/EMP Report

107 | P a g e

S.

No.

Species Site-III Site-IV Site-V

Den

(per

ha)

F

(%)

A

b

IVI Den

(per

ha)

F

(%)

A

b

IVI Den

(per

ha)

F

(%)

A

b

IVI

16 Murraya sp. 40 5 2 40

17 Ixora sp. 80 10 2 62

18 Zizyphus sp. 40 5 2 28

Total 340 30

0

240 30

0

420 30

0

Herb

1 Saccharum bengalense 120

0

12 1 30

2 Desmostachya

bipinnata

800 8 1 50

3 Cenchrus setigerus 800 8 1 33

4 Cenchrus ciliaris 160

0

12 1 59

5 Cyperus scariosus 120

0

8 2 94 120

0

8 2 83 120

0

8 2 48

6 Heteropogon contortus 800 8 1 43

7 Dichanthi Annulatum 400 4 1 14 800 4 2 31

8 Cynodon dactylon 160

0

8 2 45

9 Acacia pinnata 120

0

8 2 53

10 Arundo donex 800 4 2 30

11 Caesalpinia sepiaria 120

0

8 2 23

12 Clematis gouriana 800 4 2 39

13 Cymbopogon martini 800 8 1 50

14 Parthenium

hysterophorus

200

0

8 3 44 800 4 2 23 800 8 1 29

15 Saccharum

spontaneum

800 8 1 22

16 Chrysopogon sp 800 8 1 28

17 Heteropogon contortus 800 4 2 29

Total 720

0

68 30

0

760

0

30

0

760

0

30

0

*Source: Primary Baseline Survey, VSPL

4.13.3.3 Flora of Ethnobotanical and Economical Use

During the study knowledgeable and elderly persons of study area villages were interviewed and

information on plants parts (seed, bark, leaf & root) used and indigenous knowledge was gathered.

Secondary information was also consulted to know the ethno-botanical importance of the region.

People of the study area are using these plant species for timber, fuel, fodder, food and medicines and

making agricultural implements. The dependency level of the nearby habitation on forest was found

very low but some species like, Prosopis cineraria, Azadirachta indica, Dalbergia sissoo, Citrullus

colocynthis, Withania somnifera, Cassia tora and Datura metel are economically important. These

plants utilize in day to day life of local inhabitations.


EIA/EMP Report

108 | P a g e

4.13.3.4 Rare and Endangered Flora

Commercial and developmental activities like construction of roads, expansion of agriculture land and

harsh climatic conditions for plant life have led to decline of many valuable plant species and

degradation of their habitats. Recorded floral species from the present study area was assessed for

their conservation status by cross-checking with Red Data book of Indian plants (by Nayar and Sastry,

1987-90) and none of the plant taxa found under Rare, Endangered and Threatened category.

4.13.4 Faunal Diversity

The district is inhabited by various groups of mammals. Primates are represented by Rhesus Macaque

and the Langur. The carnivorous animals found in the district are the jungle cat, the small Indian civet,

jackal and the Indian fox. Ducks and teals of various species are found near the rivers. Pigeons and

doves are common in the cultivated fields, besides, the colourful birds like parakeets, grey partridges,

quails, bulbuls and kingfishers. The common poisonous snakes found in the district include: Krait,

Co a, Russel s Vipe a d Phoo sa. The o -poiso ous s akes a e li d s ake, I dia p tho , Joh s sand boa, wolf snake and rat snake. All the lizards found in the district are non-poisonous. The common

lizard can be seen in the houses. Kirla or girgit is found in the lawns and hedges, besides a few other

types of lizards are found in bushes and areas of thick vegetation.

4.13.4.1 Methodology

In order to study the wild mammals, avifauna, herpetofauna and insects of the project area 2-5 km

transect trails were carried out in the different locations. The study area was divided into different

strata based on vegetation and topography. Sampling for habitat and animals was done in different

strata. As the normal systematic transects for mammals and birds were not possible in this study area

due to difficult terrain, therefore mostly trails were used for faunal sampling. In addition to the field

sampling secondary data and information was also collected as follows:

Direct sighting and indirect evidences such as calls, signs and trophies of mammals were

recorded along the survey routes taking aid from Prater (1980).

Interviews of local villagers for the presence and relative abundance of various animal

species within each locality.

The Forest Working Plan of the Forest Division falling in the project area was referred to for

secondary information on the wildlife of the area.

Mammals

Around 2-5 km long transects and trails of different habitation were walked to study the wild

mammalian fauna of the study area. Direct sighting of animals as well as indirect signs like scat, pellets,

pugmarks, scraps, vocalizations, horns etc. were also recorded during the survey walk. Secondary data

as well as information elicited from the locals were also noted for the presence or absence of the wild

animals in the area. Seven mammalian species were directly recorded during present primary survey.

(Table 4.26)


EIA/EMP Report

109 | P a g e

Table 4.26: Mammalian Fauna Sighted during the primary survey

S.

No. Name Scientific Name Order Family CS Schedule

1. Rhesus Monkey Macaca mulatta Primates Cercopithecid

ae LC III

2. Common langur Semnopithecus

entellus Primates

Cercopithecid

ae LC III

3. Five stripped Palm

Squirrel Funambulus palmarum Rodentia Sciuridae LC IV

4. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis

dayanus

Lagomorph

a Leporidae LC IV

CS- Conservation Status (IUCN), LC-Least Concern, Schedule (As per WPA, 1972) *Source: Primary Baseline Survey, VSPL

Threatened and Endangered Mammals

Few of the mammalian species reported in this area are listed in the threatened and endangered

categories but none of them sighted (or indirect evidence) during primary Survey. Common langur,

Rhesus macaque, five stripped Palm Squirrel and Indian Hare are reported as least concern category

of IUCN Red Data Book (ver. 3.1). As described in the above given table, these animals are also listed

in different schedule of the Indian Wildlife Protection Act (1972).

Avifauna

As time constraint and accessibility factors play an important role in conducting the survey, birds were

also sampled on the same transect and trails marked for mammals. Sampling was carried out on fixed

width trails of 2 km wherever the terrain permitted and point counts were carried out at a fixed

distance at more or less regular intervals. A prismatic field binocular (10x50) was used for the bird

watching during transect walk as well as during the morning and evening hours nearby the habitation

of study area.

By considering the migration large number of birds should have been present in the area but due to

limited surface water sources chances of sighting became rare. A total of 16 bird species has been

recorded during primary survey. Many bird species of these classes perform altitudinal and local

migrations (Table 4.27).

Table 4.27: Avifauna Sighted during the Primary Survey

S. No. Name Scientific Name Order Habit

1 House Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeriformes R

2 Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus Passeriformes R

3 Indian Peafowl Pavo afropavo R

4 Indian Myna Acridotheres tristis Passeriformes R

5 Eastern Grey Heron Ardea cinerea Pelecaniformes R

6 House Crow Corvus splendens Passeriformes R

7 Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii Pelecaniformes R

8 Little Egretta Egretta garzetta Ciconiiformes R

9 River Tern Sterna arantia Charadriiformes R

10 Spotted Dove Stigmatopelia chinensis Columbiformes R

11 Tree duck Dendrocygna Javanica Anseriformes R

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Primate

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cercopithecidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Primate



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rodent

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sciuridae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lagomorpha

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lagomorpha

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leporidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Passerine


EIA/EMP Report

110 | P a g e

14 Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus Cuculiformes R

15 Red Munia Amandava Passeriformes R

R-Resident, *Source: Primary Baseline Survey, VSPL

List of Schedule – I and Schedule - II species observed during study period is presented in conservation

plan and enclosed as Annexure - 9.

Fish and Fisheries

Fishes are the integral component of stream and rivers which are not only the best sources of food and

animal protein for the human population but provides a source of income for the local inhabitants. The

people use captured fishes for their consumption and in some cases to sell in local markets as an

alternative means for procurement of foods and other requirement of daily needs. Although primary

fisheries survey was not conducted during the primary study in pre-monsoon when the river was dry

as there was no discharge in the river which only flow during monsoon.

4.14 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

This section provides an understanding of the administrative setup of the district, the demographic

profile of the villages/towns in the project corridor, the social groups present, the land use pattern in

the area, the livelihood profile of the community, the common property resources, the social and

physical infrastructure available in terms of the education and health infrastructure, the water supply

for irrigation and drinking purposes, sanitation facilities and connectivity. The purpose of this section

is to allow for an increased understanding of the key issues identified as well as identify areas of

intervention in future scenarios.

4.14.1 Baseline of the Study Area

4.14.1.1 District Profile

Mahendragarh district lies between 27 ° 47 ' 50" N and 28° 28' 00" N latitude and between 75° 54'00"E

and 76° 22' 11" E longitude. It has a geographical area of 1899.00* square kilometres comprising

1866.02 square kilometres of rural area and 32.98 square kilometres of urban area. Mahendragarh

district, located in southern part of the State in north-south elongated shape, makes bulge in Rajasthan

State in Southern and South western part of Haryana State. The district makes northern boundary with

Bhiwani district, its upper eastern side is bounded by Rewari district. Rest of the district is bounded by

Rajasthan State from all the remaining sides. The demographic, administrative and other statistical

data of the district is given in Table 4.28.

Table 4.28: Salient Features of Mahendragarh District

S. No. Particular Units Figure

1 Area In '000 Sq. Km 1899

2 Sub-Division Number 3

3 Tehsil Number 5

4 Sub- Tehsil Number 1

5 Development Block Number 8

6 Number of Villages


EIA/EMP Report

111 | P a g e


7 Total Number 370

8 Inhabited Number 369

9 Uninhabited Number 1

10 Number of Towns

11 Statutory Number 4

12 Census Number 1

13 Total Number 5

14 Number of Households

15 Normal Number 170824

16 Institutional Number 179

17 Houseless Number 709

18 Population

19 Total Persons 922088

20 Male Persons 486665

21 Female Persons 435423

22 Male to Total Population % 52.78

23 Female to Total Population % 47.22

24 Sex Ratio (Females per 1000 Males) Ratio 895

25 Population to Total Population with India % 0.08

26 Population to Total Population with Haryana 3.64

27 Population Growth % 13.48

28 Density of Population per Sq. Km 486

29 Rural Population





34 Urban Population





39 Urbanization % 14.41

40 Child Population (0 - 6 Years)


42 Males Persons 62638

43 Females Persons 48543

44 Sex Ratio (Females per 1000 Males) 775


EIA/EMP Report

112 | P a g e


45 Literates




49 Literacy Rate

50 Total % 77.72

51 Males % 89.72

52 Females % 64.57

53 Gender Gap % 25.15

54 Scheduled Castes Population

55 Total % 16.95

56 Males % 16.94

57 Females % 16.97

58 Scheduled Tribes Population

59 Total % 0.00

60 Males % 0.00

61 Females % 0.00

62 Working Population




66 Work Participation Rate

67 Total % 36.72

68 Males % 47.86

69 Females % 24.26

70 Gender Gap % 23.60

71 Main Worker




75 Marginal Worker




75 Non Worker




79 Commercial Bank Number 61


EIA/EMP Report

113 | P a g e


80 Cooperative Bank Number 38

81 Cooperative Societies Number 712

Source: District Handbook, Census of India 2011

4.14.2 Socio-economic assessment in the Project Influence Area

The development projects are invariably planned based on the availability of exploitable natural

resources. These projects attract flow of finances, investments, jobs and other livelihood

opportunities, which brings in people from different cultural and social background. Such planned

activities not only provide impetus to the local economy but also bring about a multi-dimensional

economic, social and cultural change. Most often it has been observed that such development projects

are commissioned in economically and socially backward areas, which are inhabited by some of the

indigenous populations.

The study area for the project has been considered 10 km peripheral from the project boundary as

presented in Figure no. 4.17. Further, to achieve an informative result the total area has been

segregated into two different zones.

Zone -1: Core Zone village (the mining lease falls under the jurisdiction of the Bayal village and hence

considered as Zone- 1).

Zone -2: Buffer Zone (Villages falling within 10 km radius from Core Zone)


EIA/EMP Report

114 | P a g e

Figure 4.17: Study area of 10 km radius

On the basis of available census data, 2011 different aspects of socio economic condition of all villages

in these two different zones have been analyzed which is presented in sections and Table No. 4.29

below:


EIA/EMP Report

115 | P a g e

Table 4.29: Demographic Profile of the Study Area

S.

No.

Name of Villages HH Population Literates Main Workers Marginal Workers Non Workers

Total M F Total M F Total M F Total M F Total M F

Zone I

1. Bayal 775 4586 2442 2144 2708 1685 1023 1239 967 272 245 181 64 3102 1294 1808

775 4586 2442 2144 2708 1685 1023 1239 967 272 245 181 64 3102 1294 1808

Zone II (Buffer Zone 10 km. Radius)

2 Tigra 563 2924 1510 1414 2023 1185 838 693 577 116 217 111 106 2014 822 1192

3 Bargaon 212 1272 683 589 925 552 373 325 302 23 21 16 5 926 365 561

4 Simli Ismailpur 170 826 424 402 590 346 244 198 177 21 157 17 140 471 230 241

5 Panchnota 269 1664 869 795 867 574 293 151 143 8 514 244 270 999 482 517

6 Govla 271 1883 1007 876 1057 706 351 546 458 88 385 97 288 952 452 500

7 Biharipur 176 1082 596 486 585 423 162 80 76 4 174 160 14 828 360 468

8 Ganwari Jat 364 2110 1119 991 1293 827 466 234 185 49 582 319 263 1294 615 679

9 Mosnota 753 4669 2533 2136 2536 1712 824 952 830 122 458 379 79 3259 1324 1935

10 Bamanwas Kheta 116 808 416 392 512 303 209 117 72 45 125 106 19 566 238 328

11 Kalakota 8 54 34 20 25 19 6 12 12 0 7 0 7 35 22 13

12 Jeelo 1077 6074 3225 2849 3505 2244 1261 1211 1145 66 1120 423 697 3743 1657 2086

13 Bihari Pur 590 3445 1852 1593 2042 1294 748 821 754 67 602 125 477 2022 973 1049

14 Dabla 1133 6378 3391 2987 4115 2522 1593 1564 1339 225 826 219 607 3988 1833 2155

15 Kanwar Ki Nagal 342 1936 987 949 1188 735 453 278 260 18 318 146 172 1340 581 759

16 Shyalodara 427 2461 1319 1142 1613 1012 601 569 520 49 234 74 160 1658 725 933

17 Shimli 146 812 426 386 522 325 197 78 63 15 311 136 175 423 227 196

18 Bihar 336 1881 996 885 1176 714 462 381 364 17 135 97 38 1365 535 830

19 Bagrawa 218 1111 580 531 589 383 206 305 251 54 226 46 180 580 283 297

20 Imloha 185 955 505 450 575 358 217 130 126 4 185 113 72 640 266 374

21 Tigri 19 103 56 47 65 44 21 26 21 5 10 3 7 67 32 35

22 Shyam Pura 277 1560 823 737 952 592 360 363 343 20 134 27 107 1063 453 610

23 Doonga Ki Nangal 193 1019 541 478 530 346 184 267 248 19 92 37 55 660 256 404

24 Patan 1122 7004 3664 3340 4862 2864 1998 1780 1676 104 515 138 377 4709 1850 2859

25 Mohanpura 299 1631 873 758 1034 674 360 323 273 50 595 198 397 713 402 311

26 Karjo 236 1371 721 650 882 553 329 309 259 50 358 136 222 704 326 378

27 Panchoo Kharkara 224 1374 743 631 693 486 207 336 322 14 6 3 3 1032 418 614

28 Meena Ki Nangal 161 957 555 402 610 423 187 337 307 30 155 9 146 465 239 226

29 Dalpat Pura 509 3282 1766 1516 1838 1242 596 1077 754 323 424 168 256 1781 844 937


EIA/EMP Report

116 | P a g e

S.

No.

Name of Villages HH Population Literates Main Workers Marginal Workers Non Workers

Total M F Total M F Total M F Total M F Total M F

30 Chak Karjo 2 21 14 7 11 7 4 7 4 3 0 0 0 14 10 4

31 Jhamawas 99 532 286 246 320 201 119 83 81 2 175 56 119 274 149 125

32 Balloopura 349 2047 1107 940 1236 821 415 592 531 61 55 4 51 1400 572 828

33 Narheri 265 1578 835 743 834 560 274 344 300 44 109 86 23 1125 449 676

Total 11111 64824 34456 30368 39605 25047 14558 14489 12773 1716 9225 3693 5532 41110 17990 23120

Grand Total (Zone I and II) 11886 69410 36898 32512 42313 26732 15581 15728 13740 1988 9470 3874 5596 44212 19284 24928

Source: Census of India, 2011


EIA/EMP Report

117 | P a g e

4.14.3 Demographic Profile of Villages under Mine Lease in Study Area

4.14.3.1 Data Collection & Survey

The study area comprises of 33 villages including core zone and buffer zone as explained in the table

above. Consultation and socio-economic survey was mainly conducted in Bayal, Panchnota and

Doyiwala ki dhani villages, located close proximity and approachable distance from the site in order to

assess the impact of the upcoming solar power project. However, the secondary baseline data has

been collected from Census of India 2011, for all the villages within the study area as per the zones as

described in the Table above.

4.14.3.2 Concept & Definition of Terms Used

Quality of Life (QoL): Quality of Life refers to degree to which a person enjoys the important

possi ilities of his / he life. The Possi ilities esult f o the oppo tu ities a d li itatio s, ea h pe so has in his / her life and reflect the interaction of personal and environmental factors. Enjoyment has

two components: the experience of satisfaction and the possession or achievement of some

characteristic.

Household: A group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common

kitchen are called a household. Persons living in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of

both. However, if a group of related or unrelated persons live in a house but do not take their meals

from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a common household. Each such person is treated

as a separate household. There may be one member households, two member households or multi-

member households.

Sex Ratio: Sex ratio is the ratio of females to males in a given population. It is expressed as 'number of

females per 1000 males'.

Literates: All persons aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding in any

language are taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education

or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. People who are blind but

can read in Braille are also treated as literates.

Literacy Rate: Literacy rate of population is defined as the percentage of literates to the total

population aged 7 years and above.

Labour Force: The labour force is the number of people employed and unemployed in a geographical

entity. The size of the labour force is the sum total of persons employed and unemployed. An

unemployed person is defined as a person not employed but actively seeking work. Normally, the

labour force of a country consists of everyone of working age (commencing from 14 years and below

retirement (around 65 years) that are participating workers, that is people actively employed or

seeking employment. People not counted under labour force are students, retired persons, stay at

home people, people in prisons, permanently disabled persons and discouraged workers.

Work: Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without

compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work

involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. The work


EIA/EMP Report

118 | P a g e

may be part time or full time or unpaid work in a farm, family enterprise or in any other economic

activity.

Worker: All persons engaged in 'work' are defined as workers. Persons who are engaged in cultivation

of land or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also treated as workers.

Main Workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6

months or more in the case of a year) are termed as Main Workers.

Marginal Workers: Those workers who did not work for the major part of the reference period (i.e.

less than 6 months) are termed as Marginal Workers.

Work Participation rate (WPR): The work participation rate is the ratio between the labour force and

the overall size of their cohort (national population of the same age range). In the present study the

work participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) to total

population.

Below Poverty Line (BPL) family: As per Press Information Bureau, Govt. of India, 2011-12, Poverty

Line Estimation for rural areas (as per Tendulkar Committee Report) is at INR 816 per capita per month

and INR 1,000 per capita per month in urban areas. Thus, for a family of five, the all India poverty line

in terms of consumption expenditure would amount to about INR 4,080 per month in rural areas and

INR 5,000 per month in urban areas.

Pacca House: A pucca house is one, which has walls and roof made of the following material: (i) Wall

material: Burnt bricks, stones (packed with lime or cement), cement concrete, timber, ekra etc. (ii)

Roof Material: Tiles, GCI (Galvanised Corrugated Iron) sheets, asbestos cement sheet, RBC, (Reinforced

Brick Concrete), RCC (Reinforced Cement Concrete) and timber etc.

Kutcha House: The walls and/or roof of which are made of material other than those mentioned above,

such as unburnt bricks, bamboos, mud, grass, reeds, thatch, loosely packed stones, etc. are treated as

kutcha house.

Semi-pucca House: A house that has fixed walls made up of pucca material but roof is made up of the

material other than those used for pucca house (roof of khaprail tiles).

4.14.4 Baseline Data of the Study Area

In the table below an attempt has been made to provide salient features of socio-economic features

of the study area:

Table 4.30: Demography, Literacy and Occupational details of people living in Study Area

S. No. Description Number % to total

1

Total Population - Gender wise 69410 100

Male 36898 53.16

Female 32512 46.84

Sex ratio (No. of females per 1000 males) 881

2

Total Population (0-6 years) - Gender wise 9763 14.07

Male 5347 14.49

Female 4416 13.58

Sex ratio (No. of females per 1000 males) 826

3 Total Population (Sector Wise) 69410 100


EIA/EMP Report

119 | P a g e

S. No. Description Number % to total

Rural 69410 100

Urban - -

4

Total No. of Households 11886

Average House hold size 5.84

Lowest Household size (Village: Bagrawa) 4.86

Highest Household size (Village: Chak Karjo) 10.50

5

Total SC & ST Population 13517 19.47

Total Population (SC) 9728 14.02

Total Population ( ST) 3789 5.46

6

Total Literates – Gender wise 42313 70.94

Male Literacy (with respect to the male population) 26732 84.73

Female Literacy (with respect to the female population) 15581 55.46

Literacy gap between male and female 29.27

7

Total Workers & Work Participation Rate 25198 36.30

Male (Number and % with respect to the male population) 17614 47.74

Female (Number and % with respect to the female population) 7584 23.33

Gender gap in workforce (in percentage) 24.41

8

Total Main Workers & percentage to total worker 15728 62.42

Male (Number and % with respect to the male working population) 13740 78.01

Female (Number and % with respect to the female working

population) 1988 26.21

a) Main Worker as Cultivator (Number and Percentage) 6511 41.40

b) Main Worker as Agricultural Labour (Number and Percentage) 916 5.82

c) Main Worker as Household Industry Worker (Number and

Percentage) 362 2.30

d) Main Worker as Other workers (Number and Percentage) 7939 50.48

9

Total Marginal Workers & percentage to total worker 9470 37.58

Male (Number and % with respect to the male working population) 3874 21.99

Female (Number and % with respect to the female working

population) 5596 73.79

a) Marginal Worker as Cultivator (Number and Percentage) 4932 52.08

b) Marginal Worker as Agricultural Labour (Number and Percentage) 1578 16.66

c) Marginal Worker as Household Industry Worker (Number and

Percentage) 465 4.91

d) Marginal Worker as Other workers (Number and Percentage) 2495 26.35

10 Number and Percentage of Marginal Worker (3-6 Months) 7048 74.42

11 Number and Percentage of Marginal Worker (0-3 Months) 2422 25.58


4.14.5 Demographic Composition

4.14.5.1 Population

As per Census of India 2011, the total population of the study area is 69410 in which 53.16% are males

and 46.84% are females. An average gender ratio of the study area is approximately 881 females per

1000 males, which indicate that there are slightly imbalanced compositions of male and female

population. The study area comes under rural settlement. Approx. 14.07% of the total population

belongs to 0-6 age group. The sex ratio of this age group is 826 female children per 1000 male children,

which is very poor and lower than the average sex ratio of the study area. The break-up of population

data for the study area zone-wise is given in Table 4.31 below.


EIA/EMP Report

120 | P a g e

4.14.5.2 Households and Household Size

The entire population of the study area has been grouped into 11886 households and the average size

of household is approximately 6 persons/ household. During site visit it was observed and noted that

most of the houses of the study area are made of bricks and of semi-pacca type.

Table 4.31: Zone-wise Break up of Population in Study Area

S.

No. Zone

House-

holds

Household Population Population (06 years)

Size Total M F Gender

Ratio Total M F

Gender

Ratio

1 Zone 1 775 5.92 4586 2442 2144 878 622 363 259 713

2 Zone 2 11111 5.83 64824 34456 30368 881 9141 4984 4157 834

Total 11886 5.84 69410 36898 32512 881 9763 5347 4416 826


4.14.5.3 Social Stratification

With reference to the Table below, approx. 19.47% of the total population of the study area belongs

to Schedule Castes (SC) and Schedule Tribes (ST), rest are general and other backward castes. The

population of Scheduled Castes in core zone (Bayal village) is 7.46% while there is no one belongs to

Schedule Tribe population. In buffer zone the population of SC is 14.48% while ST is 5.85%.

The break up distribution of scheduled caste and scheduled tribe population in the project area is

shown in Table 4.32 below.

Table 4.32: Zone-wise Distribution of SC and ST Population in Study Area

S. No. Village Schedule Caste Population Schedule Tribe Population

Total M F Percentage Total M F Percentage

Zone 1

1 Bayal 342 199 143 7.46 0 0 0 0.00

Sub-Total 342 199 143 7.46 0 0 0 0.00

Zone 2

2 Sub-

Total 9386 4990 4396 14.48 3789 1991 1798 5.85

Total 9728 5189 4539 14.02 3789 1991 1798 5.46


4.14.5.4 Literacy and Literacy Rate

The a e age lite a ate of the stud a ea is . % i hi h ale s lite a is . % ith respect to the male population as against 55.46% for females with respect to the female population,


EIA/EMP Report

121 | P a g e

creating a gender gap of 29.27%. The average literacy rate of core zone is 68.31% while it is 71.13% in

buffer zone of the study area. The break up distribution of literate population in the project area is

shown in Table 4.33 below.

Table 4.33: Zone-wise Distribution of Literacy in the Study area

S. No. Zone

Number of Literates Literacy Rate

Total M F Total M F Gender

Gap

1 Zone 1 2708 1685 1023 68.31 81.05 54.27 26.78

2 Zone 2 39605 25047 14558 71.13 84.99 55.54 29.44

Total 42313 26732 15581 70.94 84.73 55.46 29.27


The literacy rate of the project area has been compared with the literacy rate of district, state and

national level which shows that literacy rate of the study area is below than the literacy rate of the

district, state and national level. Details of comparison are given in Figure below:

4.14.5.5 Workers and Work Participation Rate

The total number of workers in the study area is 25198 and the WPR is 36.30% in which males are

47.74% with respect to the male population and females are 23.33% with respect to female population.

Among the total workers 62.42% are main workers and the remaining 37.58% are marginal workers.

4.14.5.6 Categorization of Main Workers on the basis of Occupation

Following tables reflects that 50.48% of main worker are involved in other workers followed by

cultivator with 41.40%, agricultural labours with 5.82% and only 2.30% workers are involved in

household industry. In core zone of the study area most of the workers are involved in cultivation and

other work.

Table 4.34: Categorization of Main Workers on the basis of Occupation

S. No. Zone

Types of Main Workers

Cultivators Agricultural

Labours

Household

Industrial

Workers

Other Workers

Nos. % Nos. % Nos. % Nos. %

1 Zone 1 681 54.96 63 5.08 1 0.08 494 39.87

2 Zone 2 5830 40.24 853 5.89 361 2.49 7445 51.38

Total 6511 41.40 916 5.82 362 2.30 7939 50.48


4.14.5.7 Categorization of Marginal Workers on the basis of Occupation

Following tables reflects that most of the marginal workers are involved in cultivation (52.08%)

followed by other workers (26.35%) and agricultural labours (16.66%).


EIA/EMP Report

122 | P a g e

Table 4.35: Categorization of Marginal Workers on the basis of Occupation

S. No. Zone

Types of Marginal Workers

Cultivators Agricultural

Labours

Household

Industrial Workers Other Workers

Nos. % Nos. % Nos. % Nos. %

1 Zone 1 59 24.08 10 4.08 4 1.63 172 70.20

2 Zone 2 4873 52.82 1568 17.00 461 5.00 2323 25.18

Total 4932 52.08 1578 16.66 465 4.91 2495 26.35


Considering the work culture of the study area, it appears that most of the workers in core zone (Bayal)

as well as in buffer zone villages are involved in agricultural labourers.

4.14.5.8 Culture and Religion

During consultation with local people of Bayal and Panchnota it was found out that in the study area

people in good harmony with each other. People of the study area speak Punjabi and Hindi. The field

survey and Census of India 2011 reveal that majority of the persons living in the villages and town of

the study area are Hindus. They play a vital role in making cultural and religious activities. The

traditional attire of people is Kurta-pyjama and paint shirt for men. Women prefer Patiala suits, ghagra

as part of their traditional attire. Maghi, Lohri, Holi, Baisakhi, Teeyan, Diwali, and Dussehra are the

major festival celebrated in the Study Area.

4.14.5.9 Economy and Occupation

The economy of Haryana is largely dependent on Agricultural activities. Haryana is one of the most

fertile regions in India. The region is ideal for wheat-growing. The state has been contributing of wheat

and of rice produced by Government of India for food security of the country for last four decades.

The source of livelihood of the people of the study area is trade & business and agriculture. The people

of Bayal are engaged in agriculture, small business, profession, services and few in daily wages labours

while the people of the buffer zone of the study area are dependent on agriculture and cultivation.

During consultation local people told that one can earn INR 35,000/ to INR 50,000/ per acre per annum

through agriculture.

4.14.5.10 Infrastructure Facilities

Education: Considering the educational facilities of the study area, Govt. Primary School, Anganwadi

Centre is available in most of the villages of the study area. During site visit it was revealed by the local

people that only in few villages have the secondary and senior secondary school in the study area.

Communities have to travel 7 km to 10 km for their secondary, senior secondary and higher education

from the village.

State government is facilitating, in Govt. Primary and Upper Primary School, with scholarship, mid-day

meal, free text-book and uniform to every student to encourage the students and improve the

educational quality of the region. The average literacy rate of the study area is 70.94% in which males

are 84.73% and females are 55.46% with 29.27% of gender gap.


EIA/EMP Report

123 | P a g e

Govt. Middle School in Bayal village Senior Secondary School in Syalodra village

Figure 4.18: Infrastructure Facilities- School

Health: During site visit it was observed that there is no any PHC/CHC available within 10 km of the

study area except Bayal (Core Zone). Most of the village, People have to travel 5-10km to get medical

facilities from the villages. There are no any chronic or epidemic diseases have been reported by the

people of the study area except general cases of fever and cough.

Primary Health Centre in Bayal Village

Figure 4.19: Infrastructure Facilities- Primary Health Centre

Drinking Water Facility: Hand pump and Tap water are the source of water for drinking and other

domestic use in the study area.

Communication: The people of the study area is well connected via mobile, telephone and internet.

Means of communications such as internet, telephone and television has made a vital role in changing

the conservative thoughts of the people of the study area and brought awareness for development in

both men and women.

Electricity Facility: The study area is good in terms of electricity supply. Generally, 12- hou s electricity is available in Bayal and most of the villages of the study area.


EIA/EMP Report

124 | P a g e

4.14.6 Consultation during Project Pre-Construction Stage by ESIA team

Within the study area a total 6 consultation programs (Focus Group Discussion, Community based)

have been finalized after discussion with the officials from client and local community. The details of

consultation location, dates of consultation are shown in Table 4.36 below:

Table 4.36: Details of Public Consultation

S.

No

Location of

consultation

Community

being

consulted

Dates of

Consultation

Target

group

Concerns and

Expectations

Address of

Issues/ Concerns

by Client

1 Project Site Project

Developer

Date:

08/03/2017

Project

developer

and local

villagers.

Selection of

site and

Technical

aspect of the

project;

Social and

Environmental

features

around the

Project;

Requirement

of Land;

Land

Procurement

Process,

compensation

paid to land

seller, details

of Project

Affected

Family, their

expectations

and their

socio-

economic

status.

The Project

developer

explained about

the process of

site selection,

technical aspects

of the project,

environmental

and social

features around

the project

periphery,

expectations of

PAF and socio-

economic status

of the PAF.

2. At village

Bayal

Local

people of

Bayal

Date:

09/03/2017

Sarpanch

Village and

Respectable

and

Influential

Person of

the village

Capacity and

Technology

adopted for

the project;

Positive and

Negative

impact of

proposed

project;

Influx of

People due to

upcoming

project;

Any Risk on

Human Health

and

Environment

due to

proposed

Project;

A brief

introduction

about the

technical aspects

and capacity of

the project has

been described

to local

community by

Client personnel

and the

consultant.

Mining project

generate

employment

opportunity

during project

construction and

operation.


EIA/EMP Report

125 | P a g e

S.

No

Location of

consultation

Community

being

consulted

Dates of

Consultation

Target

group

Concerns and

Expectations

Address of

Issues/ Concerns

by Client

Opportunity

of

employment

generation;

Benefits of

Proposed

project to local

community.

The chances of

influx of people

from outer area

for this project

are limited to the

plant persons

which are very

nominal and will

be

accommodated

within the

project site itself.

During project

construction

phase unskilled

and semi-skilled

worker shall be

hired locally.

Proposed project

shall provide

employment

opportunity to

local unskilled

and semi-skilled

worker on the

basis of their skill

and qualification

during project

construction

phase.

Client shall

propose

community

development

plan as per its

CSR policy.

3. Near village

Panchayat

Local

villagers of

Bayal

Date:

10/03/2017

Local

villagers

and

labourers

Capacity and

Technology

adopted for

the project;

Positive and

Negative

impact of

proposed

project;

Opportunity

of

employment

generation;

Benefits of

Proposed

project to local

community.

A brief

introduction

about the

technical aspects

and capacity of

the project has

been described

to local

community by

Client personnel

and the

consultant.

Mining project

generate

employment

opportunity

during project


EIA/EMP Report

126 | P a g e

S.

No

Location of

consultation

Community

being

consulted

Dates of

Consultation

Target

group

Concerns and

Expectations

Address of

Issues/ Concerns

by Client

construction and

operation.

Therefore, it has

a minimal impact

on land due to

proposed

project.

Client shall

propose

community

development

plan as per its

CSR policy.

4.14.7 Consultation Process

The process of stakeholder consultation included:

Identification of the relevant stakeholders including all those individuals, groups and

organizations potentially affected by or interested in the project;

Imparting information about the project and its potential impacts on their lives in local and

simple language;

During the consultation process the project plan was clearly explained;

Recording of their concerns and aspirations through survey and discussions;

Responding to their queries in a neutral manner.

In the primary survey the focus group discussions and the individual interviews. A two-person survey

team carried out the discussions and the interviews. The list of persons involved in the public

consultation is limited to those who were willing to allow their name to be added in the document.

Project proponent, village Sarpanch and members of the Bayal, Pachnota and Doyiwala ki Dhani

villages, government officials of revenue and rural development department, local labours,

contractors were our stakeholders to whom we consulted.

4.14.8 Project Disclosure: Awareness about the Project

A focused group discussion and public consultations were conducted in Bayal, Pachnota and Doyiwala

ki Dhani village. All the people expressed their full support for Mining project as they see that there is

an opportunity of employment. They do not have any problem due to proposed projects and they are

already aware with the projects. In the consultation approximately 08-15 people at each location were

participated. Consultant team has also consulted/discussed informally with youths, women and daily

wages workers in and around the project site. At the very beginning of the public

consultation/discussions the participants were introduced about the details of a Mining projects.

4.14.9 Consultation with Different Group of Persons

Focused group discussions were held with the randomly selected villagers. These groups encompass

a wide age range, as well as both genders, and people from the entire communal spectrum. The FGD

included people who lived in nearby villages of mining project. Attendance sheets of FGD are attached

as Annexure 10.

Natural group discussions were also conducted, where ever possible. Natural group discussions are

i te ie s o du ted ith atu all o u i g g oups. The ethod has the ad a tage of ei g


EIA/EMP Report

127 | P a g e

interviewed at a time and place of their convenience, and is suitable from the point of view of the

interviewee. The result is honest and open discussion in a more relaxed and informal manner.

4.14.10 Consultation with the Site Staffs

During the study period, EIA team consulted with client staff at project site to understand about the

project and other environmental and social features around the project site.

Figure 4.20: Consultation with Client Officials and Site Inspection at Project Site

Consultation with the Local Labours

Daily wage labourers, mostly in and around project site and Bayal, Pachnota and Doyiwala ki Dhani

village have been observed during site visit and tried to consult them. Consultation with the labourers

highlights that as the proposed Mining Project supported their employment during construction

period and helped them tackle the seasonal unemployment in the area so they are very positive and

glad about the project.


EIA/EMP Report

128 | P a g e

Consultation with village Sarpanch, and Stone Crushers Owners of Bayal Village

Consultation with People in Doyiwala ki

Dhanivillage

Consultation with Women Near Project Site

Pachnota

Consultation with Women in Village Pachnota ki

Dhani

Consultation with Local Retailers in Village

Pachnota

Figure 4.21: Consultation and Group Discussion with People at Village Bayal, Doyiwala ki Dhani and

Pachnota


EIA/EMP Report

129 | P a g e

4.14.11 Consultation with Youth of the Study area

We have also consulted with youth of the study area and tried to know their opinion about the project.

We discussed with developmental issues and employment opportunity in the region. They are very

hopeful with the project in the region. They are much conscious with their education, career and are

seeking employment opportunity in metropolitan cities. They are much ambitious.

4.14.12 Issues / Concerns / Concerns Raised / Addressed During Consultation

Following issues have been discussed with the people of Project Impact Area:

4.14.13 Awareness about the Project

All the respondents, community of Bayal, Pachnota and Doyiwala ki Dhani and were aware with the

proposed Mining project. All the people expressed their full support for Mining project and they do

not have any problem due to proposed projects.

4.14.14 Occupation and Livelihood

Economy of the study area is dependent on agriculture. The main occupation of the people of Bayal,

Pachnota and Doyiwala ki Dhani village is agriculture, dairy milk and cattle rearing.

4.14.15 Health

There is no any epidemic or chronic disease have been reported in the study area during consultation

with local people of Bayal, Pachnota and Doyiwala ki Dhani village except general fever, cough and

cold. People of the study area are well aware with HIV/AIDS/STP. Government Primary Health Centre

is available in Bayal land Pachnota village.

4.14.16 Education

In spite of government infrastructure facility and support for mid-day meal, free text books,

scholarship and uniform distribution to every student at Primary and Upper Primary level, the literacy

rate of the study a ea is . %, i hi h ale s lite a ate is . % ith espe t to ale populatio a d fe ale s lite a ate is . % ith espe t to fe ale populatio ith eati g a gender gap of 29.27%. But youth and people of new generation are much conscious and firm to

provide better education to their male and female children without any discrimination.

4.14.17 Employment Opportunity

Local people are also concern about employment opportunity through proposed Mining project.

Client assured that they will prefer local people for unskilled labour during project construction period

on the basis of their skill and education. The outcome of the public consultation with the villagers is

given in Table 4.37 below:

Table 4.37: Outcome of Public Consultation

S. No. Concerns & Expectations Addressal of Issues/ Concerns by Client

1. Capacity and Technology

adopted for the proposed

project

A brief introduction about the proposed project has been given to

local community by Consultant team and Client personnel. It has been

told that it is a Quartz & Feldspar Mining Project at Bayal,

Mahendragarh, Haryana

3. Will the upcoming Mining

project create employment

opportunities for the local

people?

During mining period, the proposed project shall provide an

employment opportunity to semi-skilled and unskilled worker. The

priority of employment shall be provided to local villagers / residents

on the basis of their skill and qualification.


EIA/EMP Report

130 | P a g e

S. No. Concerns & Expectations Addressal of Issues/ Concerns by Client

4. Will there be any influx of

people due to upcoming

Mining Project? Will it disrupt

public services?

The chances of influx of people from outer area for this project are

limited to the Mining persons which are very nominal and will be

accommodated within the project site itself. This shall not as such

disturb the public services.

5. Will the Mining project

disturb existing land uses?

The land use pattern of the identified land shall be changed in scrub

land.

6. Will the Mining project pose

a risk to human health and

the environment?

No. It is considered safe to human health and the environment. It does

not present any risks to public health and the environment.

8. What will the benefits be of

the project to local people?

The proposed project shall reduce demand gap of employment to the

state as well as to local region. It shall provide employment

opportunity to local community during Mining period. Monetary

gains, education, sanitation, water conservation, peacock

conservation, plantation and improvement in general environment

through CSR / community development plan will lead to positive

growth to local community.

Thus, on the basis of above consultation / group discussion with local community / villagers / village

sarpanch / influential person of the region/ government officials and various stake holders, we may

conclude that proposed project shall prove beneficial not only to local region but also up to state and

national level for a long term. There is a big support of local community in favour of the project.


EIA/EMP Report

131 | P a g e

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

5.1 INTRODUCTION

With the commissioning of the mining activities of the proposed project, it is expected that there shall

be certain changes in the overall environmental matrix of the area. The base line data of the existing

environment, in the absence of proposed project activities, provides the status of natural

environment and when this is evaluated in conjunction with the proposed activities it further provides

a mechanism for prediction of changes likely to happen. In present study likely impact and its extent

on various environmental parameters viz. topography and drainage, land, water, hydrology, noise,

air, ecological and socio-economics were undertaken by assessing the baseline environmental status

of the area and estimation were made as how this will change with commencement of project activity.

The mitigation measures have been developed with a view to bring down the levels of impacts within

limits. In each of the areas of impact, measures have to be taken to mitigate adverse impacts and

where these are beneficial in nature such impacts are to be enhanced/augmented so that the overall

adverse impacts are reduced to substantial extent

5.2 ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The environmental impacts caused due to the development of the project can be categorized as

primary (direct) and secondary (indirect) impacts. Primary impacts are those which are induced

directly by the project whereas the secondary impacts are those which are indirectly induced and

typically include the associated investment and changing patterns of social and economic activities

due to the proposed action. Interaction of the project activities with environmental attributes is

presented as Activity-Impact matrix in Table 5.1.


EIA/EMP Report

132 | P a g e

Table 5.1: Activity-Impact Identification Matrix

S. No.

Project

Activities

Potential Impacts

Land

Environment

Air

quality

Water

quality

Resource

use/Utility

Soil Noise and

vibration

Biological

environment

Traffic Health

Socio

economic

Loss of

cultural

resource

1 Project location

1A Lease area LT

-ve

IR

ST

-ve

RE

No water

body

within

10KM so

Not

Applicable

ST

-ve

RE

LT

-ve

IR

ST

-ve

RE

ST

-ve

IR

ST

-ve

ST

-ve

LT

+ve

IR

No

Impact

2 Project Design- Mechanised mining

2A Drilling and

Blasting

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

NA ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

IR

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

ST

-ve

ST,

+ve

No

Impact

3 Mining Activities

3A Site preparation

for mining

LT

-ve

IR

ST,

-ve

RE

NA ST,

-ve,

RE

ST,

-ve

IR

ST,

-ve,

RE

ST,

-ve

IR

ST

-ve

ST

-ve

ST,

+ve

No

Impact

3B Material

storage,

transportation

and handling

ST,

-ve

ST,

-ve

NA ST,

-ve

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

IR

ST,

-ve

RE

ST

-ve

ST,

+ve

No

Impact

3C OB dump

storage

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

NA ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

LT

-ve

ST,

-ve

RE

No

Impact

3E Movement of

vehicles

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

No Impact No Impact ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

+ve

No

Impact

3F La ou e s a p and site office

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

ST,

-ve

RE

ST

-ve

ST,

+ve

No

Impact

3G Water

requirement at

No Impact No

Impact

ST,

-ve

ST,

-ve

No

Impact

No

Impact

No Impact No

Impact

No

Impact

No Impact No

Impact


EIA/EMP Report

133 | P a g e

S. No.

Project

Activities

Potential Impacts

Land

Environment

Air

quality

Water

quality

Resource

use/Utility

Soil Noise and

vibration

Biological

environment

Traffic Health

Socio

economic

Loss of

cultural

resource

La ou e s camp

and site office

3H Sewage

generation at

La ou e s a p and site office

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

No Impact No Impact ST,

-ve

RE

No

Impact

ST,

-ve

RE

No

Impact

ST,

-ve

RE

No Impact No Impact

3I Solid waste

generation at

La ou e s a p and site office

ST,

-ve

RE

ST,

-ve

RE

No Impact No Impact LT

+ve

RE

No

Impact

ST,

-ve

RE

No

Impact

LT

-ve

No Impact No

Impact

3J Mine closure

and Plantation

LT

+ve

IR

LT

+ve

IR

No Impact LT

+ve

IR

LT

+ve

IR

LT

+ve

IR

LT

+ve

IR

LT

+ve

IR

LT

+ve

IR

LT

+ve

IR

No

Impact

ST-Short Term, LT-long Term, RE-Reversible, IR-Irreversible, + ve-Potential Positive Impacts, - ve- Potential Negative Impacts


EIA/EMP Report

134 | P a g e

5.3 IMPACTS ON TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE

5.3.1 Topography

The core zone i.e. the proposed mine lease area is a part of an isolated mineralized hilly tract aligned

to the west of Bayal village and extending north to south. This isolated hilly tract intersperses the plain

land in its immediate surrounding. The elevated ground of the area shall be subject to mining with

the formation of benches in towards the inner faces and formation of two big pits well below the

natural top level of the hill. Thus, the mining will bring change in the local topography of the lease

area.

5.3.2 Drainage

The mine lease area in south block does not contain even any first order stream and this no diversion

of any stream for facilitating the mining activities is contemplated. The natural ground slope in the

surrounding area of the mine is from east to west and the nearest stream in the area is Chandravati

river, an ephemeral river, which is about 8.4 km from the mine site. During rains the flow of storm

water and the discharge from dewatering of pit shall be negotiated through garland drain towards

the natural drainage and also towards the natural depression on the south near village Manajtola.

Thus, there shall not be any impact on the drainage pattern of the area which shall remain unchanged.

5.3.3 Change in river course

In the wake of the fact that the mine lease area in south block does not have any river or even stream

of first order passing through it, thus there is no occasion for altering the river course for facilitating

mining. The nearest river Chandravati, an ephemeral river, is about 8.4 km from the mine site. There

will be no change in the course of this river due to mining as the river course is mainly guided by the

hydraulic gradient of surface water and the geological conditions of the bank and bed of the river,

which will not undergo any change due to mining in the block.

5.4 IMPACTS ON LAND

5.4.1 Change in land use

The present landuse of the core zone as per revenue reco d has ee atego ized as wasteland . The mining activity per se shall not lead to any change in the landuse in buffer zone where no mining

activities are proposed. However, due to mining out of material two pits of size 708m X290m X30m

and 705m X560m X30m with depth of about 30m from the natural surface level shall be created which

will get inundated with rainfall falling in the mine. Thus, landuse of about 30 ha shall change from

waste land to waterbody. The land use pattern of the mine shall change with opening of more area

for mining as per plan.

The total land to be affected/ degraded due to mining is about 16.38 ha. The entire area effected due

to mining would not be restored in its original form even at the end of the final closure as about 90%

mineral will be sold only a nominal quantity of OB will be left which will be reclaimed by way of

plantation and only soil will be available at the end of mining which will be utilized for reclamation

purposes. The post mining land use pattern of the subject mine lease area of Bayal Quartz and

Feldspar Mine will be as given below in Table 5.2.


EIA/EMP Report

135 | P a g e

Table 5.2: Land use at the conceptual Stage

S. No. Land Use Pattern Area (ha)

1 Quarry Area Nil

2 Infrastructure (office etc.) 0.05

3 Road 1.06

4 Agriculture 0.00

5 Plantation on 20% area (Lease boundary, along road, on dumps, office premises) 15.35

6 Water body 30.00

7 Habitation 0.00

8 Undisturbed land 00

9 Reclaimed area by way of Plantation

(on top benches after backfilling)

30.29

Total 76.75

5.4.2 Impact on Soil

The mining plan envisages open cast manual method of mining in excavating the outcrop mineral

deposits with almost no overburden. The mining due to drilling and blasting invariably results in land

degradation and formation of loose soil particles which are mainly dust settled on the mining

faces/bench. These dust particles are usually blown away along the wind direction and get deposited

on the canopy of surrounding vegetation and agricultural crops thereby interfering with

photosynthesis and other physiological activities of the green cover. Finally, this may result in reduced

ecological functions of the forest ecosystems as well as economic productivity of the agro-ecosystems.

5.4.3 Mitigation measures

Sprinkling of water, at regular intervals, on exposed surface of face and benches of mine will further

reduce the dust emission due to air. Also, creation of green belt well before the mining operations

start would reduce the dust emission.

5.5 IMPACTS ON CLIMATE

Wind Speed

The wind speed in any area is dependent upon local topography and is intimately connected with the

development as high and low-pressure zones. The controlling factors for the pressure changes lie

much beyond the mining operation in small mining area which stands inconsequential as compared

to the vast extent of a region in general. Thus, no adverse impact on the regional wind speed is

anticipated due to the mining operations.

Temperature

There shall be no felling of trees during development or mining operation on the contrary vegetal

cover of the area shall improve due to proposed plantation. The mining operation due to blasting and

running of mining machinery may cause a localized temperature increase which shall be moderated

by the trees in the green belt. The temperature pattern is a regional behaviour and is not likely to be

affected by the mining activity.


EIA/EMP Report

136 | P a g e

Rainfall

The trend of rainfall follows a regional pattern and is mainly governed by the south west monsoon and

disturbances in the Arabian Sea. The mining operation, therefore, is not likely to have any adverse

impacts on rainfall pattern.

Humidity

The pattern of relative humidity depends mainly on the rainfall, wind, temperature and other weather

phenomenon that are regional in behaviour. The mining operation is not likely to have any impact on

the relative humidity in the surrounding.

5.6 IMPACTS ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

5.6.1 Impacts on water resources

Surface Water

The requirement of water for drinking/domestic use, dust suppression and green belt shall be met

from the ground water resources, thus there shall be no negative impact on surface water resource.

Since there is no stream flowing through the mine block, there is no case for either bringing any

change in hydraulic regime or hydrology thereby impacting the quantum of surface water. However,

the surface water potential shall be reduced to the quantum of water which shall be held up / stored

in inundation of the mining pit and shall undergo loss due to evaporation as well as percolation due

to permeability.

Ground Water

As the requirement of water for drinking/domestic use, dust suppression and green belt shall be met

from the ground water resources (nearby tube well), thus there shall be impact on ground water

resource to the extent the water is abstracted from the ground i.e. 18 kld or 0.0067 MCM annually.

Recharge to Ground Water

The mining pit can be construed as the recharge structure having adequate capacity for impounding

run-off from monsoon precipitation. The pit causes quick recharging of the ground water through

percolation. These pit conserve water to a greater extent since it gets filled during monsoon when the

evaporation rate is about half of the potential rate (PET) in summer, as a result of which pond may

contain water for long duration. The district has an average rainfall of 882mm in 36 rainy days. The

lease area shall also experience the downpour. The rain water shall accumulate into the pit created

during each year mine working. The pit shall act as reservoir and will help in percolation of water

through rock mass having fissures/ joints in the sedimentary rock. The ultimate pit shall have an area

of 30 ha and with average annual rainfall of 882 mm, shall accumulate 0.265 MCM of water. Based on

GEC methodology 1997 the recharge to the ground water table shall be of the order of 0.133 MCM,

which is almost 20 times of the ground water abstraction for meeting water requirement for various

uses.


EIA/EMP Report

137 | P a g e

5.6.2 Impacts on Surface Water Quality

The lease area does not have any river / stream or any other waterbody. Thus, the mining activity per-

se shall not directly impact the surface water quality. However, owing to land degradation, the loose

soil particles during heavy rains can find way into the pit section of the mine due to run-off from slopes

and benches. This will increase the silt rate of accumulated run-off water in the pit and also increase

the silt contents of the nearby water body when being dewatered from the pit. Since the major cause

of water pollution during opencast mining activities is the wash off from freshly excavated areas, the

programme to prevent water pollution will be focused on controlling wash off from these areas.

Adequate control measures have been taken to check, not only the wash off from the freshly

excavated areas and soil erosion, but also uncontrolled flow of mine water (during monsoon) into

nallahs.

Mitigation Measures

The mining in the flooded pits shall be allowed only after the water level has receded.

Sufficient time should be allowed for settling of sediment in the pits.

A garland drain will be made to carry away rainwater of the catchments area surrounding

the working to the natural nallahs.

Toe walls will be provided to prevent wash off and sliding of material from mine excavated

areas.

5.6.3 Impacts on Ground Water Quality

The mining activity has been restricted from 471 mRL to 399 mRL from the top surface. (Mountain

top). Ground water level of the area is 50m bbl. during post- monsoon and about 60m bgl during pre-

monsoon. Thus, the level of ground water will be much lower than the deepest point of mine. In view

of the fact that the mining activities does not intersect the ground water table, no impact on the

quality of ground water is anticipated. Beside this quartz, feldspar and quartzite are non-toxic in

nature and therefore percolated water from the pits shall not impair the ground water quality.

5.7 IMPACTS DUE TO NOISE AND GROUND VIBRATION

The main noise generating source during semi-mechanized mining operation and related activities are

from drilling, blasting, operation of heavy earth moving machinery like excavators, loaders, and back-

hoe and FE loaders besides transport vehicles movement to and fro from site to stone crushing unit

inside lease boundary or to the sale point. Blasting is more often than not an integral part of mining

and apart from creating impulsive noise it results in ground vibration similar to the earthquake. The

mine lease areas are generally away from the settlements except in case where the mineralized zones

are adjacent to the settlement/ town. The noise monitoring shows that day and night time noise levels

at the mining site in different mining blocks, which are in rural setup, and the surrounding rural

settlement are within the prescribed limits as no anthropogenic activities were witnessed during the

study period.

5.7.1 Impact on Noise Level

A cumulative effect of mining activities generates enormous noise and vibration in the mining area

and its surrounding areas. Prolonged exposure to high noise levels over a period of years invariably

causes permanent damage to the auditory nerve and/or its sensory components (Banerjee and

Chakraborty,2006; Krishna Murthy et al,). Their reversible damage, commonly referred as noise-


EIA/EMP Report

138 | P a g e

induced hearing loss (NIHL), is the commonest occupational diseases amongst the mine workers

especially at such mining sites which have multiple noise sources. Besides this the fauna of

surrounding area is also affected by noise as the wildlife is more sensitive to noise and vibration than

the human beings(Mathur,2005).

Noise Due to Drilling

The drilling is contemplated to be carried out by DTH drills with compressor which entail a noise level

of 88.0 Db(A) and will be a worst-case scenario. Nonetheless, the noise generated dust to drilling is

within the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) for 8-hour

exposure i.e. 90 dB(A). It is worth mentioning here that mining shall be carried in a shift of 8 hours

and the equivalent noise level exposure during the shift shall be less than the safety limit of 90 dB(A),

Noise due to Blasting

Blasting generates instantaneous and impulsive noise and is site specific dependent on many factors

like the dimension of the holes, type and quantity of explosive i.e. charge/delay and degree of

stemming in the hole. At the blast site with the given diameter of holes and their pattern, the noise

levels are expected to be in the range of 120-130 dB(A) and tend to decrease with increase in distance

of receptor. As the blasting in the mine block(s) is envisaged over a fixed time period in a day and each

block allotted an assigned time slot the blasting is considered to last for 5-10 minutes for a block

depending on the charge. The noise levels over this time would be instantaneous and short in duration

thus implying that impact on noise levels from blasting are not of concern.

Noise due to excavation and transportation

Noise generated due to deployment of rock breaker, excavators, loaders and dump trucks are shown

in Table 5.3.

Table 5.3: Standard Values of Noise Levels

S. No. Machinery/ Activity Noise Produced in dB(A) at 50 ft. from

source*

1. Excavator/Shovel 85

2. Front end loader 85

3. Dump Truck/ Tippers (at full throttle) 92

4. Near Haul road (while dumpers are moving) 88

5. Dozer (when dozing) 102

6. Drill machine (when hole collar drilling) 104

7. Drill machine (after 3m drilling drilling) 103

8. Crusher (outside crusher cabin) 100

9. Crusher (inside crusher cabin) 86

5.7.2 Model for sound wave propagation during mining

For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient air from the point source, a

standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is used. The noise generated by

equipment decreases with increased distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional

decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect

or its interaction with objects in the transmission path.


EIA/EMP Report

139 | P a g e

For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free medium, one can estimate

noise levels at various locations, due to different source using model based on first principles, as per

the following equation:

LP2=LP1 – 20Log (r2 / r1) - AE ……………………………. (1)

Where,

LP2And L P1 are the Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) at points located at a distance of r2 and r1 from the

source. AE is attenuations due to Environmental conditions (E). The combined effect of the entire

source can be determined at various locations by the following equation.

LP (total) = 10Log (10 (Lpa)/10 + Lp / + Lp / + ……… (2)

Where Lpa, LPb, LPc are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.

Environment Correction (AE)

The equivalent sound pressure level can be calculated from the measured sound pressure level (Leq

measured) a e aged o e the easu e e t su fa e a ea S a d f o o e tio s K a d K a d is given by;

(Leq measured) = (Leq measured) – K1 – K2 (3)

Where,

K1 = Factor for the background noise correction. The correction was not applied in this modeling

exercise, as it was not possible to measure the background noise levels by putting off machines hence

it was considered as zero.

K2 = Environmental correction

In the present study dhwani PRO Version 3.6, a noise propagation modelling software developed to

undertake construction, industrial and traffic noise propagation studies. A variety of scenarios can be

created quickly in dhwani PRO, allowing the user to determine the impact of changing the source,

layout and adding /removing the effects of shielding due to noise mitigation devices such as barriers.

5.7.3 Input for Model for sound wave propagation

5.7.3.1 Base Map, Point Source and Receptors

Base maps identifying the location of the site, noise sources, receptors and other important

characteristics of the surrounding area is the foremost requirement. In this study jpeg raster maps

created in Google map showing the locations of the mining site has been captured and imported for

registering the map and setting up of the scale. The point source is the location where the mining

equipment i.e. the point source of noise is to be operated. Since the mining blocks are contiguous to

one another and the mining operations shall be carried out simultaneously in all of them, the mining

machinery and other equipment / crusher shall be constituting sole source for each of the mine. The

receptors are the nearby settlements and also the point located in the mine where the impact of

propagation of noise is to be evaluated.


EIA/EMP Report

140 | P a g e

5.7.3.2 Hourly noise level

Hourly nose levels observed for 24 hours at different point sources and other receptors have been

observed and adopted in studies. In the present case the receptors have been selected at three

nearest settlements to the mining blocks as well as at Devi Bigah, besides one each at each mine. The

noise levels to be generated intermittently due to running of mining equipment for different hours

have also been incorporated. Besides this, the background level at the receptors have been entered

into the corresponding windows.

5.7.3.3 Standard Values of Noise Levels of Mining Equipment

As mentioned earlier that the equivalent noise level of 94 dB(A) shall be adopted as single source in

lieu of all noise generating source at different locations in the mines. The model has been run

considering each mine (block 6 to 11) acting as single source of pollution within the mine

5.7.4 Model outputs

After running the model, the graphical results in the form of noise level contours (Figure 4.1) has been

produced and has been captured and exported. Besides this the output in the tabular form showing

the estimated noise levels at different receptors owing to the impact of running of mining machinery

has been generated. (Table 5.4)

Table 5.4: Modelling Output

MODELING OUTPUT

Project Title: Noise Modelling

Project Subtitle: Bayal Mining

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Receptor Zone X Y Estimated +Background* Standards Standards

meter meter Level dB(A) Level dB(A)*Lday dB(A) Light dB(A)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R_1 Residential area 6350.0 5130.7 26.0 57.8 55.0 45.0

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.7.5 Inference

It is evident from the graphical results that the equivalent noise level of 94dB(A) at point source gets

highly attenuated to 55 dB(A) at the boundary of the mines. The estimated noise levels at the

receptors at settlement at Bayal, Salodra, Doiwala -ki- Dhani and Ramsingh-ki-Dhani due to running

of mining machinery shall be 26,27,27 and 29 dB(A), which are less than the existing background noise

levels of 57.8 dB(A), 58.3 dB(A), 59.1 dB(A) and 59.1 dB(A)respectively. Therefore, it can be

categorically stated that the noise impact due to mining on working environment shall be relatively

significant within the mine, whereas there shall be insignificant impact on the nearby settlement.


EIA/EMP Report

141 | P a g e

Figure 5.1: Noise Modelling Graphical Output

51 dB(A )

46 dB(A )

41 dB(A )

36 dB(A )

31 dB(A )

26 dB(A )

21 dB(A )

16 dB(A )

11 dB(A )

6 dB(A )

0 1237 2474 3711 4948 6185 7422 8659 9896 11133 12370 13607 14844 16081 17318

Distance, m

0 1237 2474 3711 4948 6185 7422 8659 9896 11133 12370 13607 14844 16081 17318

0

1237

2474

3711

4948

6185

7422

8659

9896

11133

12370

Dis

tan

ce,

m

0

1237

2474

3711

4948

6185

7422

8659

9896

11133

12370

11 d

B(A

)

11

dB(A

)

11 dB(A)

16 d

B(A)

21 d

B(A)

26 dB

(A)

31 d

B(A

)


EIA/EMP Report

142 | P a g e

5.7.6 Mitigation Measures to Reduce Ambient Noise Levels

The following control measures will be adopted to keep the ambient noise levels below permissible

limits 90 dB (A).

Provision and maintenance of thick tree belts to screen noise.

Avenue plantation within the project area to dampen the noise.

Proper maintenance of noise generating transport vehicles.

Regular noise level monitoring shall be carried out periodically for taking corrective action

Provision of protective devices like ear muffs/ear plugs to those workers who cannot be

isolated from the source of noise

Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels by rotation.

5.7.7 Impacts Due to Ground Vibration (due to blasting)

The ground vibrations, noise and fly rock constitute the chief environmental impact of blasting. When

an explosive charge detonates the chemical reaction takes place and the chemical energy is

converted into shock and gas energy thereby setting prolific dynamic waves around the blast hole

mainly brought by sudden acceleration of stationary rock mass. While a small portion of energy

liberated during blasting is consumed in fragmentation of rock mass and fly rock apart from

dissipation through ground vibration and air over pressure (noise) heat and light. The ground vibration

sets the ground in transverse, longitudinal and vertical direction and which in turn causes the

foundation of structure to vibrate in these directions and damage the structures.

Air overpressure is transient impulse which traverses through the atmosphere and is both audible and

inaudible and has the energy to vibrate a structure alike ground vibration and is much of concern as

human being sensitive more than the latter. This is mainly manifest as energy released from

unconfined explosives such as uncovered detonating cord trunk. It is also caused due to various other

factors like too small burden, excessive powder factor, insufficient stemming length, incorrect drilling

etc., which are controllable if properly addressed by the blaster.

The fly rock comes from face and top of bench and is often associated with improper blast design,

inadequate burden, insufficient and ineffective stemming, wrong blast hole sequence. sometimes it

is caused when the explosive energy is rapidly vented through a plane of weakness in the rock. Thus,

it it is also controllable if properly addressed by the blaster

Ground vibrations are acoustic waves that propagate through rocks. Although the difference in

accelerations, amplitude, particle velocities and the frequencies in their direction result into damage

to structures but the peak particle velocity and frequency are normally taken into consideration for

evaluating the structural response. The various aspects of ground vibration triggered by open cast

blasting and consequent-damaging effects on different types of structures is usually computed based

on the value of the Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) induced at the foundation of the distant structure.

PPV criteria are considered the best predictor for ground vibration caused by blasting. It takes into

consideration the total energy of ground motion induced around a blast and is a function of the

distance of the location of blast from the gauge point and quantity of explosive per blasting. The PPV

is worked out based on various empirical formulas. In the present case, the PPV has been worked out

based on following empirical equation.

V=417.8 D/√Q -1.265 mm/s, where,

D=Distance (m) between location of blast and gauge point


EIA/EMP Report

143 | P a g e

Q=Quantity (kg) of explosive per blasting

The resulting value of PPV has been compared with the limiting values for dominant

excitation frequency less than 8 Hz as prescribed by the Director General of Mines Safety, India

(DGMS) in Circular 7 of 1997. The study shows that the resulting PPV is considerably lower than the

limiting values in case of temporary structures located at the nearest settlement from the different

mine lease blocks located at distance mentioned against each as is evident from Table 5.5.

Table 5.5: Computation of Peak Particle Velocity

S. No.

Name of

Structure

Nearest Village Distance (D)

from mine Site

(m)

Charge

per

delay

in kg

Peak Particle

Velocity in

mm/s

Limiting

value of

PPV

(mm/s)

1. Domestic

House

structures

(Katcha, Brick

and Cement)

Bayal 900 55 0.97 5

2. Bayal 300 55 3.80 5

3. Temple at Bayle 300 20 2.04 5

4. Salodra 650 55 1.46 5

5. Ram Singh ki Dhani 700 55 1.33 5

6. Rawaton ki Dhani 900 55 0.97 5

In view of some settlement around the lease area controlled blasting with lesser charge per hole shall

be carried out and in fractured mineral zone no blasting shall be carried out. No mining activity in 50

m periphery of the temple shall be done. The blasting shall be carried out only after accord of

permission from DGMS. In order to minimize vibration, the following shall be adopted:

Blast holes shall be initiated by non-electric (NONEL) down-the-hole (DTH) delay detonators.

Care shall be taken to ensure that effective burden is not excessive, and the face shall be kept

sufficiently long.

Optimum charge per delay shall be kept as low as possible.

Adoption of two row blasting and V pattern of firing

The firing of maximum possible no. of blast holes towards free face.

Use of milli-second delay detonators between the holes and rows of blasting.

5.7.8 Air Blast over Pressure

Propagation of blast induced air over pressure has been studied by various investigators and is

generally reported as cubic root rather than square root scaled distance. In context of mining operation

in the cluster the overpressure is predicted by equations applicable for confined bore hole charges.

p= . [ √Q/R] . , here,

p= pressure in Kpa

Q=Explosive charge in kg

R= is a distance from the charge

Based on the distance and charge per delay the predicted air over pressure values are shown in Table

5.6, which shows the instantaneous values are lower than 120 dB(A)


EIA/EMP Report

144 | P a g e

Table 5.6: Predicted Air Over Pressure

S. No.

Nearest Village Distance (R) from

mine Site (m)

Charge / Delay (kg) Predicted Air over

pressure in dB(A)

1 Bayal 700 55 113.5

2 Salodra 650 55 110.8

3 Ram Singh ki Dhani 700 55 110

4 Rawaton ki Dhani 900 55 107.4

5.8 AIR ENVIRONMENT

5.8.1 Anticipated Impacts

Mining will be carried out by opencast mechanized method. The air borne particulate matter generated

by ore handling operations and transportation of ore is the main source of air pollutants. The emissions

of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Sulphur di Oxide (SO2) and Carbon monoxide (CO) contribution by diesel

operated excavation/loading equipment and vehicles plying on haul roads and paved are anticipated

due to proposed project. Prediction of impacts on air environment was carried out taking into

consideration proposed production and net increase in baseline emissions.

Air pollution sources in the mine area have been classified into three categories:

Drilling, Blasting, stockpiling, extraction and loading of ore by various activities in mining area

are considered as area sources

The emission arriving out from haulage of truck from paved and unpaved roads as line source

The emissions from DG sets and crushers due to operation will be as point source

In order to assess the impact due to Quartz, Quartzite and Feldspar mine production of 55,00,000

MT/year on air environment due to various mining activities, impact was predicted over a radial

distance of 10,000 m at grid interval of 500 m around the proposed site and at various sampling

locations as per layout of the mining lease area. GLC was calculated over the study area in all directions

to predict combined impact of blasting, loading & unloading of ores and movement of trucks on the

haul road in the mining lease area in Cartesian coordinates (X, Y) to have better prediction of model

results at various locations representing project site, human settlements, commercial area and

sensitive areas if present in the study area.

5.8.2 Emissions Details

Drilling, blasting, loading/ unloading and transportation of ore and overburden over the haul road,

wind erosion of the exposed area and movement of light vehicles will be the main polluting source in

the proposed mining activities releasing Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate matter (PM2.5), Oxides

of sulphur and nitrogen affecting ambient air of the nearby area. Fugitive dust and particulates are

generated in this process. Emission during Blasting, Loading and unloading was calculated by the area

sources. Transportation of the ore by trucks operated per hour on the haul road was calculated by the

area source which was combination of line sources with each truck loaded with ore transporting over

the haul road of the mining area. Details of emission during loading/unloading and transportation on

the haul road, wind erosion of the exposed area and road maintenance is discussed and combined

impact is predicted in the worst-case scenario given as follows:


EIA/EMP Report

145 | P a g e

Table 5.7: Emission Factors

Summary of Emission Factors for Bayal mining

Sr. No. Factor Parameter Unit Emissions

South Block North Block

1 Drilling PM10 g/sec/m2 3.18E-06 3.18E-06

PM2.5 g/sec/m2 3.18E-07 3.18E-07

NOx g/sec/m2 4.27E-06 4.27E-06

SO2 g/sec/m2 9.96E-12 9.96E-12

2 Blasting PM10 g/sec/m2 1.65E-10 1.65E-10

PM2.5 g/sec/m2 1.65E-11 1.65E-11

NOx g/sec/m2 5.14E-10 5.14E-10

SO2 g/sec/m2 6.43E-11 6.43E-11

3 Loading PM10 g/sec/m2 4.50E-08 6.59E-08

PM2.5 g/sec/m2 4.50E-09 6.59E-09

4 Unloading PM10 g/sec/m2 4.50E-09 6.59E-09

PM2.5 g/sec/m2 4.50E-10 6.59E-10

5 Haul road PM10 g/sec/m2 3.81E-12 3.81E-12

PM2.5 g/sec/m2 3.79E-13 3.79E-13

NOx g/sec/m2 1.65E-12 1.65E-12

SO2 g/sec/m2 5.15E-14 5.15E-14

6 Paved road PM10 g/sec/m2 4.81E-15 4.81E-15

PM2.5 g/sec/m2 4.81E-16 4.81E-16

NOx g/sec/m2 1.02E-13 1.02E-13

SO2 g/sec/m2 2.01E-15 2.01E-15

Parameter Wise Summary of Emission

Total PM10 g/sec/m2 3.24E-06 3.24E-06

Total PM2.5 g/sec/m2 3.24E-07 3.24E-07

Total NOx g/sec/m2 4.27E-06 4.27E-06

Total SO2 g/sec/m2 7.43E-11 7.43E-11

5.8.3 Frame work of Computation & Model details

By using the above-mentioned inputs, ground level concentrations due to the mining activities have

been estimated to know the incremental rise in ambient air quality and impact in the study area. The

effect of air pollutants upon receptors are influenced by concentration of pollutants and their

dispersion in the atmosphere. Air quality modelling is an important tool for prediction, planning and

evaluation of air pollution control activities besides identifying the requirements for emission control

to meet the regulatory standards and to apply mitigation measures to reduce impact caused by mining

activities.

PM10 was the major pollutant occurred during mining activities. Impact of area source emission was

considered and prediction of impact was made on various monitoring locations in the study area due

to i) Blasting ii) loading and unloading and iii) transportation of vehicles/trucks on the haul road in the

mining area. Impact was predicted in the worst-case scenario due to combined impact of blasting,

loading and unloading and emission due to transportation of vehicles on the mine on haul road of

mining area and other mining activities will occur simultaneously.


EIA/EMP Report

146 | P a g e

Table 5.8: Input Data

S. No. Description of Assumption Unit Value

1 Maximum mineable Resource MTPA 5500000

2 Tonnage of Truck T 25

3 No. of Operational Days Days 300

5.8.4 Model Results

Aermod model of Lake Environmental make was used to calculate incremental concentration of

different parameters. Combined impact of PM10, PM2.5, NOx and SO2 was considered due to mining

activities occurred simultaneously. The details of incremental emissions expected during mining

activity are given in Table 5.8 and the same is shown in Figure 5.2. Table 5.8: Impact identification

matrix for 24 hours and Monthly are summarized below


EIA/EMP Report

147 | P a g e

Table 5.9: 24 Hourly Incremental Concentration Prediction

24 hourly Maximum (Max 24 hourly predicted + Maximum Baseline)

S. No. Receptor Name

(AAQMS)

Predicted 24 hourly Incremental

concentration (µg/m3) Maximum baseline data (µg/m3)

Resultant 24 hourly maximum concentration

(µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2 PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2 PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2

AAQ 1 Bayal Village 3.29 0.33 4.35 8.00E-05 78 39 27 21 81.29 39.33 31.35 21.00

AAQ 2 Galghata ki Dhani 1.50 0.15 1.98 3.00E-05 72 38 26 22 73.50 38.15 27.98 22.00

AAQ 3 Musnauta Village 0.46 0.05 0.61 1.00E-05 77 48 25 19 77.46 48.05 25.61 19.00

AAQ 4 Pachnauta Village 0.26 0.03 0.35 1.00E-05 77 41 27 21 77.26 41.03 27.35 21.00

AAQ 5 Salodra Village 1.47 0.15 1.95 3.00E-05 79 46 27 25 80.47 46.15 28.95 25.00

NAAQS 100 60 80 80

Table 5.10: Monthly Incremental Concentration Prediction

Monthly Maximum (Max Annual predicted + Maximum Baseline)

Sr. No. Recepter Name

(AAQMS)

Predicted Monthly Incremental

concentration (µg/m3) Maximum baseline data (µg/m3)

Resultant Monthly maximum concentration

(µg/m3)




AAQ 3 Musnauta Village 0.08 0.01 0.11 0.0E+00 77 48 25 19 77.08 48.01 25.11 19.00

AAQ 4 Pachnauta Village 0.06 0.01 0.08 0.0E+00 77 41 27 21 77.06 41.01 27.08 21.00



EIA/EMP Report

148 | P a g e

Figure 5.2: Isopleth for 24 Hourly PM10 Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

149 | P a g e

Figure 5.3: Isopleth for Monthly PM10 Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

150 | P a g e

Figure 5.4: Isopleth for 24 Hourly PM2.5 Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

151 | P a g e

Figure 5.5: Isopleth for Monthly PM2.5 Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

152 | P a g e

Figure 5.6: Isopleth for 24 Hourly NOx Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

153 | P a g e

Figure 5.7: Isopleth for Monthly NOx Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

154 | P a g e

Figure 5.8: Isopleth for 24 Hourly SO2 Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

155 | P a g e

Figure 5.9: Isopleth for Monthly SO2 Concentrations


EIA/EMP Report

156 | P a g e

5.8.5 Proposed Mitigation Measures for Dust Suppression

Quartz and Feldspar are mainly dioxides of Silicon (SiO2). Because its molar weight is much lower than

that of the other oxides, the contribution of the water to the overall weight is very low (0.9%).

Therefore, emissions due to mineral handling during mining operation will be high and can spread all

over. Apart from this the air pollution will be caused mainly due to dust generation added with

gaseous emission from transportation activities along with mining operation like drilling, dozing,

blasting, loading, haulage etc. Proper mitigation measures will be practiced during mining activities to

control air pollution load below the prescribed limits. The same are as follows:

Wet drilling arrangements will be made.

Regular water sprinkling on haul roads & loading points will be carried out.

Use of Personal Protection E uip e t s (PPE) like dust masks, ear plugs etc. by the

mineworkers.

Controlled blasting and optimization of use of explosive energy will help in reducing the above

emissions.

Development of post project green belt / plantation on reclaimed areas, along roads, dumps

etc.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring will be conducted on regular basis to assess the quality of

ambient air.

5.9 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

5.9.1 Impact on Flora

The proposed mine lease area is in Bayal village, which bears negligible density and species

composition of forest vegetation. There are some economically important plants species in the buffer

zone of the project which have very remote chance of getting disturbed due to mining activities. Since

there will be no felling of trees or deforestation, there will be no impact on flora of the core zone. The

mining activity per se shall not lead to any impact on the terrestrial flora of the buffer zone either.

There are no national parks, sanctuaries, notified biospheres, Tiger/Elephant Corridors, Birds

migratory routes, etc. within 10 km radius.

The dust is the only major pollutant, which will be generated from different activities of mining. The

effect of particulate matter on vegetation is in the form of incrustation, plugging of stomata, and loss

of chlorophyll and reduction of photosynthesis process. Disturbance in plant metabolism due to

deposition of dust particles on foliar surfaces leads to reduction in plant growth. The atmospheric

concentrations normally do not reach a level sufficient to induce acute injury.

The annual plantation, within the mine lease area, proposed for five years of mining period shall

greatly help in developing a good vegetal cover and eventually attract micro fauna, birds etc. in the

area. Thus, there will be positive impact on terrestrial environment around the mine lease area.

5.9.2 Measures for Minimizing Impact on Flora

It shall be ensured that no mining shall be carried out inside the land prohibited from mining

activities.

Green Belt shall be properly designed in consultation with the forest department. Plantation

shall be carried out as per periodical plantation programme.


EIA/EMP Report

157 | P a g e

Fast growing native plant species, medicinal value plant species, dust tolerant and sound

receptor plant species and fruit species to enhance the food availability for wildlife and those

which would maintain the regional ecological balance, soil and hydrological conditions shall be

favoured.

5.9.3 Impact on Fauna

Terrestrial biodiversity will be affected only by the operation of mining machinery and vehicular

movements in the mining areas and from increased human population (labourers etc.) during mining

activities. One Schedule- I specie (Peafowl) and 3 Schedule-II species have been found in the lease

area and its surrounding. Conservation plan for Schedule-I & II species, under WPA 1972 is enclosed

as Annexure 9.

5.9.4 Measures for Minimizing Impact on Fauna

Following measures will be adopted to minimize the impact of mining on faunal environment of the

area

Progressive afforestation will create favourable conditions and good habitat for fauna in the

area.

Measures shall be adopted to curb pollution due to air, water, land and noise environment.

Creating and developing awareness for nature and wildlife in the adjoining villages.

5.9.5 Impact on Aquatic Ecology

There is no water body in core area. Chandrawati River flowing in North West direction is seasonal

and seen dry most of the time in year. Krishnawati River is another seasonal river flowing in south

east direction. Both these rivers are within 10km radius but mostly dry. So no aquatic ecosystem in

exist in core or buffer zone of the study area.

5.10 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The entire mine lease area lies within the revenue wasteland; the project does not involve any loss of

agriculture land. Some of the impacts would be directly beneficial to the socio-economic environment

due to proposed employment potential. The beneficial impacts due to the activities in the region

would be:

Employment Potential for 116 persons in the various categories as skilled/semi-skilled/un-

skilled for carrying out mining activities. Preference in employment shall be given to the locals.

The mining machinery owned by the locals shall be also deployed.

Indirect employment in transport sector.

Amelioration of the general living standards of local persons employed in mining activities.

The higher earnings will result in more purchase power.

Improvement in the economic growth in the region by way of additional mineral availability.

Various activities, such as livelihood and entrepreneurship through providing training in self-

employment and empowering women through education and training and promoting their

SHG (Self Helping Group), taken under corporate social responsibility initiative will have a

positive impact on socio economic fabric of the area.


EIA/EMP Report

158 | P a g e

Benefit to the State and the Central governments through financial revenues by way of

royalty, tax, duties, etc. from this project directly and indirectly.

5.10.1 Adverse Impacts

The adverse impacts on socio-economic environment due to mining activities in the region will be:

Dust will affect to the local air environment and this dust will settle down on nearby

agricultural fields and will affect the productivity of the land and increase in respiratory

problems.

Soil erosion and loss of fertility etc.

There may be some conflict of utilization of local resources between project proponent and

local communities.

Contamination of soil and air due to mining.

Increased use of existing public infrastructure i.e. road due to vehicular traffic involved in

transportation of minerals may cause congestion on roads. However, the state highway and

the national highways in the district in general have been designed keeping in view the

futuristic vehicular traffic.

5.11 IMPACT DUE TO VEHICULAR EMISSION

The transportation of mineral from pit head to the consumer pul e ise s crushers / traders will be

carried out by the trucks of the applicant of generally 25 MT Capacity. There is all weather metaled

road and then a kuccha road (approx. 100m) right up to mines to dispatch the material from mines to

the market/crushers. It will be purchased by the parties at mine site and transported by them through

their own arrangement of trucks. The practice is quite sound in the area and ensure continuous lifting

of the material. Customers come with transport arrangement of their own.

The increased traffic load due to transportation of mineral shall result into direct increase in pollutants

released from the vehicles. The rate of emissions of various types of vehicles is presented in Table

5.9. However, the extent of these impacts, at any given time will depend upon the rate of vehicular

emission within a given stretch of the road; and the prevailing meteorological conditions. The impacts

will have strong temporal dependence as both of these factors vary with time. The temporal

dependence would have diurnal, seasonal as well as long-term components.

Table 5.11: Emission factors by vehicle type (gm/km/vehicle)

Type of vehicle

CPCB/ ARAI (Automotive Research Association of India) - Emission Factor

development for Indian Vehicles – 2008

Make

considered

Emission

norms

Emission Factors g/km

CO NO2 PM10 SO2*

Trucks

(HCV Diesel driven) Post 2000 BS-II 6.00 9.30 1.24 0.03

Passenger

Cars (Diesel driven) Post 2005 BS-II 0.06 0.28 0.015 0.004


EIA/EMP Report

159 | P a g e

Type of vehicle

CPCB/ ARAI (Automotive Research Association of India) - Emission Factor

development for Indian Vehicles – 2008

Make

considered

Emission

norms

Emission Factors g/km

CO NO2 PM10 SO2*

Buses

(HCV Diesel driven) Post 2005 BS-II 3.92 6.53 0.30 0.026

* Note: Emission Factor of SO2 is calculated based on Sulphur content calculations considering Bharat Stage IV

fuel norms

California Line Source Dispersion Model (Caline 4 ver.2.1) was used to assess the emission load for

PM10 and NOx due to increased transportation. During construction phase, 244 tipper trucks (25

tonne) shall be deployed on the road for carriage of mineral and each truck shall make 3 trips/day.

The model was run for one hour considering worst case angle. The receptors location and model

results for worst case wind angle are shown in Table 5.10. The results show that at 25 m predicted

concentration was 11.6 µg/m3, which reduced to 7.3 µg/m3, 3.2 µg /m3 and 1.3 µg/m3 at 50m, 150m

and 500m respectively. Thus, the impact on the pollutant level (PM10) due to increased traffic due to

transportation of mineral shall be minimal. The increased GLC in respect of NOx were insignificant

being 0.13 µg/m3 up to 25m and 0.11 µg/m3 up to 50m and 0.10 µg/m3 up to 1km.

Table 5.12 : Receptor Locations and Model Results (Worst Case Wind Angle)

Distance from the Road (m) Incremental GLC PM 10 (ug/cum) Incremental GLC NOx (µg/m3)

25 11.6 0.13

50 7.3 0.11

100 4.4 0.10

150 3.2 0.10

200 2.6 0.10

300 1.6 0.10

400 1.5 0.10

500 1.3 0.10

750 1.1 0.10

1000 1.0 0.10

Following control measures have been suggested to prevent air pollution due to the transportation

activities:

Transport trucks/tippers shall be properly maintained.

Only PUC certificate issued vehicles shall be used.

Avoiding of overloading of trucks beyond stipulated capacity by installing weighbridges at the

check posts or near to it.

Strict compliance of traffic rules and regulations

5.12 IMPACT ON THE CARRYING CAPACITY OF MDR DUE TO PROPOSED PROJECT

The traffic survey is essential to realistically and accurately assess the prevailing traffic volumes and

travel characteristics by undertaking classified volume count. The objective of traffic volume count

survey is to assess the traffic intensity on the most vulnerable section of the road under question. Two

– days, 24 hrs., continuous volume counts were manually undertaken during May 2017, at Bayal on


EIA/EMP Report

160 | P a g e

ODR for capturing the realistic picture of the current volume and composition of traffic motorized i.e.

passenger vehicles (two-wheeler, three-wheeler, bicycle, passenger car); utility vehicles (Jeep, Van,

Mini Bus, Standard Bus); Goods vehicles – LCV (Freight), MCV (2 axle rigid chassis), MCV (3 axle rigid

chassis), MAV and tractor trailer and non-motorized like animal driven cart. The survey work was

conducted by engaging educated people familiar with traffic characteristics. Before the start of survey,

the enumerator engaged were briefed and trained by an expert supervisor about the task. The analysis

of traffic counts provides an estimate of average daily traffic (ADT). In order to convert recorded

vehicles into a common scale, the passenger car units (PCU) equivalent factor as per IRC:64 -1990 has

been adopted. The Table 5.11 reveals that the total ADT at Bayal on ODR-were 827.

Table 5.13: Traffic volume counts at Bayal (ODR)

S. No. Numen Cloture of Vehicle PCU factor

No. of Vehicles /

day No. of PCU / day

1 Car / Jeep / Van 1.0 135 135

2 Two-Wheelers 0.5 342 171

3 Three - Wheelers 1.0 18 18

4 Mini- Bus 1.5 22 33

5 Bus 3.0 18 54

6 Tempo / LCV 1.5 9 14

7 Two Axle Truck 3.0 35 105

8 Three Axle Truck 3.0 10 30

9 More than three Axle Truck 4.5 0 0

10 Tractor 1.5 28 42

11 Cycle 0.5 210 105

Total 827 707

About 18333 MT of material / day shall be transported through ODR, for transportation of which 244

trucks (25 tonne capacity) shall be deployed with 3 trips per day each truck. The trucks shall make one

loaded and unloaded journey every day. It is thus apparent that the additional traffic load due to mining

shall be 4392 PCU/day or 183 PCU/hour. As per IRC: 64-1990, the design service volume for two lane

road in plain terrain for low curvature is 15000 PCU / day or 625 PCU / hour. The incremental rise in

daily traffic due to transportation of minerals is evaluated and shown in Table 5.12 which manifests

that there shall be an incremental rise of 29% of PCU/day due to envisaged traffic movement owing to

mining activities Thus, the level of confidence in post project scenario shall change from A to B.

Table 5.14 : Incremental rise in existing average daily traffic due to proposed transportation

Design

Service

Volume

PCU/Day

Existing Daily Traffic Data

Envisaged Traffic

Movement Due to

Mining Activities

Cumulative Traffic

Movement - Post

Project Scenario

Level of

service in

pre-

project

scenario

Level of

service in

post

project

scenario PCU/Day PCU/Hr PCU/Day PCU/Hr PCU/Day PCU/Hr

15000 707 30 4392 183 5099 212 5%(A) 34 %(B)


EIA/EMP Report

161 | P a g e

Figure 5.10: Transportation Route


EIA/EMP Report

162 | P a g e

5.13 CUMULATIVE IMPACT OF ALL EXISTING MINING IN STUDY AREA

Within the study area, Bakharija stone mines in different plats (aggregate area- 67.55 Ha) were

allotted during August/ September 2016. These are stone mining and are located in north east

direction of Bayal mines. At Dhonekhera, about 6.8 KM in south east direction from Bayal mine,

dolomite mines were leased during August 2001. Both of these mines shall not use the ODR (Salodara

– Nangal Chaudhary). Thus, they will not contribute to any cumulative impact of carrying capacity of

the road.

As far as the present land use is concerned, cumulative area of 72.35 Ha of the other four mines shall

change from barren land use class to water body at the end of their conceptual period. The present

land use of Bayal mine is also pertain to barren land use category, of which 30 Ha shall change to

water body and 30.29 Ha after reclamation shall change into vegetal cover. Since there is no

agriculture and forest land involved in the mine, so there shall not be any change in agriculture land

use class and forest land use class.


EIA/EMP Report

163 | P a g e

6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 GENERAL

The monitoring and evaluation of environmental parameters indicates potential changes occurring in

the environment, which paves way for implementation of rectifying measures wherever required to

maintain the status of the natural environment. Evaluation is also a very effective tool to judge the

effectiveness or deficiency of the measures adopted and provides insight for future corrections.

The main objective of environmental monitoring is to ensure that the obtaining results in respect of

environmental attributes and prevailing conditions during construction and operation stage are in

conformity with the prediction during the planning stage. In case of substantial deviation from the

earlier prediction of results to identify the cause and suggest remedial measures. Environmental

monitoring is also mandatory to meet compliance of statutory provisions under the Environment

(Protection) Rules, 1986, relevant conditions regarding monitoring covered under EC orders issued by

the SEIAA as well as the conditions set forth under the order issued by State Pollution Control Board

while granting CTE/CTO.

6.2 AREAS OF CONCERN

In case of mining projects, the changes relating to water, aquatic biota, air, noise, biodiversity of the

area, stability of pit slopes, river hydraulics and plantation programme need special attention, from

monitoring point of view, during the conceptual mine plan period to judge the efficiency of measures

implemented for conservation of environment.

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The overall impact assessment of the proposed project was carried out and monitoring plans have

been framed based on the severity of impacts in different areas. During the EIA study, it has been

observed that the Ambient Air Quality and Noise, Water Quality are going to be affected marginally

though temporary. The preventive/ curative measures to reduce the ill effects of construction

activities on these parameters have been suggested under various plans. A holistic approach has been

adapted for monitoring of air, noise and water related factors under different heads with suitable

financial provisions for their implementation.

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

All the environmental parameters viz. air, water, noise, soil will be monitored regularly in order to

detect any changes from the baseline status. Environmental Monitoring program will be followed till

the mining operations ceases.

Air Quality Monitoring and Management:

Three locations one in core zone and two each in buffer zone preferably at the nearest settlement

and the immediate link road to village through which the increased vehicular traffic due to

transportation of mined out is stipulated to pass end-route to destination through ODR will be

monitored for four weeks in every season except monsoon. The 24 hr. monitoring shall be done in

respect of PM10, SO2 and NOx. It will be mandatory on the part of the project proponent (lessee) that


EIA/EMP Report

164 | P a g e

they use the required equipment for monitoring gaseous pollutants in and around the project and

periodically put into their website, accessible for public domain the results of Ambient Air Quality

monitored besides providing the static information regarding mine lease area, production, lease

duration. The information will also be made available on display board affixed at a conspicuous place

in their site office. In addition, the lessee will submit a detailed report every fortnight to the statutory

bodies / authorities for evaluation and monitoring purposes. Any abnormal rise will be investigated

to identify the causes and appropriate action will be initiated. The air quality in and around the project

area can be improved by adopting following practices/ methods. (Table 6.1).

Table 6.1 : Air Quality Monitoring and Management

Potential

Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing

Air Emissions All mining and transportation equipment are

operated as per specified design

parameters of the manufacturers. To keep

gaseous emissions from the vehicles within

the prescribed limit, proper tuning of engine

should be ensured and periodically checked.

Random checks of log book

of equipment and follow-

up action as per

manufactures manual.

At the

commissioning

of mining

operations.

Vehicle trips to be controlled as per mining

plan. Either hooded trucks or covered with

tarpaulin or polyethylene sheet shall be

used.

Vehicle logs are to be

maintained regularly. The

overloading of vehicles to

be prevented by properly

adjusting the weighing

machine to display the true

weight (tare and loaded).

During site

clearing,

transportation

of minerals

The top soil mainly consisting silt / clay as

crust material must be removed 2 to 3 days

before the mining in the area earmarked is

taken up. The top soil shall be scrapped,

collected and stacked systematically near

the place where plantation is to be carried

out as per approved mine plan.

Absence of heaps /

stockpiles of top soil in the

active mining area

During site

clearing as per

progressive

mine plan

Periodical grading and maintenance of haul

roads so as to facilitate smooth movement

of vehicles and minimizing the incidence of

spillage of mineral.

Depressions and furrows

created on the surface

profile of the road due to

continuous movement of

the vehicles.

During entire

operation

period of mine

Regular water spraying shall be done on haul

roads through moving sprinklers, besides

water spray on top surface of the area to be

mined on daily basis subject to site

requirements.

Quantity of water

requirement shall be

monitored from daily water

utilization register as well

as from water consumption

statement.

During entire

operation

period of mine

Ambient air quality within mine lease area

and other locations of the proposed unit to

be monitored.

The ambient air quality will

conform to the standards

for PM10, SO2 and NOx

As per CPCB

requirement.

Ambient Noise Levels Monitoring and Management:

Noise levels in the working area will be monitored once in every season till the continuation of mining

operations. Ambient noise levels will also be monitored once in a season at one site in the core area

zone and two each in buffer zone preferably at the nearest settlement and the immediate link road


EIA/EMP Report

165 | P a g e

to village through which the increased vehicular traffic due to transportation of mined out is stipulated

to pass end-route to destination through ODR will be monitored for four weeks in every season except

monsoon to evaluate the noise status and its effects on the surrounding community. Due to use of

excavators and loaders the level of noise will definitely rise above threshold level at the place in the

mine where the machines are in operation. But this increase in noise level will not be continuous and

shall be governed by the breakup of cycle of operation of the machine which includes idle time also.

Therefore, it would be most appropriate if following measures are rigorously applied during

construction/operation phase of the project. (Table 6.2)

Table 6.2 : Noise Level Monitoring and management

Potential

Impact

Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing

Noise Inventory of all noise generating mining

machinery onsite along with the information of

the running hours corresponding to useful life

of machinery to be prepared. All equipment

under deployment must be maintained in good

condition.

Equipment logs, noise reading

During entire

mining

operation.

Generation of noise due to transport vehicles Maintenance records of vehicles During trans-

portation.

Implement good working practices (equipment

selection and siting) to minimize noise and also

reduce its impacts on human health (ear muffs,

safe distances and enclosures).

Site working practices records, During entire

mining

operation.

The Noise level should not exceed the

permissible limit both during day and night

times.

Noise level monitoring As per CPCB re-

quirement or

quarterly

whichever is

lesser.

All mining and transportation equipment are

operated as per specified design parameters of

the manufacturers. Proper maintenance of

vehicles and their silencers to minimize noise

levels

Random checks of log book of

equipment and follow-up action

as per manufactures manual.

At the

commissioning

of mining

operations.

Vehicle trips to be controlled as per mining

plan. Either hooded trucks or covered with

tarpaulin or polyethylene sheet to be used.

Minimum use of horns in the village area.

Phasing out of old trucks which have outlived

their useful life.

Vehicle logs are to be

maintained regularly. The

overloading of vehicles to be

prevented by properly adjusting

the weighing machine to display

the true weight (tare and

loaded).

During site

clearing,

transportation

of minerals


EIA/EMP Report

166 | P a g e

Potential

Impact

Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing

Plantation of trees in the safety zone including

the avenue plantation along haul roads to

attenuate the noise level.

Green development programme

in the approved mining

plan/EMP

During entire

period of the

mining

operation.

Water Quality Monitoring and Management:

Water is one of most precious natural resources. Human beings are highly dependent on water for

various purposes such as domestic needs, sanitation irrigation, industry, and disposal of wastes etc.

The terrestrial and aquatic fauna also depend upon the water. The mining activity in mine will lead to

increase in siltation though to a lesser degree. Further, due to congregation of labourers during the

operation phase, open air defecating cannot be ruled out completely, if proper sanitation facilities are

not provided to them. The rivers flowing in the area are ephemeral and flow during monsoon only,

thus the probable water pollutants which may cause pollution during are: -

Suspended solids

Biodegradable organic matters

Pathogens and vectors

Dissolved inorganic solids

Though the mining is not likely to intersect the ground water table even at the end of 5th year it will

result in loss of rock material having some permeability and have an impact on ground water level as

well as its quality for monitoring of which the quality of the ground water shall have to be monitored

in each quarter of the year besides observation of ground water levels during pre-monsoon (May) and

post monsoon (November) every year at selected wells site. Besides this the ground water quality

shall be monitored by taking samples from the nearest well to the core area while the surface water

quality from storm water flowing through the garland drain discharging in nearby water body to

ascertain the surface water quality. The Bureau of Indian Standards has prescribed clear cut guidelines

for the maintenance of surface water quality standards (IS:2296-1982). The physico-chemical

characteristics of the ground water should be compared with the drinking water specification as per

IS: 10500:2012. The water quality parameters to be monitored quarterly are shown in Table 6.3.

Table 6.3: Physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters to be monitored

S. No. Parameter S. No. Parameter

1 pH 12 Fluorides

2 Electrical Conductivity 13 Iron

3 Turbidity 14 DO

4 Water Temperature 15 Phosphates

5 TSS 16 BOD

6 TDS 17 COD

7 Total hardness 18 Alkalinity

8 Magnesium 19 Chlorides


EIA/EMP Report

167 | P a g e

9 Calcium 20 Oil and Grease

10 Nitrates 21 Total Coliform

11 Sulphates 22 E-Coli

Soil Quality Assessment:

Soil samples will be collected from buffer zone and quality will be checked once every except monsoon

in order to see any positive or negative impacts of the operations. Soil sample will be collected from

the agriculture fields nearest to the ML area. The soil analysis shall be carried out for the physico

chemical characteristics like pH, electrical conductivity, organic carbon and status of macro – nutrients

like Nitrogen, Phosphate, Potassium and micro – nutrients like zinc, iron, boron, etc.

Plantation

Plantation before the onset of monsoon season will be done progressively until the final closure of

the mine. An environment management group will carry out the monitoring as per schedule durations

and parameters mentioned in Table 6.4.

Monitoring of erosion and stability of Slope of Mine Face

The project proponent shall closely monitor the condition of the mine face benches and pit slope with

in the mine lease area, one time each before monsoon and post monsoon. Based on the observation,

the corrective measures in the form of retaining wall followed with garland drain shall be provided to

control the land slips/bank erosion. The condition garland drain shall be watched and any silt

deposited in its section shall be desilted and accumulated for use in plantation.

6.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT GROUP

For implementation of Environment Management Plan, a small unit called Environment Management

Group will be formed under the control of the Environment Engineer. The job of this cell will be:

Implementation of pollution control measure.

Monitoring programme implementation.

Post-plantation care.

To estimate the efficiency of pollution control measures taken.

To bring out any other unforeseen effect on environment not covered under report.

Seeki g e pe t s ad i e he needed.

The task of monitoring of various environmental parameters could be assigned to State Pollution

Control Board or any other agency approved by MoEF&CC / SPCB. However, the project proponent

shall procure a few field instruments like RDS, Noise level meter, Water testing kit.

6.6 ENVIRONMENT POLICY/VIOLATIONS OF ENVIRONMENT NORMS/ HIERARCHAL SYSTEM

Environment Policy

The project proponent (LOI Holder) is a firm which has a laid down environmental policy of its own

and in furtherance of their business philosophy are committed to maintaining a clean and sustainable


EIA/EMP Report

168 | P a g e

environment with concerted efforts towards improvement of environment performance in routine

business. The firm shall strictly adhere to the central and the state rules and acts in context to the

environment protection. The project proponent (would be lessee) shall comply with the

environmental norms and conditions set forth in the main Environmental Clearance of the project and

shall submit compliance to the SEIAA periodically as warranted under the EC letter. The environment

policy is enclosed as Annexure- 8.

Infringement / deviation of the environment or forest norms/conditions

The project proponent shall comply with the environmental norms set out by the Centre / State

Government, which are being closely monitored the State Pollution Control Board, Bihar, Forest

Department. IPHD and Department of Mines and Geology, Bihar. Any infringement / deviation /

violation of the rules contained in various environment and other rules and acts such as State

Environmental Policy, State Water Policy, State Forest Policy, Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, 1987, Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rule

2000 and the Bihar Minor Mineral Concession Rules, 1972, if and whenever brought to the notice of

the lessee, the same shall be addressed by him in the light of the expressed non-compliance reporting

system, Annexure 8. As a safeguard a well-documented Environment monitoring plan has been

formulated.

Hierarchical System of the Company

The organizational structure of the firm belonging to the project proponent is annexed as Annexure -

8. The firm is headed by the Project Proponent (would be lessee) duly assisted by the Manager Mines

& Environment shall act as project head. The mines manager is responsible for execution of works

and enforcement of environmental laws/norms in respect of the project and is supported by Foreman

who is responsible for direct execution of work and planning through Supervisors and Assistant

Supervisors working at different locations. The environmental issues and compliance of the EC

conditions shall be looked into by the Manager (Mines & Environment).

6.7 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

The major attributes which merit regular monitoring based on the environmental settings and nature

of project activities are listed below: -

Sources emission and ambient air quality

Ground water levels and ground water quality

Wate a d aste ate ualit

Soil quality

Noise a d i atio le els due to e uip e t used fo i i g

Ecological conservation

The following routine program will be implemented at mine site. Beside this regular monitoring of

compliance to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permits form state pollution control

board/ MoEF&CC will be monitored and reported periodically. The cost of each aspect has been

provided along with parameters, monitoring frequency, and locations of monitoring as Table. 6.5. The

total cost for environmental monitoring has been provided as recurring cost.


EIA/EMP Report

169 | P a g e

Table 6.4: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme

Sl.

No.

Aspect

Parameters to

be monitored

Frequency Location

Cost Estimates

(INR lac)

Implementing and

Pursuing Agency

1

Air Quality

monitoring

SO2, NOX, CO, PM10,

PM2.5

As per CPCB/SPCB

requirement on monthly

basis.

3 locations as

already specified 17.40

State Pollution Control

Board (SPCB) or

MoEF&CC

2

Noise Quality

monitoring

Leq for day and night (1

sec frequency)

As per SPCB/ MoEF&CC

requirements of

compliance

3 locations as



Board (SPCB) or

MoEF&CC

3 Water Quality

Monitoring

Comprehensive

monitoring as per IS

:10500 Ground water

level (mbgl)

Periodic during

operation phase as per

SPCB/CPCB guidelines

2 locations as



Board (SPCB) or MoEF&CC

4 Soil

Organic matter Texture, pH,

EC, Permeability, Water

holding capacity, porosity

etc

Periodic during


SPCB/CPCB guidelines

3 locations as


State Pollution

Control Board (SPCB)

or MoEF&CC

5 Vibrations Observation of Peak

particle velocity (ppv)

Periodic during


SPCB/CPCB compliance

requirements

2 Location 34.50 CMRI or other

reputed institutes


EIA/EMP Report

170 | P a g e

Table 6.4: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme

Sl.

No.

Aspect

Parameters to

be monitored

Frequency Location

Cost Estimates

(INR lac)

Implementing and

Pursuing Agency

6 Plantation

Plants and shrubs in the

green belt area and

their mortality status

Periodic during


SPCB/CPCB compliance

requirements

Green belt area

within the mine

lease area, haul

roads

-

State Pollution

Control Board (SPCB)

or MoEF&CC

7 Erosion and

Bank Stability Conditions of pit slope

Before monsoon and

post monsoon every year Lease area -

Project Proponent as

routine inspection

8

Celebration of

Environmental

day

Yearly At Tehsil level 2.30 Project Proponent

Total Environmental Monitoring Cost (as recurring) 69.00


EIA/EMP Report

171 | P a g e

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 GENERAL

After having gone through the various aspects of the mining at the proposed site and the related

documents like Form–I and PFR, the MoEF&CC set out the scoping clearance and issued ToR for

environmental impact assessment studies and preparation of environmental management plan for

mining project and for submission of report after public hearing. The Terms of Reference issued by

the MoEF&CC are very comprehensive and subjective covering every aspect of mining activities and

the related environmental issues to be addressed.

7.2 PUBLIC HEARING

Public hearing, chaired by the Deputy Commissioner, Mahendragarh, was conducted in lease area,

village Bayal on 24.10.2017. The notice for public hearing was published in Hindi daily (Aaj Samaj) and

English daily (The Tribune) Newspaper on 21.9.2017. The public hearing was attended by 96 people

of which 77 were from the lease area. The minutes of meeting, attendance sheet, the extract copy of

advertisement of notice for public hearing in Hindi and English daily Newspaper are enclosed as

Annexure-11. Based on the issues raised and the reply/clarification by the project proponent and

action taken plan is enclosed in tabular form in the Annexure- 11.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT

The mining activities involve certain types of hazards, during operation and close, which can disrupt

normal activities abruptly and lead to disaster like fires, inundation, failure of machinery, explosion,

to name a few. The impending dangers or risks, which need be investigated addressed, disaster

management plan formulated with an aim to taking precautionary steps to avert disaster and to take

such action after the disaster, which limits the damage to the minimum.

Though the mining operations are carried out under the management control of a qualified mine

manager holding a 1st / 2nd class managers certificate of the competency to manage a metalliferous

mine granted by the DGMS, nevertheless, the following natural/industrial problem may be

encountered during the open cast mining operation at the mine site.

Inundation in mine pits.

Accidents due to explosives/blasting

Failure of Mine Pit Slope.

Accidents due to HEMM

Sabotage in case of magazine

In order to take care of above hazards/disasters, the following safety measures will be strictly

complied with in the current open cast mining project:

Working of mines as per approved plans and regularly updating the mine plan

All safety precautions and preventions as per DGMS requirement for risk and safety shall be

strictly followed during all mining operations.


EIA/EMP Report

172 | P a g e

All safety precautions and provisions of Mine Act,1952, Metalliferous Mines Regulatin,1961

and other Rules as applicable shall be followed during all mining operations.

Handling of explosives, charging and blasting shall be carried out by competent persons only.

Provision of magazine at a safe place with proper fencing and necessary watch and ward.

Adequate safety equipment will be provided at magazine and mine site.

Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment/machinery and transport vehicles

as per manufacturers guidelines

Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited.

Firefighting and first –aid provisions in the mine office/complex and mining area and

ensuring periodic checking of worthiness of firefighting and first aid provision.

Training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous points. Under

Mines vocational training rules all employees of mine shall have to undergo the training at a

regular interval.

Regularly cleaning of the mine faces.

As a part of disaster management plan, a rescue team will be formed by imparting specialized

training to select mining staff.

7.4 POSSIBLE HAZARDS IN OPEN CAST MINING

There are various factors which singularly and severally can cause disaster in a mine. The mining

activity is associated with many hazards which are discussed in the following sub sections:

7.4.1 Blasting

The accidents from the blasting are mainly manifest as projectiles which some time traverse beyond

the danger zone and trespass the mine boundary. It is largely due to overcharging of blast holes and

also during secondary blasting. During initial and final blasting operations flying rocks are

encountered. Ground Vibration caused due to blasting lead to displacement of adjoining areas and

result in fallout of loose rock-mass if not properly scaled in earlier blasting cycle. The following

measures are suggested to avoid accidents due to blasting:

All blasting operations shall be supervised by a competent person appointed for the purpose

and strictly conducted as per guidelines contained in Metalliferous Mines Regulation, 1961;

Danger zone area falling within a radius of 500m from the blast site shall be demarcated;

Guards shall be posted at all access points leading to the blast area to prevent and control

movement of persons/ stray animal;

All employees and equipment shall be cleared off the blast area to a safe location prior to

any scheduled blasting; and

Audible signals such as sirens whistles and mikes etc., shall be put to use to caution the

workers, passer-by about the scheduled blasting events.

7.4.2 Overburden/ mineral reject/subgrade Dumps

Such dumps with excessive heights located at the quarry edge without a safe offset may cause its

sliding or may result in failure of pit slope due to excessive surcharge, thereby resulting into loss of

life and property. The surface run- off flowing down from the top surface of the dumps shall bring silt

laden water into the mine pit or to the nearby water body. In the present mine no overburden dump

or dump of any kind are envisaged, thus associated risks are not there. In case if need arise to create

a dump, the following measures are proposed to prevent the danger from dumps:


EIA/EMP Report

173 | P a g e

During rainy period as a precautionary measure against slope failure proper terracing of

dump slope with restricting the dump height to about 30m;

Covering the dump surface with geo-coir immediately followed with plantation; and

Providing drainage channels along the overburden dump toe for additional precaution in

such a way that a distance of 15 m should be maintained left between the OBD and the

bench

7.4.3 Heavy Machinery

Most of accidents during transport of dumpers, excavators, dozers and other transport vehicles are

often attributed to mechanical failures and human errors and can be significantly averted by adapting

to following:

All HEMM and transport vehicle movement within the mine area should be carried out under

the direct supervision and control of the management;

All mining machinery and vehicles should be periodically maintained and weekly checked by

a competent person authorized by the management;

Conspicuous sign board should be provided at each and every bend for guidance of the

operators/drivers during day/night time; and

To avoid dangers while reversing the trackless vehicles, especially at the embankment and

tripping points, all areas for reversing of vehicles should, as far as possible, be made man

free, and should be a light and sound device to indicate reversing of trucks/mining

machinery.

7.4.4 Storage of Explosive

The explosive magazine shall be located outside the lease area. For the purpose of transportation of

explosives, explosive van shall be deployed. The main hazard associated with the storage, transport

and handling of explosives is fire and explosion. The rules as per Indian Explosive Act-1983 and

Explosive Rules-2008 should be followed for handling of explosives, which includes transportation,

storage and use of explosives.

7.4.5 Fuel Storage

All mine machinery will operate on diesel for which no storage point is envisaged in the lease area. It

will be stored in the central workshop area of the proponent away from mines.

7.4.6 Inundation in Mine Pit

During rainy season the lease area shall also receive its share of precipitation and some portion of

rainfall which will fall in the inner faces of quarry and benches and haul road shall flow towards the pit

formed during successive year and get accumulated. Some portion of thus collected water shall

evaporate and some will percolate through joints and crevices in the side/bed of the pit due to

secondary permeability. For facilitating mining after rains the water collected in the pit/sump shall be

pumped out through suitable capacity pump and used in watering of plantation etc., and a good

portion of it shall be allowed to flow through garland drains made at lower levels and sloping towards

the nearby stream/nallah flowing from east to west and confluence with Chandravati river. Following

precautionary measures shall be undertaken in respect of mining operation during non- monsoon

season and before the onset of monsoon


EIA/EMP Report

174 | P a g e

A careful assessment of the danger of inundation from surface water shall be made before

onset of monsoon season every year and adequate precautions against such dangers shall

be implemented.

Effectiveness of precautions, obstruction in garland and normal drainage system etc. shall

be checked regularly.

During rains no mining excavation in pit shall be carried out.

Standing orders for withdrawal of persons and mining equipment from mine in case of

apprehended danger shall be framed and enforced.

7.4.7 Failure of Pit Slope

Mineral deposit in the lease area is outcropping from top to bottom. Open cast -mechanised mining is

proposed to be done from top level and gradually advance towards lower levels. The height and width

of benches will be kept as 9m and 10 respectively and face slope of 70° shall be kept to achieve an

overall pit slope of 45°. Thus, considering the compactness and hardness of the rock and face slope of

700 the chances of slope failures will be negligible.

7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

In order to handle disaster/emergency situations, an organizational chart entrusting responsibility to

various project personnel will be prepared with their specific roles during emergency.

Planning

Identification and Prevention of Possible Emergency Situations

Possible emergency situations can broadly be classified into vehicle collision, and inundation. Some of

the ways of preventing emergencies are as follows:

Preparation of a Preventive Maintenance Schedule Programme and also covering

maintenance schedules for all mining machinery/equipment and instruments as well as

transport vehicles as per recommendations of the manufacturers user manuals

Ensuring the compliance of traffic rules strictly along Kachchaa roads (haul roads) within the

mine lease area as well as outside the mine lease area.

Emergent situation arises due to happening of some incident culminating into an abnormal

situation. It implies that sufficient time space running from a few seconds to few minutes is

always invariably available to arrest an incident of abnormal situation from turning in to an

emergency.

Implementation

Following key personnel, identified for carrying out specific and assigned duties in case of any kind of

emergency, shall be available on call on holidays and off duty also.

Mine Manager

Personnel Officer

Foreman

Senior Mining Mate

Essential workers


EIA/EMP Report

175 | P a g e

Responsibilities of Mine Manager

To take overall charge at the place of incident and activate the Emergency Preparedness Plan

according to severity of situation.

Inform doctor to be ready for treatment of affected employees and intimate their relatives.

To depute staff, carry out following functions -

To liaison with district administration and other departments and guide their personnel

To supervise assembly and evacuation at all points

To look after patients who are bed ridden and any casualties and give psychological support

Inform and liaison with project proponent, Police department and District Emergency

Authority.

Arrange for chronological records of emergency to be maintained.

Issue authorized statements to news media.

Responsibilities of Mines Foreman

To take immediate charge at the site of incident and ensure that immediate steps as per

Emergency Preparedness Plan are taken and immediately inform Mines manager.

Shall disseminate the information regarding emergency by blowing of siren / hooter.

Supervise assembly and evacuation as per plan, if required and ensure that casualties are

receiving proper medical care.

Ensure accounting for personnel and rescue of missing persons.

Control traffic movement in quarry premises.

Responsibilities of Trained Workers

A task force comprising of specially trained staff to act and deliver in the emergency situation shall

carry out the following work.

Fire-fighting and spill control till fire brigade takes the charge and thereafter assist the fire

brigade

Ensuring safety and isolating equipment, materials, urgent repairing or replacement,

electrical work etc.

Controlling movement of equipment, transport vehicles, special vehicle at the mine site.

Extending first - aid and medical help.

Assista e at asualt s e eptio a eas to e o d details of asualties.

7.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

The effects of air pollution on human health are well documented. There are controversies in many

respects, but there is sample evidence to show that air pollution is definitely a contributing factor to

chronic bronchitis, asthma and emphysema.

Health and Safety Measures to control dust inhalation; precautions would be adopted to prevent

dust generation at site and dispersing in the environment. For the safety of workers at site, engaged

at strategic dust generation points like loading and unloading points, screening plant etc., dust masks

would be provided. Dust masks would prevent inhalation of RSPM (PM10) thereby reducing the risk

of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring of workers will be carried


EIA/EMP Report

176 | P a g e

out at the time of appointment as per Mine Rules 1955 and also yearly. Lung function test and

audiometry test will be the essential part of health check-up as mine workers are prone to these.

First aid facility should be available at the rest shelter. Training will be imparted to all the workers

for health safety measures so that they can use the protective equipment essentially and effectively.

Qualified Vocational Training Officer will be employed to impart the training to all the employees on

regular basis. The personal protection equipment (PPE) such as industrial safety helmet, goggles, ear

muffs / earplug, Dust mask, hand gloves and industrial safety shoes with steel toe will be provided

to the workers. The details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical check-up schedule

with cost have been provided in Chapter 9.

7.7 R & R Plan

In the wake of the fact that in the lease area falling in barren revenue land, 43 people have made

temporary structures /dwelling units on the land over which they do not have any title. Thus, they

fall in the category of encroachers/squatters and need to be displaced from the mine lease area.

Need based R&R survey has been carried out and R&R Plan has been attached as Annexure-16 of EIA

report.

7.8 Social Impact Assessment

Social impact assessment in respect of 43 PAH was carried out and is attached as Annexure-16 of EIA

report


EIA/EMP Report

177 | P a g e

8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 IMPROVEMENT IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The impact of mining on the civic amenities will be substantial after the commencement of mineral

production. The basic infrastructures for of the community needs will be strengthened by extending

health care, educational facilities, developed township drinking water quality to the village,

building/strengthening of existing roads in the area etc. The lessee will maintain the above amenities

either by improving the existing facilities or creating new ones as per requirement in the area, which

will help in uplifting the living standards of the local communities.

With improved transportation facilities there is always a letter scope for development. The

communication facilities will improve after the commencement of proposed mining activities.

Medical facilities are being provided in the form of dispensary at mine site and these medical facilities

would also be available to local people in the surrounding as well in case of emergencies.

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Generation of employment and improved standard of living;

Increased revenue generation for the state by way of royalty, taxes and duties;

Superior communication and transport facilities etc.

This would lead to increase in purchasing power of local habitants and as a result of which,

There will be significant change in the socio-economic scenario of the area.

The development of the basic amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity, drinking water,

proper sanitation, educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment, etc. will be

developed as far as possible adding to the wellbeing of the local committees

Overall this mining project will change living standards of the people and improve the socio-

economic conditions of the area.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The mining activities will provide employment to persons of different skills and trades on contractual

basis. The local population will be given preference for employment. The employment potential will

ameliorate economic conditions of these families directly and provide employment to many other

families indirectly, who are involved in the business and service related activities.

Employment of local people in primary and secondary sectors of project will upgrade the prosperity

of the region, which will in-turn improve the socio-economic conditions of the area.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

Apart from the improvement in physical infrastructure, social infrastructure and the awareness of

employment generation, there are some other benefits from the project as well. During extensive

plantation done under the proposed plantation scheme, the area shall develop into a lush green

orchard & recreational spot after the mines closure.


EIA/EMP Report

178 | P a g e

9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 GENERAL

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) consists mainly mitigation measure of anticipated

adverse impact arising due to proposed project. Environmental monitoring with respect to Ambient

air, DG set, Water quality, Noise quality, green belt development, labour and nearby local community

health is significant part of environmental management practices. The present environmental plan

is prepared as per Terms and References (ToR) approved by (Expert Appraisal Committee) EAC of

Ministry of Environment, Forest and climate change (MoEF&CC). The objective of EMP is overall

conservation of environment as part of sustainable development by suggesting suitable mitigation

measures for the anticipated adverse impact due to proposed Quartz and feldspar mining project.

Adverse health impacts like Silicosis and tuberculosis also has been anticipated due to quartz,

feldspar and quartzite mining. Surveillance plan for silicosis and tuberculosis has been included in

environmental monitoring plan. Persons suffering from silicosis and tuberculosis has also been

studies as per Government hospitals records. Details provided by Government hospital of

Mahendergarh district has been attached with the EIA Report as Annexure - 14 with English

translation of document. As habitation and temple is closed to project lease area, environmental

monitoring plan for vibration with budgetary provision is also provided with detailed mitigation

measures.

Project proponent is responsible for the implementation of EMP and ensuring that the conditions in

the terms and references (ToR) for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report preparation are

complied. Role and responsibilities of project proponent /stakeholder will depend on scale and scope

of EMP.

9.2 Management Structure

The organisation has got well laid out policy of quality management system as well as Environment

Management System. Signed documents from proponent regarding the same has been compiled as

Annexure – 8. Brief discussion regarding the organisation structure is presented below:

Organisational Structure

Lessee

Manager (Mine and Environment)

Forman

Supervisor

Assistant Supervisor


EIA/EMP Report

179 | P a g e

Names and numbers of the posts to be engaged by project proponent for implementation of EMP

and monitoring of environmental parameters will be provided after recruitment of suitable staff

and will be submitted after mining comes to operation.

9.2.1 Integrated Management System (IMS) Policy

Shri Manmohan Bhadana is committed to:

o Produce quartz & Feldspar with quartzite and provide services to the satisfaction of customer

with due consideration to legal and other requirements.

o improve continually the effectiveness of Integrated Management System, which includes

quality management system and Environmental Management System (EMS).

o Minimize and / or control environmental impacts of mining operations at village Bayal.

o Inculcate a working culture with emphasis on prevention of environmental pollution,

o Minimizing and controlling waste generation and optimize consumption of resources.

o Management policy, objectives and targets are established and reviewed for continuing

suitability during Management Review Meetings.

o Management policy is communicated and explained to the persons working in the organization

and working on behalf of the organization.

o The resources required for the implementation of this policy are made available on priority

through the unit head.

o The policy is made available to all employees and interested parties.

9.2.2 Procedure for Environmental Aspects

Objective – To establish and maintain a procedure to identify the environmental impact of the

company activities, products, services that company can control and on which it is expected to

have an influence and which have or can have significant impact on environment.

Responsibilities – Manager of environment planning with various departmental employees to

identify environment aspects.

Method of Environmental Management –

o Respective manager and head of the department will determine the Environmental Aspects in

their respective areas and also communicate the same to supervisor level in the prescribed

format.

o Apart from normal operation, abnormal operating conditions, emergency conditions, start up,

shut down, past experiences and future plans for new developments are also considered while

identifying the environmental aspects.

o All new projects are evaluated for identification of environmental aspects by the project

department prior to starting of the site activities

o IMS Co-coordinator may also determine and invite primary information on environmental

aspects through interviews / questionnaire / suggestion box etc.

o Aspects involving concern of various legislation / rules of State and Central Govt, top

management business and interested parties will be considered as significant aspects by

default.

o Frequency and severity of aspects will be divided into low, medium & high categories.


EIA/EMP Report

180 | P a g e

Procedure for legal and other requirements

o Objective – To identify and to have access to the legal and other requirements like industry

code of practices, agreements with public authorities and other non-regulatory guidelines

applicable to organization in proviso to Environment Management System.

o Requirements and responsibility –

o IMS Co-ordinator is responsible for requirements of IMS and Quality management system

(QMS) interface with Environmental Management System (EMS).

o All aspects in the purview of legal and regulatory requirements are identified as significant by

default

o Various other legal and regulatory requirements along with their responsibility and updated

sources are tabulated.

o IMS Co-ordinator during monthly review ensures that all legal and other requirements have

been taken into account in aspect evaluation by departmental heads.

o responsible executives conduct a monthly review of the compliance and record the same.

o Compliance of legal and other requirements are kept on the agenda of the Management

Review Meeting.

Procedure for operational control

o Objective – To establish procedure for operational control of those activities that has

environmental impact.

o Requirement and responsibility -

o Production in charge of respective sections is responsible for removal of all spilled material.

o Maintenance in charge of respective sections are responsible for preventing of oil, grease,

water and material spillages, removal of shifting / stacking of scrap and other waste material

to identified locations outside the section.

o Head of department is responsible for collection of scrap and other waste material outside

various sections for onward disposal.

o Procedure

o Operational control is carried out as per procedure documented in Quality Management

System.

o Individual department formulate control procedures applicable to their areas of responsibility

regarding operations affecting environment.

o Handling storage & disposal of various categories of waste generated as per procedure.

o Pollution Control Department records performance of pollution control devices, stoppages if

any with reasons.

o Contractors working in the significant environmental aspect areas are informed about the

significance of the work and stipulated operation criteria

o Any contractor working in an area will clean the site of all wastes on completion of job within

72 hours.

Procedure for Monitoring and measurement

o Objective - To monitor and measure environment parameters in order to assess and analyse

the level and to control them to conform or improve in accordance with environment policy

and objectives. To evolve significant environment aspects and environment management

programme for continuous improvement.

o Responsibility –


EIA/EMP Report

181 | P a g e

o Environment Manager is responsible for monitoring and measurement of environment

parameters periodically, He is also being responsible for ensuring that the measuring

equipment are maintained and calibrated at the specified frequency.

o Environment Manager whenever there is any requirement of developing data base or verifying

compliance for non-conformance or there is necessity for other development related work.

o Head of environment department will be responsible for legal compliances

o Environmental Manager are responsible for establishing and monitoring respective objectives

& Targets.

o Monitoring to be done as per scope with legal, operational and objective targets.

Method of Environmental Monitoring

o PM10 and PM2.5 of ambient air will be monitored twice a week but maximum 8 times in a

calendar month at location near mines office and Bayal village.

o Chemical composition of PM10 and PM2.5 will be analyse periodically for silica and lead

content

o Noise quality will be measured periodically at site and near villages

o Vibrations will be measured periodically during blasting operations near temple and habitation

o All the above measurement will be immediately evaluated with respect to standards. In case

of non-compliance immediate remedial action will be initiated by concerned department

o Results of test and measurements will be forwarded to statuary body as per legal requirement.

Procedure for Emergency preparations & response

o Objective – To establish a procedure to meet an emergency emerging out of operations of

organization which has significant impact on environment, people around, public or private

property.

o Responsibility – Head of the department is responsible for emergency plan, Environmental

Manager and In-charge of safety will assist in carrying out of plan, all the group will be involved

in constitution of emergency plan

o Method – A documentary on site emergency plan is with safety department incorporating –

o Statutory provision,

o Organisation

o Emergency prevention & Control

o Personnel

o Emergency services and utilities

o Training of personnel

o Relevant portions of onsite emergency plan also available with executives

o In case of emergency plan should be follows

o The plan is reviewed twice a year during Management Review Meeting and / or after the

accident and revised if necessary

o Emergency identified as; Fire, Collapse of heavy structure, Leakage & spillage of any kind of

Hazardous substance.

o The mock drill for fire emergency is conducted twice in a year preferably before the

management review meeting.

o Mock drill records are reviewed in the Management Review meeting.

o Activities for EMP Implementation specific to Quartz, Feldspar and Quartzite mines


EIA/EMP Report

182 | P a g e

o The project proponent is committed to comprehensive environment management plan for

environmental protection and conservation of natural environment due to Bayal Quartz,

Feldspar and quartzite mining at Khasra no. 201, 223 and 224, Village- Bayal, Narnaul,

Mahendergarh- Haryana. Based on the evaluation of anticipated impacts and baseline

conditions, EMP has been prepared to mitigate the adverse impacts on environment of the

area.

o Environmental Management Plan (EMP) aims at the save ecological system by considering in

built pollution abatement facilities at the existing site. Some of the major criteria governing

the environmental measures will be adopted. The EMP is herein outlined after taking into

account the various Acts, Rules and Regulations/ Standards concerned with the environmental

management. Objectives of EMP are as follows:

o Overall environmental conservation

o Minimization of waste generation and pollution

o Judicious use of natural resources and water

o Safety, welfare and good health to the work force

o Ensure effective operation of all control measures

o Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents

o Monitoring of chronic and acute impacts

o Air Pollution Control

o Open-cast mechanized mining involving drilling and blasting, generates dust and gaseous

emissions during various mining activities like material handling and plying of transportation

trucks in the mine lease area and also on paved road surfaces. However, the baseline study

has shown that ground level concentration of pollutants namely PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOX

when emits due to mining activities will increase in particulates and gaseous concentrations in

the ambient air, modelling studies suggests that Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) will be within the

NAAQS after project implementation. The project proponent shall ensure that the detailed

mitigation measures as contained in Chapter – 5, Section 5.8.5 are strictly followed. Besides

this ambient air quality monitoring shall be periodically carried out at locations and frequencies

mentioned under Chapter 6 in section 6.7. Apart from these mitigation measures some specific

Air pollution mitigation measures has been suggested below:

o Trucks and dumpers will not be overloaded.

o Before loaded vehicles are allowed to go outside the premises, they will be covered with

tarpaulin to prevent fugitive emissions

o Paved road will be constructed with water sprinkling facility to reduce dust emission

o Speed breakers will be constructed to restrict the speed of transporting vehicles

o Water tankers will be used regularly on haul roads, dump roads and other roads leading

outside on which transportation vehicle ply.

o Green barriers/ plantation will be carried out along the roads, periphery of the mine, dumps

area to prevent the spread of dust.

o Personal protective equipment like dust mask will be provided to the persons/ workers.

o Regular monitoring by samples and their analysis will be carried out, documented in order to

assess the effectiveness of the dust control measures.

o More stringent measures will be taken at the generation source by using water spraying

plantation, etc.


EIA/EMP Report

183 | P a g e

o For this purpose, it is proposed to construct RCC water tank size 4M x 4M x 2M at higher

elevation for storing the water pump from the tube-well owned by the client. A stationary

sprinkling system comprising of main and lateral GI pipes shall be erected for dust suppression.

The capital cost for these works has been estimated as INR 12.3 lakh while the annual recurring

cost shall be INR 1.50 lakh as shown in Table 9.1.

Table 9.1: Detailed Estimate for Air Pollution control measures

S.

No.

Particular Quantity Unit Rate Capital Cost

(Rs. Lakh)

Annual Recurring

(Rs. Lakh)

1 Constructing water tank (4M

x 4M x 2M)

a) M-15 Grade Cement

Concrete in Walls and Floor

10.16 Cum 4200 0.43 0.00

b) Tor Steel re enforcement 1.6 MT 50000 0.80 0.00

c) Earth Work 38.72 Cum 300 0.12 0.00

d) Laying 80mm medium

duty GI Pipe including cost of

pipes, bend, elbow, socket

complete

800 M 750 6.00 0.00

e) Laying 50 mm medium

duty GI Pipe including cost of

pipes, bend, elbow, socket

complete

800 m 475 3.80 0.00

f) Cost of sluice and reflex

valves

10 No. 1500 0.15 0.00

g) Cost of Sprinkler Units

with annual maintenance

1 Job LS 1.00 0.22

2 a) Annual Energy Charges

for Running 10 HP Pump

13500 Kw-h 8.00 00 1.08

b) Maintenance of Pumps

and Pipelines

1 Job LS 00 0.20

Grand Total of Capital and Recurring Cost: 13.8 Lac 12.3 1.50

Total Capital cost is 12.3 lakh and recurring cost for 23 years is 34.5 lakh including monitoring cost.


EIA/EMP Report

184 | P a g e

9.2.3 Noise Pollution Control

The noise monitoring shows that day and night time baseline noise levels at mine site are within the

prescribed limits. The source of noise at the site is due to operation of transport vehicle and drilling

blasting operations. Due to use of excavators and loaders the level of noise will definitely rise above

threshold level at the place in the mine where the machines are in operation. But this increase in

noise level will not be continuous and shall be governed by the breakup of cycle of operation of the

machine which includes idle time also. The impact assessment study shows that the noise levels due

to noise source from mining machinery and truck movement are decreased after 100 m distance

from the mine site. The resultant noise levels are very high at mine site. The detailed mitigation

measures are contained in Section 5.7, the project proponent shall ensure that all the mitigation

measures are strictly followed. Besides this the ambient noise level monitoring shall be periodically

carried out at locations and frequencies mentioned under Chapter 6 in Section 6.7.

The following specific noise control measures will be undertaken to bring down noise levels:

o Proper maintenance of machinery, equipment and improvement on design of machines

o Use of personal protective equipment i.e. earmuffs and earplugs for workers working in high

noise areas.

o Development of wide green belt of dense foliage

o Proper maintenance and tuning of machinery will be ensured

o The greenbelt with species of rich canopy around the lease area and along the roads will be

further attenuate the noise levels.

o Conducting periodicals medical check-up of all the workers for any noise related health

problems.

o Displaying the noise level status of operational machines to enable control measures to be

taken in this respect.

o Controlled blasting techniques will be adopted

o Avoid blasting in unfavourable weather conditions

Noise from the DG set should be controlled by providing an acoustic enclosure or by treating the

enclosure acoustically. The Acoustic enclosure should be made of CRCA sheets of appropriate

thickness and structural/ sheet metal base. The walls of the enclosure should be insulated with fire

retardant foam to comply with the 75 dB(A) at 1m and 25dB(A) assertion loss from source of sound

levels specified by CPCB. The environmental surroundings near the mine site like vegetation cover

greatly attenuate the noise level. On this account the green belt shall be developed along the

haul/service road as well as in the area earmarked for plantation within and outside the lease, the

cost of development of greenbelt has been separately assessed. The cost of other equipment like ear

plug/muff and noise level monitoring during the course of mining have been included under

occupational health and safety plan and environmental monitoring plan.

Total recurring cost noise monitoring is 0.75 lakh.


EIA/EMP Report

185 | P a g e

9.2.4 Water Pollution Control

9.2.4.1 Surface Water

The lease area in south block has no first order stream while the north block has one distinct first

order stream generating from the lease. The precipitation falling on the ridge of the core area drains

through small rills on either side of the ridge to the ground level and flow in the side drain of the

road passing below the lease area as per the ground slope direction. The run-off water from the ridge

brings sediments with it. Besides owing to land degradation, the loose soil particles during heavy

rains can also find way into the pit section of the mine due to run-off from slopes and benches. This

will increase the silt rate of accumulated run-off water in the pit and also increase the silt contents

of the nearby water body when being dewatered from the pit. In order to properly channelize the

run of discharge proper garland drains shall be constructed at the natural surface level near the road

on either side of the lease.

The most effective, practical, and cost-effective measure of controlling the sediment flow, run-off

and surface waters is by construction of garland drains around waste dumps, subgrade ore dumps

and also catch-water drains along the hill side of the mine roads. The garland and catch water drains

shall be provided with adequate gradient and silt trap erected at the lowest point. The catch water

drains when provided restricts the runoff to pass over such vulnerable areas and water is guided

through these drains on foothill or along the katcha/pucca roads. Garland drains in total length of 3

km and 3.4 km in north and south Blocks respectively shall be required. For garland drain, with

bottom width 1.0 m, height 1.0 m and side slopes 1:2 approximate section works out to 1.5 cum. This

implies that for mine lease area 9600 cum earth work in excavation shall be involved, the cost of

which @ 60/- cum is assessed as Rs. 5.70 lakh. In addition to this, the side slope of the drain shall be

lined with stone which shall cost about 4.3 lakh. Besides this, the silt trap / sedimentation tank shall

be provided at 5 to 6 locations which shall cost about 2.0 lakh. Thus, the total cost of garland drain

shall be INR 12.0 lakh. Besides this the water quality monitoring shall be periodically carried out at

locations and frequencies mentioned under Chapter 6 in Section 6.7. Besides this for annual

maintenance of the drains @ 2.50% of the capital cost a provision of INR 0.30 lakh shall be made

Total capital cost Rs 12 lac and recurring annual cost of Rs 0.30 lakh.

9.2.4.2 Ground Water

The base level study has revealed that there will be neither any impact on groundwater as the ground

water table is not intersected nor the mineral formation has any toxic elements. However, as the

requirement of water for drinking/domestic use, dust suppression and green belt shall be met from

the ground water resources, there shall be an impact on ground water resource to the extent the

water is abstracted from the ground. This impact shall not be substantial as merely 0.0067 MCM shall

be abstracted from ground water resource annually. This meagre use of ground water resource shall

be compensated approximately two-fold during rains when the mine pit shall act as reservoir to

trigger a good annual recharge of the ground water table (0.0133 MCM). Besides this the project

proponent shall construct a few conventional waters harvesting structure under the CSR initiatives.

Thus, no further mitigation measures are proposed.


EIA/EMP Report

186 | P a g e

9.2.5 Land Environment

Mining activity invariably alters the land use pattern in the lease area. Degradation of land is a very

significant adverse impact of mining due to creation of access roads, mining operations and

transportation of mined material. In order to prevent the environmental degradation of lease area

and its surroundings, the following measures shall be taken;

o Minimal damage to the flora standing around the lease area.

o Foreign material should neither be allowed to remain/spill in lease area, nor the

pits/pockets will be allowed to be filled with such material,

o No stockpiling of extracted mineral shall be done outside the lease area.

o At the end of life of mine lease, excavated area will be approximately 16.38 ha which will

be partially backfilled and planted and some part will be used for water reservoir.

o Top soil will be stored separately and will be used for plantation.

9.2.6 Biological Environment

The dust is the only major pollutant, which will be generated from different activities of mining. The

effect of particulate matter on vegetation is in the form of incrustation, plugging of stomata, and loss

of chlorophyll and reduction of photosynthesis process. The annual plantation proposed shall greatly

help in developing a good vegetal cover and eventually attract micro fauna, birds etc. in the area.

Thus, there will be positive impact on terrestrial environment around the mine lease area. The

increase in siltation due to mining shall be controlled by creating greenbelt and construction of

garland drain equipped with silt –trap/siltation tank.

Terrestrial biodiversity will be affected only by the operation of mining machinery and vehicular

movements in the mining areas and from increased human population (labourers etc.) during mining

activities. Schedule- I and Schedule-II species have been found in the lease area and its surrounding.

Conservation plan for Schedule-I & II species, under WPA 1972, costing Rs160 lakh for conservation

of flora and fauna is enclosed as Annexure-9. The budget for first five years shall be INR 100 lakh and

the balance INR 60 lakh has been earmarked for 30 years.

To mitigate adverse impact on the biodiversity and to improve habitat status of the study area, below

mentioned commitment has been considered for EMP:

o Plantation / green belt development program will be carried out in operation as well as in

conceptual phase

o Greenbelt development will be carried out as per CPCB guidelines using local tree, shrub and

herbs species

o Backfilled area and dump areas will also plant with suitable species of grasses

o Along other areas forest facing plantation will also carried out during operation of mine

o Additionally, some species are also suggested to grow along road side plantation to mitigate

air, gas, and noise pollution

o Remaining area of mining pit after backfilling will act as water reservoir which will improve

aquatic avifaunal diversity of the area.

o As a part of afforestation program total 9350 plant has been proposed in area of 9.35 Ha.in

5-year plan

Total capital cost for flora and fauna conservation 0 and recurring cost is 160 lacs for 35 years.


EIA/EMP Report

187 | P a g e

9.2.7 Socio-economic environment

With the commencement of the project, there shall be direct employment opportunity for 119

workers. Preference in employment will be given to the locals based on the skills. Besides this the

project will open vista for employment in transportation sector, generating opportunity for

deployment of mining machinery like earth mover/ Excavators/Tractors owned by the local

residents. Since no private land is to be acquired for mining, the ticklish issues touching and arising

due to R&R issues are involved. Need based survey has been conducted by Social experts for project

affected persons with reference to their houses and families. Compensation and rehabilitation&

resettlement process has been detailed in R&R plan as per instructions received from EAC of

MoEF&CC mom wide No. Z-11013/57/2014-IA.II(M). Detailed R&R plan has been provided as

Annexure -16 Therefore, impact of mining on the social economics of the area shall be a very less. It

will also provide stimulus to the business and commerce of local market. The small-time shopkeepers

running hotel/ dhaba near mine lease shall also be benefitted.

9.2.7.1 Corporate Social Responsibility

The project proponent is well aware of his duty and responsibility towards the socio- economic

development of the local community where the project activities will be carried. The proponent is

also bound by the national policies and is vigorously passionate to carry out some initiative towards

the society by improving their quality of life and fostering sustainable and integrated development

in the communities in the vicinity of the lease area.

This objective of social responsibility is equally well-entrenched in the minds of the project

proponent which is manifest from some of the CSR activities included in the mine plan. The project

proponent wishes to play an active part in providing financial support and empowering rural

communities to chart their own development.

The activities to be carried out under Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives will have a positive

impact on socio economic fabric of the region. The Project Proponent may promote local NGO, ask

the communities to prepare their micro level plans based on genuine needs. It is, therefore, proposed

to have CSR plan focusing on following broad

areas of activities that addresses the problems and needs of the community in the project area in a

holistic manner:

Livelihood and Entrepreneurship:

Helping rural communities in the project vicinity to become self-sufficient and sustainable by

providing training in self-employment and supporting entrepreneurship

Skill Development:

A driving social change in rural areas by empowering local people through education and training

and promoting their Self-Help Groups (SHG) and micro finance for group, individual and community

income generation activities such as tailoring/embroidery classes for women; and Orientation

programs for self-employment in collaboration with District Industries Centre and District Rural

Development Agencies.


EIA/EMP Report

188 | P a g e

Education:

Empowering children and adults can be done by bringing quality education to remote rural areas.

Under the plan it is proposed to provide text books in government schools and library for children.

Sports:

Under the plan it is proposed to promote sports in the school as well as villages for which sports

material shall be supplied to the schools / panchayats.

Environment:

Promotion of environmental awareness and responsibility amongst rural, socially backward and poor

communities should be encouraged. I the light of Swachchha Bha at A hi a it is p oposed to construct separate toilets for boys and girls in gram panchayat and schools. It is also proposed to

provide safe/treated drinking water in villages by installing RO Plant in village panchayat bhawan.

Health:

Provide affordable, quality healthcare to villages by giving community level health care training

through village workers especially women. Under the plan it is proposed to strengthen the PHC/CHC

and the district hospital by providing hospital equipment.

Energy Saving Devices:

It is proposed to install roof top solar panel in gram panchayat bhawan and in other government

building for their lighting as well as street lighting.

The cost of the project is INR 875 Crores. As per directions of the Government, the CSR initiative has

to be worked out at 2.5% of the cost of the project. In the present case the cost works out to INR

21.90 lakh. However, it is proposed to earmark INR 26.55 lakh for implementing CSR initiatives for

23 years. The broad activities proposed under CSR initiative along with financial implications and

year-wise allocation of funds is shown in Table 9.2.

Table 9.2: Cost under CSR initiative (INR lakh)

S.

N.

Activities

Total

Cost

Capital Cost

Recurring Cost

3rd Yr onward

up to 23rd year 1-Yr 2-Yr

1 Supply of Hospital equipment to local govt. hospital 2.10 0.50 0.50 1.10

2 Installation of R.O. Plant in village Panchayat Bhawan

with maintenance 5.10 4.00 0.05 1.05

3 Supply of books to Government School/Library 2.40 0.20 0.10 2.10

4 Supply of Sports material to School/Gram panchayat 1.20 0.10 0.05 1.05

5 Organising health camps for villagers 5.75 0.00 0.00 5.75

6 Rainwater harvesting Structure 4.60 2.30 2.30 0.00

7 Installation of Roof Top Solar Plants in village

Panchayat Bhawan 5.40 1.65 1.65 2.10

Total

26.55 8.75 4.65 13.15


EIA/EMP Report

189 | P a g e

Total CSR cost 26.55 lakh for 23 years.

9.3 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

In order to mitigate and minimize the environmental impacts, arising due to project especially from

air pollution, noise pollution, soil erosion etc. the Greenbelt development in the area delineated can

provide the best mitigation option. The green canopy not only absorbs some of these pollutants as

carbon sink but also improves the aesthetic environment, besides attenuating the noise levels. The

green belt shall be developed as per approved mine lease plans and as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Plantation shall be carried out in side lease area in 7.5m wide safety zone, along roads, on dumps,

office premises in about 15.35 ha of which during first five years 9.35 ha shall be taken up for

plantation @1.87ha/year by planting 1870 trees per annum and total 9350 trees.

9.3.1 Development of Greenbelt

The strategy worked out for development of green belt consists of following:

o The species selected should be capable of growing fast,

o The species should be wind firm and long lived.

o Broad leaf trees growing above 10m in height should be planted along the roads, offices

and infrastructure facilities.

o The species should form a dense crown cover.

o The species should form a litter in abundance on the plantation floor.

o Generally local/indigenous fast-growing trees shrubs should be planted.

o The trees should be protected by plantation of non-palatable shrub species to avoid

browsing by animals.

o Placement of tree guards (metal tree guard, pre-fab RCC tree guard, Fibber tree guard

etc.), should be provided to save avenue plantation.

o For protection against biotic interference thorn fencing around the plantation, circular

trench around the planting pit and sown with fast growing thorny shrubs on the ridge

should be followed;

To mitigating the impact of dust and noise, which are likely to rise during mining, plantation would be

done around the mining areas. The species selected under this plantation will be moderately high,

good foliage bearing and are able to trap dust and noise. The following species have been proposed

for plantation under green belt. (Table 9.3).

Table 9.3: Species suggested for plantation under Greenbelt Development Programme

S. No. Plant Species Common Name Habit

1 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadam Tree

2 Magnifera indica Aam Tree

3 Delbergia sisoo Shisham Tree

4 Azidirachta indica Neem Tree

5 Delonix regia Gulmohar Tree

6 Albizia lebbek Siris Tree

7 Cassia fistula Golden shower Tree


EIA/EMP Report

190 | P a g e

8 Pongamia pinnata Indian beech Tree

9 Terminalia arjuna Kahuwa Tree

10 Narium indicum Kaner Shrub

11 Hibiscus rosasinensi Hibiscus Shrub

12 Grasses and hedges

-- Herbs

9.3.2 Guidelines and Techniques for Green Belt Development

Based on environmental conditions suitable indigenous plants species shall be planted under green

belt development plan. The requirement of plants sapling for development of green belt shall be

made from the nearby forest nursery. The soil characteristics shall also be kept in mind. As advance

work the area to be planted shall be demarcated and pit locations marked. The digging operation of

the pit should be completed before the end of June so as to allow thoroughly weathering of the

dugout soil. Prior to the commencement of the rains, pits shall be refilled with the dugout soil and

FYM added. Planting shall be done when heavy showers causing run-off occurs sometime between

July and August. The saplings should be 9 to 12 months old. Immediately after planting the pits shall

be watered with 20 litre / pit and in case of failure of rainfall it should be watered @ 20 litre / pit at

fortnight interval. The mortality of plants has been considered as @ 10% and re- digging of pit should

be carried out before replacement of the individual plant.

The transverse slope of the surface of the benches shall be kept towards the hill side so as to improve

the water regime in the area for plantation. 60 cm X 60 cm X 60 cm shall be dug out and semi-filled

with fertile soil having adequate amount of macro/micro nutrients. It is proposed to use soil mixture

in the pits. Soil shall be mixed with compost or humus or vermin-compost. The ratio for the mix would

be compost/manure 2 parts; soil 2 parts; and humus or vermin – compost 1 part. This will make

nutrients really available for the plants in the preliminary stages and also help increase soil aeration,

porosity and permeability and improved moisture available for the plants. The pit will be refilled with

the mixture; 10-15 gm of mycorrhizal inoculum near the root system is to be added. After this, plant

saplings already inoculated with bio fertilizers (Rhizobium and Azotobacter bacteria) would be planted

and refilling will be done to cover the entire plant root system. Placement of tree guards should be

provided to save avenue plantation. A typical section of green belt along safety barrier is shown in

Figure 9.1 and area taken under plantation is shown in Figure 9.2


EIA/EMP Report

191 | P a g e

Figure 9.1: Green Belt along 7.5 m Wide Safety Zone

9.3.3 Precautions During Plantation

Some important precautions should be taken during the plantation, which are as under:

Open grazing is practiced in general in the area; therefore, protection should be

Provided in advance.

Polyculture should be practiced. Mixture by group should be preferred over intimate mixture.

Indigenous species recommended should be planted in sufficient numbers to

Increase their population size in the area.

Multipurpose species should be planted in large numbers.

9.3.4 Phase-wise Programme for Plantation under green belt

In the present case, the annual area proposed for plantation works out to 1.87 ha. The plantation shall

be carried out @ 1000 plants/ha. The plants shall be protected by thorny brushwood protection and

shall be maintained one year after the closure of mine. Considering the mortality @ 10% the no. of

plants / year has been worked out as per Table 9.4.

Table 9.4: Phase-wise programme of plantation

S.

No.

Activity 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total

Area

(ha)

No. Area

(ha)

No. Area

(ha)

No. Area

(ha)

No. Area

(ha)

No. Area

(ha)

No.

1 Demarcation of

Area for

plantation

1.87 - 1.87 - 1.87 - 1.87 - 1.87 - 9.35 -

2 No of plant

proposed

- 1870 - 1870 - 1870 - 1870 - 1870 - 9350

9.3.5 Programme for green belt development

The greenbelt shall be developed in approximately 15.35ha area. The area designated for each year

shall be planted with trees and shrubs @ 1000 plants/ha. The annual cost for development of

greenbelt has been assessed in Table 9.5.


EIA/EMP Report

192 | P a g e

Table 9.5: Cost for green belt development plan (INR in lakh)

S.

No. Component

Capital Cost (INR in

Lakh)

Recurring Cost

(INR Lakh)

1 Cost of plantation in 15.35 ha area @ 1.0 lakh/ha 15.35 -

2 Protection guard for 15350 saplings @ INR 120/No. 18.42 -

3 Cost of FYM and Bio-fertilizer 0.00 1.20

4 Cost of watering / irrigation in green belt 0.00 1.60

5 Annual Maintenance Cost of plantation by

deploying one worker - 4.80

6 Contingency - 0.40

Total 33.77 8.00

Total capital cost 33.77 lakh and recurring cost 8.00 lakh


EIA/EMP Report

193 | P a g e

Figure 9.2: Conceptual Plan and Section


EIA/EMP Report

194 | P a g e

9.3.6 Cost of plantation in benches and other areas

The plantation shall be developed in approximately 30.29ha reclaimed area with trees and shrubs @

800 plants/ha. The cost has been assessed in Table 9.6.

Table 9.6: Cost for plantation in reclaimed area (INR in lakh)

S.

No. Component

Capital Cost (INR in

Lakh)

Recurring Cost

(INR Lakh)

1 Cost of plantation in 30.29 ha area @ 0.80 lakh/ha 24.23 -

2 Cost of FYM and Bio-fertilizer 0.00 4.20

3 Cost of watering / irrigation in green belt 0.00 3.00

4 Annual Maintenance Cost of plantation by

deploying two worker - 7.40

5 Contingency - 0.40

Total 24.23 15.00

Total capital cost 24.23 lakh and recurring cost 15.00 lakh

9.4 MANAGEMENT OF LABOUR CAMPS AND FACILITIES

During mining operations, skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled workers shall be deployed of which the

unskilled/casual workers shall be drawn from the nearby villages who would need no accommodation

in the labour colony which shall be housing the skilled and other managerial staff. The colony shall be

near the project site and shall comprise of the temporary structures which could be easily dismantled

at the decommissioning of the of the project. The labour shall be provided with treated drinking water

and sanitation facilities including mobile STP and the treated waste water will be utilized in green belt

development in the colony area. In order to provide substitute for fuelwood the labour shall be

provided with LPG cooking gas which will help them reducing the biotic pressure. Beside this the

incentives shall be given for school going children of the labour. The breakup of budgetary proposal

is given in Table 9.6.

Table 9.7: Break-Up of Budgetary Provision for The Facilities for The Labours

S.

No. Particular Quantity Unit Rate

Capital

Cost

(INR

Lakh)

Annual

Recurring

Cost (INR

Lakh)

1 Constructing 10 nos.

temporary quarters (Plinth

Area 60 sqm each)

600 Sqm 4400 26.40 0.00

2

Providing Sanitation and

electrification at 7% of the

cost of construction

26.40 Lakh 7% 1.85 0.00


EIA/EMP Report

195 | P a g e

S.

No. Particular Quantity Unit Rate

Capital

Cost

(INR

Lakh)

Annual

Recurring

Cost (INR

Lakh)

3 Providing drinking water

supply and electricity 12 months 10000 - 1.20

4

Fuel for cooking (LPG

cylinder@12cylinder/y/family

for 10 families @

Rs.650/cylinder)

120 Cylinder 650 - 0.80

Total 28.25 2.00

Total capital cost 28.25 lakh and recurring cost 46 lakh for 23 years

9.5 Rain water harvesting

During the plan period and by the end of conceptual period no waste is likely to be generated as no

overburden is to be encountered since the rock is outcropping from top. No backfilling of the mined-

out pit is proposed as there is neither any overburden nor any mine rejects. The mined-out pits shall

be left as such for accumulating rain-water. Therefore, the mined-out pit shall help in recharging the

ground water table of the area as it shall turn into a water body. The mining pits of size 708m X290m

X30m and 705m X560m X30m with depth of about 30m from the natural surface level shall be created

which will get inundated with rainfall falling in the mine. The ultimate pit shall have an area of 30 ha

and with average annual rainfall of 882 mm, shall accumulate 0.265 MCM of water. Based on GEC

methodology 1997 the recharge to the ground water table shall be of the order of 0.133 MCM, which

is almost 2 times of the ground water abstraction for meeting water requirement for various uses.

With average annual rainfall of 882mm, the pit shall accumulate 265000 cum rain-water during rainy

season. Considering highest rainfall of 290 mm observed in 24 hours, the accumulated volume of

water shall be 87000 cum only which translates into 2.8 m depth of water column from bottom floor.

With no back-filling material available from the mine and its vicinity, the mined-out benches shall be

rehabilitated with plantation. After completion of the mining the outer periphery of the lease area

shall be provided with dry Random Rubble Stone masonry wall with top width 0.6 m thick and 2m

high to cordon the area to avoid accidents due to fall of stray animals and human who venture to go

to the mine. One double shutter Iron Gate each shall be provided at the outer periphery and at lower

bench as presented in Figure 9.3. The cost of rain water harvesting is presented in Table 9.7.

Table 9.8: Cost of Rain water harvesting structure

S. No. Particular Quantities Unit Rate (Rs.) Amount

(INR Lakh)

1 Dry RR Stone Masonry

(0.6+1.2)/2 x 6400x 2 11520 Cu

m

250 28.8

2 Double shutter iron gate 2 No. 40000 0.80


EIA/EMP Report

196 | P a g e

S. No. Particular Quantities Unit Rate (Rs.) Amount

(INR Lakh)

Total 29.6

Say 30.00


EIA/EMP Report

197 | P a g e

Figure 9.3: Reclamation Plan Showing Gates


EIA/EMP Report

198 | P a g e

9.6 OCCUPATION HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.6.1 Potential Risk of Mining Activities

The open-cast mechanized mining project by the nature of the activities involved is accompanied with

risk of lowest degree as compared to underground mining. The risks associated with the project are

hazardous, if adequate controls or safety systems are not adopted. The mining by drilling and blasting;

deploying excavators / earthmovers and loading on to the trucks by backhoe can have risks of

accidents if human failure or errors are not taken care of. The accidents, if any, may not be fatal, but

are potential to cause temporary or permanent disabilities. Thus, the need for adequate safety at

work places is needed. Besides minor incidents like exhaustion, sun-strokes, or other health related

incidents may take place, which can be avoided with adequate safety regulations and measures.

Transportation of mined out material to the stone crusher site and crushed material to the destination

is an activity associated with accidents on road and at the project site. However, with effective safety

measures the accidents can be avoided and prevented.

9.6.2 Safety of Machine Use at Mining Site and Blasting Operation

The major mining machinery to be deployed at site shall be excavators/earthmovers, backhoe and

loaders which can excavate and load on to vehicles. The area where mining machinery shall be

operated will be under supervision of trained operators and helpers besides technically qualified

foreman to ensure that the machinery is operated as per specified design parameters of the

manufacturer. Before the work is initiated every day, the routine check-up especially with regard to

its hydraulic systems, mechanical conditions, and other operating systems shall be performed. The

movement of trucks/trippers/tractors for loading /transportation within the mine area and haul road

area shall be regulated by a trained supervisor who shall be responsible for the safety of vehicle

movement and prevention of accidents or incidents associated with the vehicular movement. All staff

working with the mining machinery shall be trained in first-aid and other safety measures, accident

or incident prevention and reporting and communication mechanisms. All precautions shall be taken

as envisaged under the relevant acts in respect of handling of explosive material and blasting which

shall invariably be carried out by a qualified blaster.

9.6.3 Occupational Health & Safety (OHS)

Sand stone mining does not contain any toxic element. Therefore, the likelihood of any health hazard

does not arise due to the mined product per se. However, the process of excavation / quarrying leads

to some health hazards. The dust generated due to drilling, blasting, loading and movement on haul

road creates air borne dust which has silica contents. The dust is the main pollutant of concern for the

workers engaged in the mining activities. The most significant occupational health impacts are Noise

Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) and Occupational Lung Disease (OLD) like allergic rhinitis and asthma due

to inhalation of dust. Working in open during summer can expose workers to the direct sun rays

causing heat strokes, cramps and burns besides leading to exhaustion. In extreme windy conditions

the dust particles forcing way into the eyes can create itching as well as allergic conjunctivitis of eye.

As per Mines Rules, 1955, Chapter – IV-A, Section 29B, medical examination of employees at the initial

stage and periodically, shall be done by a team of qualified medical officers provided by the project

proponent.

The initial medical examination of every person employed in the mine within a period of five years of

the date so notified and the said examination shall be so arranged over a period of five years that one

fifth of the persons employed at the mine undergo the examination every year. The periodical medical


EIA/EMP Report

199 | P a g e

examination thereafter of every person employed in the mine shall be conducted at intervals of not

more than five years. In the present case since the lease is only for five years. It is suggested that the

initial medical examination for all workers must be arranged during the first year of appointment and

the periodical check-up during fourth and fifth year subsequent to the appointment.

Regular medical check-up camps shall also be arranged for detection of occupational diseases and

minor disease like silicosis and tuberculosis in the nearby rural population and mine workers. Free

check-up and medicine for treatment for nearby rural population and mine workers acute and chronic

illness shall be provided. The medical examination schedule is provided in Table 9.8. for 5 years only

like wise practices will be continued till 35 years or mine lease life.

Table 9.9: Schedule of Medical Check-up

S.

No.

Particular of person details 1st

Year

2nd

Year

3rd

Year

4th

Year

5th

Year

Tentative Persons numbers

1 Initial medical check-up of employees and

nearby families for lung function, audiometric

test, silicosis, tuberculosis and pulmonary

disease at the time of appointment

116

150 150 150 150

2 Periodical Medical Check-up of the employees

(Audiometric Test, Eye – Check-up, Lung

function, respiratory test like silicosis and

tuberculosis)

116 150 150 150 150

9.6.4 Occupational Health & Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation

Providing a working environment that is conducive to safety and health

The management of occupational safety and health is the prime responsibility of mine

management.

Employee involvement and commitment in the implementation of health and safety

guidelines.

Periodical health check-ups

Implementing safety and health management system and assessing the effectiveness through

periodic audits.

Monitoring the effects of mining activities on safety and health and conducting regular

performance reviews.

Provision of necessary personal protective equipment.

Establishing and maintaining a system of medical surveillance for employees

Ensuring employees at all levels receive appropriate training and are competent to carry out

their duties and responsibilities.

All the above precautions would be adopted to prevent dust generation at site and to be dispersed in

the outside environment. However, for the safety of workers at site, engaged at strategic locations /

dust generation points like loading and unloading points, screening sieve, dust masks would be


EIA/EMP Report

200 | P a g e

provided. Dust masks would prevent inhalation of PM10/PM2.5 thereby reducing the risk of lung

diseases and other respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring of workers will be carried out.

9.6.5 Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)

Hearing conservation programmes exist at all operations. Baseline audiogram forms the basis for

future assessment of employees in terms of hearing loss.

Using engineering initiatives to reduce noise at source is the priority management tool. The hearing

conservation programme includes the provision of Hearing Protection Devises (HPDs) and annual

audiometry examination of all employees. Apart from provision of HPDs emphasis is also laid on

t ai i g the e plo ees espo si ilit to p ote t his / he hea i g.

9.6.6 Occupational Lung Diseases (OLD)

There will be regular health camps for all workers and nearby rural people. Lung function tests, chest

x-rays etc. shall be carried out and any health disorders will be evaluated. The budget shall be

earmarked for the necessary protective devices and training needs by the project proponent.

9.6.7 Incidence of Silicosis

Continuous exposure to stone dust can lead to silicosis, silica tuberculosis and pulmonary disease.

Details of person suffering from silicosis and tuberculosis in the region has been collected from Bayal

government hospital district – Mahendergarh dated 9/01/2018. As per government hospital records

there was no patient for silicosis registered around 25 sq. km territory of villages and only 50 patients

had registered for tuberculosis from 31 villages and Dhani having population about 27372. Details

received from government records attached as Annexure - 14 with its English translation.

9.6.8 Cost Estimate

For initial and periodical medical check-up of employee of the mines, who are engaged at the active

mine site, budgetary provision of INR 2000/employee/year shall be made. The provision at this stage

is being made for 116 skilled/semi-skilled / unskilled workers. The cost estimate is provided in Table

9.9.

Table 9.10: Cost Estimate

S.

No.

Particular No. of

Persons

Unit Rate Capital

Cost (INR

in lakh)

Annual

Recurring

(INR in

lakh)

1. Initial medical check-up for all workers for

1/5th of the workers i.e. 116 workers/year for

lung function, audiometric test, tuberculosis

and pulmonary disease

24 Man 2000 0.00 0.48

2. Periodical check-up for all workers for 1/5th

of the workers i.e. 11 workers/year for lung

function, audiometric test, tuberculosis and

pulmonary disease

24 Man 2000 0.00 0.48


EIA/EMP Report

201 | P a g e

S.

No.

Particular No. of

Persons

Unit Rate Capital

Cost (INR

in lakh)

Annual

Recurring

(INR in

lakh)

3. Provision for free medicines for all workers @

INR 500/year

116 Man 500 0.00 0.58

4. Provision for personal protection equipment

like ear plug, dust mask, shoes, goggles and etc.,

for 52 workers

116 No. 2000 2.32 0.00

5. Provision for First Aid facilities 1 Job L.S. 0.10 0.05

6. Provision for fire extinguisher and its regular

refilling

1 Job L.S. 0.20 0.05

Total 2.62 1.64

Total capital cost is 2.62 lakh and recurring cost for 23 years 37.72 lackh

9.7 MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT

There is a thin soil cover 10-50 cm in the proposed area. Little amount of soil is also generated from

joints and cracks. Top soil will be stripped and preserved by stacking in separate dump yards. Yearly

generations of soil/fines will be 34000 MT (18900 cum) of which about 250 MT shall be used for

plantation on upper layer on the dumps. The weathered quartzite/quartz/feldspar shall be the

mineral rejects. These will be stacked in dump yard (290m x 80m x 6m), which shall be developed in

side of the south block near pillar 23 and 24. This dump shall accommodate entire rejects during plan

period.

The overburdens/waste are dumped as per the specifications of IBM and MoEF&CC stipulated

conditions and the slope of the dump is to be maintained not more than 30° angle. The topsoil is

collected and stacked separately with adequate care so as the same can be used in plantation

programme and for back-filling the mined-out area. The dump site has to be selected on non-

mineralized ground and the topsoil and waste material should be kept at separate sites. The

overburdens have to be dumped in benches made for the purpose of stabilization, and it should be

ensured that no over burden material flows out of the nallahs under any circumstances. All along the

slope of the OB dumps, garland drains with bottom width of 0.5 m, top width two meter with side

slope 1:2 and one-meter height should be constructed and connected to natural drain/nallah. Regular

de-silting has to be carried out, i.e., before and after monsoon season and the silt material can be

used for plantation purpose.

The over burden should be filled back in such a way that the water drains out into the streams in the

same ratio as it is flowing naturally. Therefore, provision should be made to flow down the rainwater

gradually in all-natural streams equally, so that nowhere rills/gullies are formed. Therefore, the course

of flow should not be changed or modified. If certain quantity of water is required for mining

operations, it may as well be stored to the extent required, as it will help in improving the overall

water regime. After the mining is over, the afforestation of the sites can be tackled with the species


EIA/EMP Report

202 | P a g e

such as suggested under biological measures. Dumps which contain a part of soil, gravel and stone,

if not rehabilitated properly, result in flow of sediments and other materials into nallah/stream

courses, which contaminate the forest, agriculture and horticulture lands down below the mine lease

area. For the stability of the slop of dump and to check the flow of sediments with the rain water and

to noviciate the storm water into natural drainage system it is proposed to provide dry Random

Rubble masonry wall with top width 0.6 m and 1.2m bottom width with 2m height. About 910 rm

garland drain with bottom width 1.0 m, height 1.0 m and side slopes 1:2 In order to check the

sediments. A typical section of dump is shown in Figure 9.4.

Table 9.11: Cost of Waste Management Plan

S. No. Particular Quantities Unit Rate (INR) Amount (INR in

Lakh)

1 Dry RR Stone Masonry

(0.6+1.2)/2 x 910x 2

1638 Cum 250 4.10

2 Garland Drain with bottom width

1.0 m, height 1.0 m and side slopes

1:2

910 rm. 200 1.82

Total 5.92

Say 6.00

Figure 9.4: Typical Cross Section of Overburden Dump


EIA/EMP Report

203 | P a g e

9.8 CAPITAL COST OF PROJECT

The capital cost of establishing the mining project alone is Rs. 8.75 crore which involves construction

of temporary non-residential building like main mine office. It also includes the construction cost of

rest shelters, first-aid posts, establishing of workshops, stores, water supply and sanitary

a a ge e ts, esta lishi g of a ie s a d Weigh B idge. The i i g a d t a spo t e uip e t s shall be procured on hire / rental basis.

9.9 SUMMARY OF COST OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table 9.12: Total Cost of Environmental Management Plan

S.

No.

Name of Plan Capital Cost

(Rs Lakh)

Recurring Cost (INR Lakh)

1. Environment Monitoring Plan for Air, Noise, Water, Soil,

etc.

0.00 INR 69.00 lakh

(INR 3.0 lakh per annum)

2. Air Pollution Control-Management of Haulage Roads

including Sprinkling.

12.30 INR 34.50 lakh

(INR 1.5 lac per annum)

3. Garland drain for surface water management 12.00 INR 6.90 lakh

(INR 0.30 lakh per annum

4. Green belt development plan 33.77 8.00 (INR 1 lakh per

annum)

5. Plantation in reclaimed areas 24.23 INR 15.00 lakh

6. Management of Labour Camps and Facilities 28.25 INR 46 lakh

(INR 2 lakh per annum)

7. Rain water harvesting pit 29.60 0.00

8. Occupational Health Measures Provision of PPE and other

Miscellaneous expenditure and medical checkup for

silicosis and tuberculosis

2.62 INR 37.72 lakh

(INR 1.64 lakh per

annum)

9. Cost of waste mine waste/ overburden management 5.92 0.00

10. Cost under Corporate Social Responsibility Initiatives for

(twenty-three years)

13.40 INR 13.15 lakh

11. R&R Cost 174.00 0.00

12. Total Cost of Conservation Plan for Schedule-I and II species

is Rs160 lakh, of which INR 100 lac has been earmarked for

first five years

0.00 INR 160 lakh

(details per annum

provided in flora and

fauna conservation plan)


EIA/EMP Report

204 | P a g e

S.

No.


(Rs Lakh)

Recurring Cost (INR Lakh)

Total 336.09 390.27

Grand total = 726.36 lakh


EIA/EMP Report

205 | P a g e

10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

10.1 PURPOSE OF REPORT

For sustainable maintenance of environment commensurate with the mining and related operation,

it is imperative to conduct studies on the baseline status of existing environmental attributes and

assess the impact on these due to proposed activities, which would assist in formulating well-

addressed management plans for mineral extraction within mine. The main purpose of the report is

to establish the baseline environmental attributes in terms of scoping clearance issued by the

MoEF&CC, New Delhi, and predict/identify the impacts for preparing environment management plan.

10.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

The original lease deed over an area of 228.60 was granted on 09.07.2002 for a period of 20 years in

favour of one M/s Suma Kumar and Company, which was later on 15.1.2008 transferred in favour of

Shri Manmohan Bhadana. Mr. Manmohan Bhadana s/o Shri Kartar Singh, VPO: Anangpur, Tehsil and

District, Faridabad, holds a mining lease over an area of 228.60 ha falling in Khasra Nos 198, 201, 202,

223 & 224 in village Bayal, District Mahendergarh. which was granted on 09.07.2002 for a period of

20 years for mining Quartz and Feldspar, both as Major Minerals as per provisions of Mines & Mineral

(Development & Regulation) Act, 1957. Now, the lease which was granted on 09.07.2002 shall be valid

up to 08.07.2052 as per the Central Government Ordinance dated 12.01.2015

It is important to mention here that part of the lease area falling under Khasra numbers 198 and 202

(comprising total area of 151.85 ha) is under Aravalli Project Plantation and cannot be used for mining

as pe o de s of the Ho le Sup e e Cou t. Lessee su itted lette to DMG, Ha a a fo su e de of 151.85 ha area and which has been accepted by DMG, Haryana vide letter no. Glg/Hy/E-2578/281

dated 11.01.2017. The execution of the Revised/Modified Mining Lease Deed (Supplementary Lease

Deed) after surrender and remaining part of area (76.75 ha) of mining lease in village Bayal has been

executed on 12th May, 2017.

Permission for addition of Associated Minor Mineral(Quartzite/Stone) in the mining lease granted

over an area of 76.75 ha in village Bayal, Tehsil Narnaul was granted by the Director Mines and

Geology, Haryana, vide letter Memo No. Glg/Hy/E-2578/229 dated 12.1.2018. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The lease area can be approached by road from Narnaul via SH-17 up to Nangal Chaudhry and

thereafter by ODR. The proposed rate of production is 55,00,000 TPA. The estimated project cost is

INR 875 Lakhs. The anticipated life of mine is 23 years. The total mine lease area is Gram panchayat

barren wasteland. There are no litigations/court cases pending against the project as informed by the

project proponent.

10.2.1 Need for the project

Quartz is an important mineral with numerous uses. it is used as oscillators in radios, watches, and

pressure gauges, and in the study of optics. Quartz is also used as an abrasive for sandblasting,

grinding glass, and cutting soft stones. It is also essential in the computer industry, as the important

silicon semiconductors are made from Quartz, Feldspars are used widely in the glass and ceramics

industries. For meeting the huge demand of Quartz, Feldspars, Quartzite and stone required in various


EIA/EMP Report

206 | P a g e

industries, its mining is essential in area where these are available in abundance. Apart from this, it

will fetch huge revenue to state exchequer.

10.2.2 Annual Production Schedule

Table 10.1: Proposed Annual Production

Year Quartz Feldspar Quartzite/

Masonry stone

Total Production Waste/Reject

Soil


1st 4,00,000 2,50,000 43,00,000 49,50,000 74000 40000

2nd 4,00,000 2,50,000 43,00,000 49,50,000 30000 35000

3rd 5,00,000 3,25,000 45,00,000 53,25,000 36000 35000

4th 5,00,000 3,25,000 45,00,000 53,25,000 34000 30,000

5th 6,00,000 4,00,000 45,00,000 55,00,000 30750 30000

Total 24,00,000 15,50,000 2,21,00,000 2,60,50,000 204750 170000

10.2.3 Technology and Process Description

Taking into consideration shape and nature of deposit and the targeted production the mine will be

worked by mechanized opencast method of mining. Drilling of blast holes in triangular / rectangular

pattern shall be followed. Drilling and blasting operation shall be carried out from the top downwards

through formation of benches. The height and width of the benches shall be 9 m and 10m respectively

with face sloping at 700 and the overall slope of the pit being kept at 450. Ten-meter-wide approach

road with 1:16 gradient shall be provided to join the mine faces. Provision of stack yard for mineral is

not proposed as it will be loaded and transported directly to the consumers. The loading shall be done

through JCB/loaders and transported by tipper/dumper (25MT). The mining machinery and

equipment and transportation vehicles will be on hire/rental basis.

10.2.4 Water Requirement and source

The treated effluent from STP, Narnaul shall be arranged for the mining activities (14KLD) for which

the concern authorities have been requested. Drinking/domestic water requirements (4KLD) shall be

made from tanker supply.

10.2.5 Man Power Requirement

About 116 workforces including 1st and 2nd class mine manager, under Rule MMR 1961, foreman,

mine mates, supervisors, skilled operators and helpers, semi-skilled and un-skilled workers shall be

engaged.

10.2.6 Extent of Mechanization

For an optimum daily production of 18333 MT, excavators, loaders, transport and other light vehicles

and the water sprinklers shall be deployed.

10.2.7 Geological Reserve, Mineable Reserves and Targeted Production

1 Total geological reserves 140.905 million tonnes


EIA/EMP Report

207 | P a g e

2 Total mineable reserves 126.815 million tonnes

3 Proposed annual production of mine: 5.5 million tonnes

4 Lease Period 50 years from date of execution of lease deed

10.2.8 Year-wise production since 1994

There was no production by the project proponent who was not entitled to carry out mining operation

in the period anterior to the date of execution of lease.

10.2.9 Overburden dumps

Quartz, feldspar, Quartzite and stone area well exposed, except over burden and inter mixed. The size

of the dump during 5 years will be 2.64 ha up to 5 m height. Entire waste/ low grade minerals are

saleable.

10.2.10 Solid Waste Generation & its Disposal

Only waste and soil stack yard are proposed to stack the waste and sub grade mineral & soil generated

(22.1million ton) during the mining. Working area occupied at the end of 5th year mining will be 16.38

ha for making stacking yard, ground is almost level. A boundary wall around soil stack yard shall be

made.

Dump yard Size Location

Waste dump Yard 290m x 80 m NW side Near pillar no23,24,

Soil dump Yard 80m x 40 m NW side Near pillar no23,24,

10.2.11 Mineral Transportation

Mined out material will be directly loaded into the trucks/tippers (25 MT) for transporting to the stone

crusher located within the mine area.

10.2.12 Site Services

Proper site services such as mine office, site office, First Aid post, Rest Shelter, and Drinking Water and

sanitary facilities will be provided to the mine workers.

10.2.13 Site Elevation, Working Depth and Groundwater Table

The GWT is located about 335 masl while the lowest working level at the end of 5th year shall be 399

masl. The ultimate pit level shall be 355masl. This implies that the GWT will be 20 m below the ultimate

mine pit bottom and shall not be intersected. GWT is about 40 masl while the lowest working level at

the end of 5th year shall be 53 masl which implies that the GWT will be 13 m below the Ultimate mine

pit bottom and shall not be intersected

10.3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

The description of baseline status of various environmental attributes as assessed during EIA study is

enumerated in following Table.10.2


EIA/EMP Report

208 | P a g e

Table 10.2: Baseline status

Land use The pre-dominant land use in the study area is agriculture land 20434.2 ha

(55.48%), followed by open scrub 8480ha ha (23.02%).

Low to medium in

Ambient Air

Quality and Noise

The pollutant concentration in the air is well below the NAAQS, as set out

by CPCB. The noise monitoring shows that Leq day and night time noise

levels in mine lease area are within the standards.

Ground Water

Quality

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranged between 7.13 to 7.54 which

is well within the specified standard of 6.5 - 8.5 limit. Total hardness was

recorded to range from 420 to 1204 mg/l, which exceeds the acceptable

limit 200 mg/l but below the permissible limit (600 mg/l) at two stations

and for except Musnauta village (1204 mg/l) it exceeded the permissible

limit. The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentration recorded ranged

between 2040 to 1509 mg/l and exceeded the acceptable limit (500 mg/l)

but was below the permissible limit (2000mg/l) in two locations but exceed

at Musnauta village (2040 mg/l).

Soil Quality The results of the soil analysis show that the soil is slightly alkaline and its

texture is sandy clay loam. The macronutrients (N, P, K) have been found in

all the soil samples though it is low in available Nitrogen and low to medium

in Potassium. The soils are medium to high in organic content.

Biological

Environment

In the present study, tree community was observed to be the dominant

taxonomic group with 20 species belonging to 8 families followed by 19

shrub species belonging to 14 families, and 15 herbs belonging to 5 families

respectively. Fabaceae, Poaceae and Capparaceae were found to be the

dominating families in tree, shrub and herb respectively. During study 7

mammalian species, 15bird species and 8 species of herpetofauna were

reported.

Socio-economy There are 33 rural villages with a population of 69410 (Census 2011)

comprising of 11886 households. The sex ratio is 881 Female / 1000

Male.SC and ST constitutes 14.02 % and 5.46% of the total population

respectively. The Literacy Rate of the study area is 70.94%. The majority of

people in rural sector are cultivators & agricultural labours which indicates

dominant agricultural economy.

10.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

10.4.1 Impacts on Topography and Drainage

10.4.1.1 Topography

The elevated ground of the lease area shall be subject to mining with the formation of benches towards

the inner faces and formation of two big pit well below the natural surface level ground of the

surrounding area. Thus, the mining will bring change in the local topography of the lease area,

however, there will be no change in topography of buffer zone.

10.4.1.2 Drainage

The mine lease area has one first order stream starting within the lease area but the same flows in

monsoon only and brings inconsequential discharge. Some portion of the precipitation falling in mine

surface will now enter into the pit and shall have to be negotiated out of it by pumping. However, there

shall not be any impact on the drainage pattern of the area which shall remain unchanged.


EIA/EMP Report

209 | P a g e

10.4.2 Land Environment

10.4.2.1 Change in land use

Due to mining out of material and no backfilling proposed two pits shall be created which will get

inundated with rainfall falling in the mine. Thus, land use of about 30 ha shall change from waste land

to waterbody.

10.4.2.2 Change in river course

In the wake of the fact that the mine lease area does not have any river or even stream of first order

passing through it, thus there is no occasion for altering the river course for facilitating mining.

10.4.2.3 Impact on soil

The mining due to drilling and blasting invariably results in land degradation and formation of loose

soil particles which are mainly dust settled on the mining faces/bench.

These dust particles are usually blown away along the wind direction and get deposited on the canopy

of surrounding vegetation and agricultural crops thereby interfering with photosynthesis and other

physiological activities of the green cover.

10.4.3 Impacts on Climate

10.4.3.1 Wind Speed

The wind speed in any area is dependent upon local topography and is intimately connected with the

development as high and low-pressure zones. The controlling factors for the pressure changes lie much

beyond the mining operation. Thus, no adverse impact on the regional wind speed is anticipated due

to the mining operations.

10.4.3.2 Temperature Humidity & Rainfall

The temperature pattern is a regional behaviour and is not likely to be affected by the mining activity.

The trend of rainfall follows a regional pattern and is mainly governed by the south west monsoon and

disturbances in the Arabian Sea. The mining operation, therefore, is not likely to have any adverse

impacts on rainfall pattern. The pattern of relative humidity depends mainly on the rainfall, wind,

temperature and other weather phenomenon that are regional in behaviour. The mining operation is

not likely to have any impact on the relative humidity in the surrounding.

10.4.4 Water Environment

10.4.4.1 Impact on Surface Water Resources

The requirement of water for drinking/domestic use, dust suppression and green belt shall be met

from the ground water resources (nearby tube well), thus there shall be no negative impact on surface

water resource. However, the surface water potential shall be reduced to the quantum of water which

shall be held up / stored in inundation of the mining pit and shall undergo loss due to evaporation as

well as percolation due to permeability.


EIA/EMP Report

210 | P a g e

10.4.4.2 Impact on Ground Water Resource

There shall be impact on ground water resource to the extent the water is abstracted from the ground

for use in drinking/domestic use, dust suppression and green belt. i.e. by 0.0067 MCM which is

inconsequential in comparison to ground water recharge of 0.133MCM.

10.4.4.3 Impact on Surface and Ground Water Quality

Owing to land degradation, the loose soil particles during heavy rains can find way into the pit section

of the mine due to run-off from slopes and benches. This will increase the silt rate of accumulated run-

off water in the pit and also increase the silt contents of the nearby water body when being dewatered

from the pit.

In view of the facts that the mining activities do not intersect the ground water table, no impact on the

quality of ground water is anticipated. Beside this the stone is non-toxic in nature and therefore

percolated water from the pits shall not impair the ground water quality.

10.4.5 Impact on Noise Environment

It is evident from the noise modelling that the noise impact due to mining on working environment

shall be relatively significant within the mine, whereas there shall be insignificant impact on the nearby

settlement. However, following mitigation measures shall be adopted:

Provision and maintenance of thick tree belts to screen noise.

Avenue plantation within the project area to dampen the noise.

Proper maintenance of noise generating transport vehicles.

Provision of protective devices like ear muffs/ear plugs to those workers who cannot be

isolated from the source of noise.

10.4.6 Impact Due to Vibration

The study shows that the resulting PPV due to blasting ranges between 0.97-2.03 mm/s and is

considerably lower than the limiting values (5mm/s) in case of temporary structures located at the

nearest settlement from the different mine lease blocks. In order to minimize vibration, the following

shall be adopted:

Blast holes shall be initiated by non-electric (NONEL) down-the-hole (DTH) delay detonators.

Care shall be taken to ensure that effective burden is not excessive and the face shall be kept

sufficiently long.

Optimum charge per delay shall be kept as low as possible.

Adoption of two row blasting and V pattern of firing

The firing of maximum possible no. of blast holes towards free face.

Use of mili-second delay detonators between the holes and rows of blasting.

10.4.7 Impacts on Air Environment

The baseline results of the ambient air quality at all monitoring locations in respect of pollutants, PM10,

PM2.5, SO2 and NOx were found to be well within the limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(NAAQS) in respect of different monitoring site. The resultant value of PM10at the mine site after

superimposing the maximum incremental ground level concentrations of PM10 from the different

mining activities at nearby mines are still within the prescribed limits under NAAQS. Nevertheless, the

following mitigation measures will be adopted:


EIA/EMP Report

211 | P a g e

Copious and regular water sprinkling on haul roads by mobile sprinklers.

Laying haul roads in gentle grade and in hard stratum.

Avenue plantation on roadsides for creating carbon sink.

Ensuring that labourers working near to high dust prone area use mask.

Covered trucks shall be used for transportation.

10.4.8 Biological Environment

10.4.8.1 Impact on Flora

Since there will be no felling of trees or deforestation, there will be no impact on flora of the core zone.

The mining activity per se shall not lead to any impact on the terrestrial flora of the buffer zone either.

There are no national parks, sanctuaries, notified biospheres, Tiger/Elephant Corridors, Birds migratory

routes, etc. within 10 km radius. The effect of particulate matter on vegetation is in the form of

incrustation, plugging of stomata, and loss of chlorophyll and reduction of photosynthesis process.

10.4.8.2 Impact on Fauna

The mining with drilling and blasting shall have adverse impact on fauna using this area contiguous

with the surrounding habitation area as habitat.

One Schedule-I species (Indian Peafowl) and 3 No Schedule -II species have been found in the area.

Following mitigation measures shall be adopted:

Conservation plan for Schedule-I and II species.

Progressive afforestation through green belt development will improve the vegetal cover and

create good habitat for fauna in the area.

Measures shall be adopted to curb pollution due to air, water and land.

Developing awareness for nature and wildlife among the mine workers and in the adjoining

villages.

10.4.8.3 Impact on Aquatic Ecology

The lease areas at present does not have any river / stream or any other waterbody and does not

support any aquatic life. Thus, the mining activity per-se shall not impact the aquatic ecology.

10.4.9 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

The beneficial and adverse impacts due to the activities in the region would be:

Direct Employment Potential in various categories as skilled/semi-skilled/un-skilled work force

for carrying out mining activities besides Indirect employment in transport sector.

Amelioration of the general living standards of local persons employed in mining activities and

improving their purchase power.

Improvement in the economic growth in the region by way of additional mineral availability.

Corporate social responsibility initiative will have a positive impact on socio economic fabric of

the area.

Benefit to the State and the Central governments through financial revenues by way of royalty,

tax, duties, etc. from this project directly and indirectly.

Dust will affect the land productivity and increase in respiratory problems.

Conflict of utilization of local resources between lessee and locals.

Contamination of water, soil and air due to mining.

Increased use of existing roads may cause congestion on roads.


EIA/EMP Report

212 | P a g e

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

All the environmental parameters viz. air, water, noise, soil will be monitored regularly in order to

detect any changes from the baseline status. Environmental Monitoring program will be followed till

the mining operations ceases. The sites for monitoring, parameters to be monitored and the frequency

of monitoring have been elucidated in the concerned monitoring programme with frequency of

monitoring and the locations of the monitoring stations. A recurring annual cost of INR 3 lakh has been

earmarked.

10.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

10.6.1 Risk Assessment

The mining activities involve certain types of hazards, during operation and close, which can disrupt

normal activities abruptly and lead to disaster like fires, inundation, failure of machinery, explosion, to

name a few. The impending dangers or risks, which need be investigated addressed, disaster

management plan formulated with an aim to taking precautionary steps to avert disaster and to take

such action after the disaster, which limits the damage to the minimum.

10.6.2 Inundation Studies

Though neither any waterbody nor any stream of even first order passes through the lease area, yet

during rainy season the lease area shall also receive its share of precipitation and some portion of

rainfall which will fall in the inner faces of quarry and benches and haul road shall flow towards the pit

formed during successive year and get accumulated. Following precautionary measures shall be

undertaken in respect of mining operation during non- monsoon season and before the onset of

monsoon;

Obstruction in normal drainage system etc. shall be checked regularly.

During rains no mining excavation in pit shall be carried out.

Standing orders for withdrawal of persons and mining equipment from mine in case of

apprehended danger shall be framed and enforced.

10.6.3 Pit Slope Stability

The height and width of benches will be kept as 9mand 10m respectively and face slope of 700 shall

be kept. Thus, considering the compactness and hardness of the rock and face slope of 700 the chances

of slope failures will be negligible.

10.6.4 Storage of Explosives

The explosive magazine shall be located outside the lease area. For the purpose of transportation of

explosives, explosive van shall be deployed. The main hazard associated with the storage, transport

and handling of explosives is fire and explosion. The rules as per Indian Explosive Act-1983 and

Explosive Rules-2008 should be followed for handling of explosives, which includes transportation,

storage and use of explosives

10.6.5 Use of Heavy Machinery

Most of accidents during transport of dumpers, excavators, dozers and other transport vehicles are

often attributed to mechanical failures and human errors and can be significantly averted by adopting

periodical maintenance, strict compliance of signals and traffic rules

10.6.6 Occupational Health and Safety


EIA/EMP Report

213 | P a g e

The most significant occupational health impacts are Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) and

Occupational Lung Disease (OLD) due to inhalation of dust. As per Mines Rules, 1955, medical

examination of employees at the initial stage and periodically, shall be done by a team of qualified

medical officers provided by the project proponent.

10.6.7 R & R Plan

In the wake of the fact that in the lease area falling in barren revenue land, 43 people have made

temporary structures /dwelling units on the land over which they do not have any title. Thus, they fall

in the category of encroachers/squatters and need to be displaced from the mine lease area. Need

based R&R survey has been carried out and R&R Plan has been formulated.

10.6.8 Social Impact Assessment

Social impact assessment in respect of 43 PAH, who are encroachers/squatters, was carried out.

10.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

Besides ticklish issue of R&R of encroachers/squatters, the project will not have any adverse impact

but it will herald all positive benefits to the society and improve socio economic fabric of the region.

The local population shall be definitely benefited due to implementation of CSR initiatives. The

following are the positive benefits:

Direct employment to local population.

Indirect employment for execution of various management plans, viz. Green Belt

Development, erection of retaining wall/check dam and maintenance of haul road.

Direct revenue to the state Exchequer in the form of royalty, trade/sales tax, cess etc.

10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table 10.3: Cost of Environment Management Plan

S.

No.


(Rs Lakh)

Recurring Cost (INR

Lakh)

1. Environment Monitoring Plan for Air, Noise, Water, Soil,

etc.

0.00 INR 69.00 lakh

(INR 3.0 lakh per

annum) 2. Air Pollution Control-Management of Haulage Roads

including Sprinkling.

12.30 INR 34.50 lakh

(INR 1.5 lac per

annum)

3. Garland drain for surface water management 12.00 INR 6.90 lakh

(INR 0.30 lakh per

annum 4. Green belt development plan 33.77 8.00 (INR 1 lakh per

annum)

5. Plantation in reclaimed areas 24.23 INR 15.00 lakh

6. Management of Labour Camps and Facilities 28.25 INR 46 lakh

(INR 2 lakh per

annum) 7. Rain water harvesting pit 29.60 0.00


EIA/EMP Report

214 | P a g e

S.

No.


(Rs Lakh)

Recurring Cost (INR

Lakh)

8. Occupational Health Measures Provision of PPE and other

Miscellaneous expenditure and medical checkup for

silicosis and tuberculosis

2.62 INR 37.72 lakh

(INR 1.64 lakh per

annum)

9. Cost of waste mine waste/ overburden management 5.92 0.00

10. Cost under Corporate Social Responsibility Initiatives for

(twenty-three years)

13.40 INR 13.15 lakh

11. R&R Cost 174.00 0.00

12. Total Cost of Conservation Plan for Schedule-I and II species

is Rs160 lakh, of which INR 100 lac has been earmarked for

first five years

0.00 INR 160 lakh

(details per annum

provided in flora and

fauna conservation

plan) Total 336.09 390.27

Grand total = 726.36 lakh

10.9 CONCLUSION

Within the ambit of the ToR issued by the MoEF&CC, New Delhi, the EIA studies have been conducted

and impacts predicted. It has been ensured that all possible environmental aspects are touched and

assessed both quality wise and quantity wise. Necessary control and mitigation measures in context to

adverse impacts have been proposed to meet the statutory environmental requirements. The

environmental management plan has been formulated and the financial implications worked out. The

implementation of the project shall not lead to any significant negative impact on the environment.


EIA/EMP Report

215 | P a g e

11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

BAYAL QUARTZ & FELDSPAR MINE”, Khasra No.- 201, 223 & 224 Village Bayal, Taluka- Narnaul,

District- Mahendergarh, Haryana.

I hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed this EIA report.

EIA Coordinator: Mr. Yamesh Sharma

Signature:

Date: 30/01/2018

Period of Involvement: January 2017 to January 2018

S.

No.

Role & Responsibility Name Period of

Involvement

Signature

A. Project Manager

(Environment

Co-Coordinator)

Dr. Rekha Singh January –Nov. 2017

B. Functional Area Expert

1. Land use Mr. P.

Radhakrishnamoorthy

January –Nov. 2017

Mr. Parveen Gulia January –Nov. 2017

Ms. Debasmita Biswal January –Nov. 2017

2. Air Pollution prevention

and Monitoring

Dr. Sanjoy Maji January –Nov. 2017

3. Meteorology/ Air Quality

Modelling

Mr. Santoshkumar

Kulkarni


4. Water Pollution

prevention and

Monitoring

Mr. Santoshkumar

Kulkarni



5. Ecology and Biodiversity Ms. Anasua Nag January –Nov. 2017

Dr. Ashish Rawat January –Nov. 2017

6. Noise and Vibration Mr. Yamesh Sharma January –Nov. 2017

7. Socio-Economy Ms. Anita Patnah January –Nov. 2017

Mr. Manish Tripathi January –Nov. 2017


EIA/EMP Report

216 | P a g e

S.

No.

Role & Responsibility Name Period of

Involvement

Signature

8. Ground Water &

hydrology

Mr. P.

Radhakrishnamoorthy


9. Geology Mr. P.

Radhakrishnamoorthy


10. Soil Conservation Mr. Yamesh Sharma January –Nov. 2017

11. Risk assessment and

Hazard Management


12. Solid & Hazardous waste Dr. Rekha Singh January –Nov. 2017

Ms. Anasua Nag January –Nov. 2017

C. Team Members

1. Ms. Sony Gangwar January –Nov. 2017

2. FAA- Water Mr. Abhay Singh January –Nov. 2017

3 FAA- FAA Mr. Asif Ali January –Nov. 2017

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, Santosh Kumar Kulkarni, Head - EMS, hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared

the EIA of BAYAL QUARTZ & FELDSPAR MINE”, project situated at Khasra No.- 201, 223 & 224 Village

Bayal, Taluka- Narnaul, District- Mahendergarh, Haryana, over an area of 76.75 hectares for Mr.

Manmohan Bhadana, Haryana.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading information

mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: SANTOSH KUMAR KULKARNI

Designation: Head, Environment Management Services (EMS)

Name of the EIA consultant organization: Voyants Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1518/SA 026 dated June 01, 2017


EIA/EMP Report

217 | P a g e

Figure 11.1: QCI Accreditation Certificate for VSPL


EIA/EMP Report

218 | P a g e

Figure 11.2: NABL Accreditation Certificate for Global Enviro Laboratories, Ghaziabad

Annexure – 1a

Mining lease surrender document due to

Aravalli plantation

Annexure – 1b

Execution of Mining lease modification

document

Annexure - 1c

Revised lease deed with Quartzite

Annexure – 1d

Mining lease transfer document

Annexure - 2

Updated Mine Plan as per MoEF&CC

Guidelines

Annexure - 3

Terms and References (ToR) by EAC

Annexure - 4

Reply for Information/ Clarification received from MoEF&CC on 30th January,2018

Annexure - 5

Letter from forest department regarding No RF/PF involvement within Mine lease

Annexure - 6

Affidavit Regarding No Litigations Pending

Annexure - 7

Laboratory reports for Ambient Air, Water, Soil

and Noise Quality

Annexure - 8

Undertakings from project proponent (PP)

regarding Environmental Policy, Non-Compliance of Reporting system and

Organisation Structure

Manmohan Bhadana R/o V & PO- Anangpur;


Mobile No. - 9215105757

ENVIRONMENT POLICY

I, Manmohan Bhadana, engaged in quartz and feldspar mining situated near village Bayal,

Taluka- Narnaul, District- Mahendragarh, Haryana.

I, affirm commitments to maintain clean and sustainable environment through continual

improvement of environmental performance as an integral part of our business philosophy.

In order to achieve this goal, I stand committed to

Conduct operations in environmentally responsible manner to comply with applicable legal

and other requirements related to environmental aspect

Adopting Environmental friendly alternatives in our activities

efficient use of natural resources, energy and equipment

Comply with all applicable laws governing environment protection through appropriate

mechanism

Active participation in social welfare and Environmental Developmental activities for the

locality around the lease hold area and

Ensure Environment related information, dissemination and training to our employees

Parmesh Singh

On behalf of Mr. Manmohan Bhadana

Lease Holder Bayal Quartz & Feldspar Mine



Mobile No. - 9215105757

NON-COMPLIANCE REPORTING SYSTEM

In case of violation of Environmental Norms, the case will be put up to the highest

authority

The directions will be conveyed to the respective person for taking up the necessary

corrective action

Monitoring of the action taken as per the instruction from authority will be regularly

carried out to ensure compliace.

Parmesh Singh





Mobile No. - 9215105757

Organisation Structure

Parmesh Singh



Lessee

Manager

(Mine & Environment)

Forman

Supervisor

Assistant Supervisor

Annexure - 9

Revised Flora and Fauna Conservation plan

with budgetary provision

Annexure - 10

FGD Attendance Sheet

Annexure - 11

Public Hearing Minutes of Meeting

Annexure - 12

Questionnaire for Bayal Quartz, Feldspar and

Quartzite / Stone Mining

(MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

1. General Information

(a) Name of the project : Bayal Quartz, Feldspar and Quartzite/Stone Mine

(76.75ha)

Khasra No. 201,223 and 224, Village Bayal,

Tehsil Narnaul,District Mahendragarh, Haryana

(i) Name of the proponent : Manmohan Bhadana s/o Shri Kartar Singh

Mailing Address : Village and Post office- Anangpur

Tehsil and District-Faridabad,Haryana

E-mail : [email protected]

Telephone : 09215105757

Fax No. : Nil

(b) Objective of the project : For meeting the huge demand of Bayal Quartz, Feldspar

and Quartzite stone required in ceramic and glass industries.

(c) Location of mine

Village Tehsil District State

Bayal Village Panchayat, Khasra No. 201, 223 and 224 Faridabad Faridabad Haryana

(d) Does the proposal relate to:

(i) New mine Yes No

(ii) Expansion Yes No

Increase in ML area Yes No

√

Note 1: All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be properly numbered and

form part of reply to this proforma.

Note 2: Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No

Note 3: No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should be clearly

mentioned.

Note 4: Core zone is the mining lease area. Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around

the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5: Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study. Note 6: Please indicate source of data.

√

√

mailto:[email protected]

Q-1

Increase in annual

production Yes No

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes No

(iv) Modernization Yes No

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location

Latitude and Longitude

Latitude Longitude

NORTH BLOCK

27° 51.512'N 75° 58.513'E

27° 51.686'N 75° 58.496'E

27° 51.979'N 75° 58.729'E

27° 51.925'N 75° 58.902'E

27° 51.798'N 75° 58.957'E

27° 51.637'N 75° 58.737'E

SOUTH BLOCK

27° 50.931'N 75° 58.574'E

27° 50.732'N 75° 58.899'E

27° 50.963'N 75° 59.044'E

27° 51.183'N 75° 59.057'E

27° 51.218'N

75° 58.698'E

27° 51.069'N 75° 58.588'E

Survey of India Topo sheet number

Elevation above Mean Sea Level

Total mining lease area (in ha.)

(ii) Dominant nature of terrain

Flat Yes No

√

√

√

√

√

√

G43D13

370 masl to 480 masL

76.75

Q-2

Undulated Yes No

Hilly Yes No

2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)

(a) Agricultural

(b) Forest

(c) Waste land

(d) Grazing

(e) Surface water bodies

(f) Others (old quarry and road)

Total

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth

quakes in last 10 years.

(a) Severity (Richter Scale): The ML Area falls in Zone III in Haryana State where the largest

instrumented earthquake event was felt on 20th June 1966 with Magnitude. 4.7 on

Richter scale.

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to

Life Yes No

Property Yes No

Existing mine Yes No

0.00

0.00

75.165

0.000

1.585

√

√

√

76.75

Q-3

4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved conceptual plan:

Purpose Mining Lease Area Total Area acquired Area to be acquired

Government Private Government Private Government Private

Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others

1. Area to be excavated 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2. Storage for top soil 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3. Overburden / Dumps 0.00 30.29 0.00 0.00 30.29 0.00 30.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4. Mineral storage 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

5. Infrastructure (Workshop,

Administrative Building) 0.00 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.00 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6. Roads 0.00 1.06 0.00 0.00 1.06 0.00 1.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

7. Railways 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

8. Green Belt 0.00 15.35 0.00 0.00 15.35 0.00 15.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9.Tailings pond 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

10.Effluent treatment plant 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

11.Coal handling plant /

mineral separation plant

0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

12. Township area 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

13.Other (Specify):

(a) water body

0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 30.00

0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

(b) Un-worked area 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

TOTAL

0.00 76.75 0.00 0.00 76.75 0.00 76.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Q-4

5. Township (outside mining lease): Not applicable

(a) Total area (in ha)

(b) No. of dwelling units

(c) Distance from mine site

6. Distance of water bodies (in km):

Distance

from

River Bank * Other Water bodies *

Sea / creek / lake / nalla etc.

(specify)

Mining lease boundary

Chandravati river (8.6 km)

-

Ancillary facilities

Nil Nil

[* From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the : Not applicable as the mine lease area

Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) lies in Haryana (non-coastal zone)

Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare

nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duly

demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [ *Director, Space Application Centre,

Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote

Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs,

KolKata: Na al Hydrographers s Offi e, Dehradu : Natio al I stitute of O ea ography,

Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining

lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the

project area as per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand

dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the

project area.

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the

buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S.

No.

Areas Name Aerial distance from

(in km.)

Core * Buffer*

Zone Zone

1. National Park / Sanctuary

None (upto 10km) -

2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger

Reserve / Elephant Reserve /

any other Reserve

None (upto 10km) -

3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified)

Kharjo PF

Panchnauta PF

Dokan PF

2.0 (South)

1.8(North)

2.6(South)

0.00

0.00

0.00

√

Q-5

4. Habitat for migratory birds

None -

5. Corridor for animals of

schedule I & II of the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972

None -

6. Archaeological sites

* Notified

* Others

None

None

-

7.

Defense Installation

None -

8. Industries / Thermal Power

Plants

None -

9. Other Mines

None -

10. Airport

Jaipur Airport 138

11. Railway Lines

Dabla Railway Station 4

12. National / State Highways

NH-8 25

[* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core

zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone].

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones. *

[* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1) Common

name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species

fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife

Warden office. Information to be based on field survey.]

A. Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone

Common Name Botanical Name

1. Agricultural

crops

- Paddy

Wheat

Pigeon Pea

Sesame

Black gram

Mung gram

Mustard

Pea

Gram

Oryza sativa

Triticum sp.

Canjanus Cajan

Sesamum inicum

Phaeolus mungo

Phaseolus radiates

Brassica campestris

Pisum sativum

Cicer arietinum

Q-6

2. Commercial

crops

- Tomato

Brinjal

Cabbage

Cauliflower

Lady s Fi ger

Cowpea

Potato

Radish

Bitter gourd

Ridge gourd

Pumpkin

Beet

Amaranth

Cucumber

Bottle gourd

Snake gourd

Garlic

Coriander

Chilli

Lycopersicum esculantum

Solanum melongena

Brassica oleracea

Brassica oleracea

Abelmoschus esculentus

Vignainensis/ unguiculatoo

Solanum tuberosum

Raphanus sativas

Momordica charantia

Luffa acutangula

Cucurbita moschata

Beta vulgaris

Amaranthus spp.

Cucumis sativus

Lagenaria siceraria

Trichosanthes anguina

Allium sativum

Coriander sativum

Capcicum anum

3. Plantation - - -

Q-7

4. Natural

vegetation /

forest type

Tree

None

Shrub

Capparis sepiara

Cassia tora

Calotropis procera

Zizyphus numnularia

Adhatoda vasica

Calligonum

polygonoides

Herb

Cenchrus setigerus

Saccharum bengalense

Desmostachya

bipinnata

Cenchrus ciliaris

Heteropogon contortus

Dichanthi Annulatum

Cynodon dactylon

Tree

Acacia leucophloea

Acacia nilotica

Albezia lebbek

Azadirachta indica

Morus alba

Bombex Ceiba

Butea monosperma

Dalbergia sissoo

Ficus religiosa

Melia azadirachta

Tamarindus indica

Ziziphus mauritiana

Salvedora oleoides

Prosopis cineraria

Prosopis juliflora

Delonix regia

Ficus racemosa

Tamarix aphylla

Acacia tortilis

Crateva nurvala

Shrub

Capparis sepiara

Adhatoda vasiea

Cassia tora

Zizyphus numnularia

Calotropis procera

Calligonum

polygonoides

Cactus indicus

Capparis decidua

Cassia occidentalis

Achyranthes aspera

Euphorbia royleana

Carissa opaca

Callicarpa

macrophylla

Colebrookea

oppositifolia

Clerodendron

viscosum

Murraya sp.

Ixora sp.

Zizyphus sp.

Herb

Saccharum

bengalense

Desmostachya

bipinnata

Cenchrus setigerus

Cenchrus ciliaris

Cyperus scariosus

Heteropogon

contortus

Dichanthi

Annulatum

Cynodon dactylon

Acacia pinnata

Arundo donex

Caesalpinia

sepiaria

Clematis gouriana

Cymbopogon

martini

Parthenium

hysterophorus

Saccharum

spontaneum

Chrysopogon sp

Heteropogon

contortus

5.Grass lands - -

6. Endangered

species

- -

7. Endemic

species

- -

8. Others

(Specify)

- -

Q-8

B. Fauna

1. Total listing

of faunal

elements

Mammalians

Rhesus Monkey

Common langur

Five stripped Palm

Squirrel

Indian Hare

Canis aureus

Herpestes edwardsi

Avifauna

House Sparrow

Bank Myna

Indian Peafowl

Indian Myna

Eastern Grey Heron

House Crow

Indian Pond Heron

Little Egretta

River Tern

Spotted Dove

Tree duck

Koel

Red Munia

Herpetofauna

Naja naja

2. Endangered

species

None

3. Endemic

species

- -

4. Migratory

species

- -

5. Details of

aquatic fauna,

if applicable

Not Applicable in view of ephemeral rivers which run only for a few days in rainy season.

10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)

Quantity (in million tonnes)

(a) Proved

(b) Indicated

(c) Inferred

(d) Mineable reserves

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes No

(Approved Surface Geological Plan)

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes No

(c) Contour map submitted (Plate-5) Yes No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of

(i) Faults Yes No

(ii) Dykes Yes No

33.676

√

70.145

36.99

126.764

√

√

√

√

Q-9

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No

[

(iv) Folds Yes No

(v) Other weak zones Yes No

(e) Source of data (Indicate)

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum): Stone - 55,00,000

tonne/annum

Annual production (tonne) schedule is shown in Table below.

Year Quartz Feldspar

Quartzite/

Masonry

stone

Total

Production Waste/Reject

Soil


1st 4,00,000 2,50,000 43,00,000 49,50,000 74000 40000

2nd 4,00,000 2,50,000 43,00,000 49,50,000 30000 35000

3rd 5,00,000 3,25,000 45,00,000 53,25,000 36000 35000

4th 5,00,000 3,25,000 45,00,000 53,25,000 34000 30,000

5th 6,00,000 4,00,000 45,00,000 55,00,000 30750 30000

Total 24,00,000 15,50,000 2,21,00,000 2,60,50,000 204750 170000

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)

(c) Lease period (Years)

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D/M /Y)

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines: Not applicable as it is case of New Mine

(i) Date of opening of mine

(ii) Production in the last 5 years 1st year 5th year

fro year……… to year ………

in million tonnes.

(iii) Projected production for the next 6th to 10th year

23

8.7.2052

Not applicable as mine is

yet to be opened

- -

√

√

√

Approved Mine Plan

50

Q-10

5 years from year ……… to year ……….in million tons.

(iv) Whether mining was suspended after Yes No

opening of the mine?

If yes, details thereof including last production

figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD

Opencast Manual

Underground Semi-mechanized

Both Mechanized

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing

(a) Existing

(b) Additional

15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine

(i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3)

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl)

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of

existing mine (in m bgl)

(iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

√

30 m

0.10

0.50

0.30

Not applicable

Not applicable

√

-

None

None

√

√

Q-11

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(vi) Mining Plan

Height and width of the bench in

overburden / waste.

Height & width of the bench in ore body /

coal seam.

Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the

opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal /

ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while

operating the mine as well as at the time of

closure of the mine.

Whether transverse sections across the Yes No

opencast mine at the end of fifth year

and at the end of the life of the mine

have been submitted?

(vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted.

(b) Underground mine : Not Applicable as the present mine is open-cast

(i) Seam / Ore body Min. Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

Rate of dip Direction of dip

in degree

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine

Shaft

Adit

Incline

(iii) Details of machinery

0.00

0.00

0.00

√

Not Applicable

9 m height and 10 m width

of the bench in ore body

Face sloping at 700 with

overall slope of the pit

being kept at 450

Bottom charge with booster (slurry explosives)

and column charge also by low speed slurry

explosives will be charged in the ratio of 15:85

respectively using explosive Nitrate mixture

slurry explosive using delay detonators.

Q-12

On surface

At Face

For transportation

Others

(iv) Method of stopping (metalli-ferrous mines)

Open

Filled

Shrinkage

Caving

Combination of above

Others (Specify)

(v) Extraction method

[

Caving

Stowing

Partial extraction

(vi) Subsidence

Predicted max. subsidence (in m)

Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m)

Max. slope change (in mm/m)

Whether identified possible subsidence

area(s) superimposed on Surface Yes No

Plan has been submitted?

Major impacts on surface features

like natural drainage pattern, houses,

buildings, water bodies, roads, forest,

etc.

Salient features of subsidence

management (monitoring and control).

Q-13

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes No

submitted?

(b) Do you propose any modification / diversion Yes No

in the existing natural drainage pattern at any

stage? If yes, when. Provide location map

indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be

diverted, direction of flow of water and proposed

route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah /

any other water body falling within core zone and

its impact.

17. Embankment and / or weir construction

(a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of

(i) Embankment for protection against flood? Yes No

(ii) Weir for water storage for the mine? Yes No

(b) If so, provide details thereof. : Not applicable

(c) Impact of embankment on HFL and settlement : Not applicable

around.

(d) Impact of weir on downstream users of water. : Not applicable

18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)

(a) Existing

(b) After the proposed activity

[

(c) Whether the existing road Yes No

network is adequate?

If no, provide details of alternative

proposal?

√

√

Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

Two-wheelers 342

Car/Van

135

Tractor 28

Truck/Bus 85

√

√

√

Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

Two-wheelers 342

Car/Van

135

Tractor 28

Truck/Bus 818

Q-14

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on surface:

(a) Manual Yes No

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks. Yes No

]

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No

(e) Others (specify).

20. Mineral(s) transportation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road

(b) Rail

(c) Conveyors

(d) Rope way

(e) Water ways

(f) Pipeline

(g) Others (Specify)

Total

18333

0.00

18333

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

60 - 100 100

0.0

100

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

√

√ √

√

No

Q-12

21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data

(a) Micro-meteorological data [Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly data. For coastal area also furnish day-

time and night time data.

Day time : Not applicable due to non-coastal area

Night time : Not applicable due to non-coastal area

24 – hours period : Annexure I

(ii) Site specific monitored data

Month Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm) Cloud

Cover**

(Octas of

sky)

Mean Max. % of calm Mean

(Dry Bulb)

Highest Lowest Mean Highest Lowest Total 24-hours

Highest

No. of rainy

days

Mean

Mar 17 2.10 24.1 4.03 26.0 37.0 12.0 41.3 92.0 13.0 32 9 3 1.5

Apr 17 2.18 19.3 3.47 16.6 28.0 5.0 44.0 95.0 20.0 15 12 2 2.0

May 17 2.10 22.5 3.90 21.5 33.0 8.0 40.2 81.0 11.0 9 9 1 2.5

* 24-hours rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day.

* Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs. rainfall is 2.5 mm.

** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological: IMD, Narnaul (30 km)

station from which climatological data have been obtained

for reporting in the EIA report, if any.

Q-13

(b) Ambient air quality data* (RPM, SPM, SO2, and NOx)

[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21 (a) (i)]

[*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for SPM & RPM. For gaseous pollutants 24- hourly data be given

irrespective of the sampling period.]

(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out.: Summer Season (March to May 2017)

(ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station: 24

Name of monitoring equipment used

PM10

(μg/ 3)

PM2.5

(μg/ 3)

SO2

(μg/ 3)

NOx

(μg/ 3)

Pb**

(μg/ 3)

Equipment sensitivity

Permissible

NAAQS

CPCB

Notification

Dated 18th

November,

2009.

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

Other Areas

Annual

Average

60

40

50

40

0.5

24 hours 100

60

80

80 1.0

Ecologically

Sensitive

Areas notified

by Central

Govt.

Annual

Average

60 40 20

30

0.5

24 hours 100 60 80 80 1.0

Monitoring

Location

No. of

Samples

Drawn

Category*

(R, I, S)

Min.

Max. 98%

tile

Min. Max. 98%

tile

Min. Max. 98%

tile

Min. Max. 98%

Tile

Min. Max. 98%

tile

Core zone

CA1

(AAQ-1)

24

I

56.0 71.0 70.1 21.0 39.0 38.1 07.0 21.0 18.4 10.0 27.0 26.6 - - -

Buffer zone

BA1

(AAQ-2)

24 I 55.0 78.0 76.9 24.0 34.0 32.0 9.0 17.0 16.6 16.0 26.0 24.2 - - -

BA2

(AAQ-3)

24 I 52.0 77.0 75.7 22.0 45.0 44.6 11.0 19.0 18.0 17.0 25.0 24.6 - - -

Q-14

BA3

(AAQ-4)

24 I 59.0 77.0 76.1 29.0 35.0 34.1 07.0 21.0 19.7 14.0 27.0 26.6 - - -

BA4

(AAQ-5)

24 I 56 79 78.5 19.0 46.0 44.2 11.0 22.0 21.6 17.0 36.0 32.0 - - -

Note: As per ToR collection of primary baseline data on ambient air quality has to be made in respect of pollutants PM10, SO2 and NOx

*R = Residential; I = Industrial; S = Sensitive

**Pb for mineral specific sites only.

# Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to project site. : Annexure - III

Q-15

22. Stack and emission details, if any* : Not Applicable in case of Opencast mining by mechanized method as neither stack

emission nor captive power generation is involved.

Sl.

No.

Process / unit of

operation (e.g. DG

Set, Boiler)

Height of

stack (m)

Internal

top dia.

(m)

Flue gas

exit

velocity

(m/sec)

Emission rate (kg/hr) Heat

emission

rate from

top of stack

(K.cal/hr)

Exhaust / Flue gas

SPM SO2 NOx CO Temp

OC

Density Specific

Heat

Volumetric

flow rate

(m3/hr.)

23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations* :

24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)* :

(a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid : Aermod, Ver 9.5

(b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on

prediction exercise

24 hourly Maximum (Max 24 hourly predicted + Maximum Baseline)

S. No. Receptor Name (AAQMS)

Predicted 24 hourly Incremental concentration (µg/m3)

Maximum baseline data (µg/m3) Resultant 24 hourly maximum concentration (µg/m3)




AAQ 3 Musnauta Village 0.46 0.05 0.61 1.00E-05 77 48 25 19 77.46 48.05 25.61 19.00

AAQ 4 Pachnauta Village 0.26 0.03 0.35 1.00E-05 77 41 27 21 77.26 41.03 27.35 21.00


NAAQS 100 60 80 80

Q-16

[* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.]

[**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]

Monthly Maximum (Max predicted + Maximum Baseline)

Sr. No. Recepter Name (AAQMS)

Predicted Monthly Incremental concentration (µg/m3)

Maximum baseline data (µg/m3) Resultant Monthly maximum concentration (µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2 PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2 PM 10 PM 2.5 NOx SO2



AAQ 3 Musnauta Village 0.08 0.01 0.11 0.0E+00 77 48 25 19 77.08 48.01 25.11 19.00

AAQ 4 Pachnauta Village 0.06 0.01 0.08 0.0E+00 77 41 27 21 77.06 41.01 27.08 21.00


Q-16

25. Water requirement (m3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation

2. Land reclamation

3. Dust suppression

4. Drinking

5. Green Belt

6. Beneficiation

7. Washeries

8. Fire Service

9. Others (specify)

B. Township

1. Green Belt

2. Domestic

3. Other (specify)

0.0

0.0

10.0

4.0

4.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

10.0

4.0

4.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total 18.0 18.0

1. Source of water supply*

The requirement for dust suppression and for plantation (14kld) shall be met from the effluent discharge of

STP Narnaul (7.5 MLD capacity). The requirement for domestic water shall be met from M/s Kailash Mount

R.O. treated water through tanker.

S. No. Source m3/day

1 M/s Kailash Mount 04.0

2 Mine water (sump / pit) 0.00

3 Other surface water bodies (STP Narnaul) 14.00

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water

Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground Water Board in

case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing

water.]

27. Lean season flow in case of pumping

from river / nalla (cumec)

28. Ground water potential of the study area

28.1. Ground water availability

No pumping of river water is envisaged

Q-17

(a) Range of water table (m bgl)

(i) Pre-monsoon (April/May)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(ii) Post-monsoon (November)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)

By ground water table fluctuation method

By rainfall infiltration factor method

(c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through

mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year)

(f) Stage of ground water development in %

28.2. Water demand - Competing users of the water source

S. No. Usage Present Consumption

(m3/day)

Additional proposed

as per local plan

(m3/day)

Total

(m3/day)

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Mining NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

29. Water quality*

(a) Annex physico -chemical analysis of water at intake point **: Annexure III

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on: Not Applicable as the proposed mine is a new mine

quality of water discharge i.e. complete

physico – chemical analysis**

[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from

downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and analyzed. For

discharging mines six samples are to be analyzed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for analysis, and

Detection Level (DL) for each parameter.

*** Where er a y a alyti al para eter is elo dete tio le el, BDL (Below Detection Level)

should e ritte i stead of NIL .

30. Impact on ground water regime / stream:

/ lake / springs due to mine dewatering *

40.39

35-50

30-35

30-45

24-30

43.60

36.80

41.40

97.60

-

Not Applicable as no dewatering from

mine is involved and the mining activities

shall not intersect the ground water table

Q-18

(a) Radius of influence (in m)

[To be estimated based on analysis of pumping

test data and application of empirical formula]

(b) Whether saline water ingress will take place? Yes No

(applicable to coastal areas)

(c) Impact on stream / lake / springs : No Impact on stream/lake as neither

there shall be no abstraction from

surface water, nor mine dewatering is

involved

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is

more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period. The report should be

based on preferably latest one-year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon baseline data covering

information on ground water situation, aquifer characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and

November), estimate of ground water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water

regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc.

The report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30 observation

wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources (mention name). For

estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study area of the

buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of

hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / Mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated

formations)]

[**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation Committee

recommendations of 1997]

31. Wastewater Management : Not Applicable as no wastewater

shall be generated from mine

Mine

(a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(i) Mine water discharge during

Lean period

Monsoon period

(ii) Workshop

(iii) Domestic (mine site)

(iv) Beneficiation / Washeries

(v) Coal Handling Plant

(vi) Tailings pond

(vii) Others (Specify)

Total

Nil

Nil

Nil

Not Applicable

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

√

Nil

Q-19

(b) Waste water treatment plant; flow

sheet for treatment process attached. Yes No

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused /

to be recycled in

(i) Percentage : Nil

(ii) m3 /day : Nil

(d) Point of final discharge : Not Applicable

Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

1. Surface

(i) Agricultural land

(ii) Waste land

(iii) Forest land

(iv) Green belt

2. River / nallah

3. Lake

4. Sea

5. Others (specify)

Total

(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No

(iii) Irrigation Yes No

(iv) Industry Yes No

(v) Others (specify)

(f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is : Not Applicable

/ will be discharged (cumecs)

None

√

√

√

√

√

Q-20

(i) Average flow rate

(ii) Lean season flow rate

(iii) Aquatic life

(iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters Yes No

upstream and 100 meters downstream

of discharge point submitted.

Township : Not Applicable as there is no proposal

for developing any township

(a) Wastewater generation from

township (m3/day)

(b) Are you planning to provide sewage Yes No

treatment plant?

(c) Usage of treated water

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram

indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

Water Balance Statement enclosed as Annexure V

33. Ambient noise level leq dB(A)

Location of sampling station Noise levels

Day Time Night Time

A. Core Zone

CN-1( Bayal Mine) 57.8 44.9

B. Buffer Zone

BN-1 (Galghata Ki Dhani ) 58.3 42.8

BN-2 ( Musnauta ) 59.1 42.8

BN-3 (Pachnauta) 59.1 42.8

34. Solid Waste

(a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality: No solid waste will be generated

Name (Lump/fines/slurry/

Sludge/others)

Composition Quantity

(m3/month)

Method of disposal

Mining activity*

0.00

√

Q-21

a. Top Soil

b. Over burden

c. Others

Soil

None

None

1575

Nil

Nil

Effluent Treatment Plant

(sludge)

None Nil

Total Nil

[* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.]

(b) (i) Does waste (s) contain any

hazardous/toxic substance/

radioactive materials or Yes No

heavy metals?

(ii) If yes, whether details and Yes No

precautionary measures

provided?

(c) Recovery and recycling possibilities.: Not applicable

(d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste. : Not applicable

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for

backfilling? Yes No

(ii) If yes, when do you propose

to start backfilling.

(in million m3)

Solid waste (s) Already accumulated

(A)

To be generated

(B)

% of A & B to be backfilled

A B

Over burden

Nil Nil Nil Nil

Others (soil)

Nil 94500 Nil 95

Land reclamation Plan

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground indicate:

(i) Associated environmental problems

√

[ a. Top Soil b. Over burden c. Others (specify)

√

Flow of sediment laden rain water

from stack yard dump surface

Q-22

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps

No. of external dumps

Max. projected height of stack yard

dumps (in m)

No. of terraces and height of each stage

Overall slope of the dump (degree)

Proposed reclamation measures: To be deposited in top of dump and terraces

earmarked for plantation.

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation

to the adjacent ground profile attached. Yes No

35. Fuel / Energy requirements* : [*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500KVA and above]

(a) Total power requirement (in MW) : Not Applicable

S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present Nil Nil Nil Nil

2 Proposed /

additional

Nil Nil Nil Nil

Total Nil Nil Nil Nil

(b) Source of power (in MW) : Not Applicable

S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets

1 Present

None None None

2 Proposed

None None None

Total None None None

[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority]

(c) Details of fuels : Not Applicable

S. No. Fuel Daily Consumption (TPD) Calorific value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed

1

2

3

HSD

LSHS

Other

(specify)

-

Nil

Nil

4.4 TPD

Nil

Nil

10366 0.01 1.0

None

6

1

300

Q-23

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials:

S. No. Name Number of

Storages

Consumption

(in TPD)

Maximum Quantity at

any point of time

1 Fuels 1

4.4 8.8

2 Explosives

None 3.055 3.055

37. Human Settlement

Particular Core Zone Buffer Zone

Population*

Nil 69410

No. of villages/town

Nil 33

Number of households

village-wise

43 11886

[* As per 2011 census record]

: Number of household village wise is attached as Annexure V

38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan*:

[*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if

more than 1000 people are likely to be displaced,

other-wise a summary plan]

(a) Villages falling within the study area: Not Applicable

Villages

Number Name

Core zone

1 Bayal

500 m from the blasting site (s)

Nil None

Buffer zone

67 As per Annexure- V

Township site

- -

(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone : Summary plan of rehabilitation is presented in

Annexure- 16.

45 Household are found in the lease

area. Summary plan of rehabilitation

is presented in Annexure- 16.

Q-24

S. No. Village name

Population* Average Annual

Income Tribal Others

None None None Not Applicable

[*As per 2011 census / actual survey]

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees : Summary plan of rehabilitation is presented in

Annexure- 16.

Name of village(s) falling within Number of oustees

Land (only) Homestead

(only)

Land and Homestead

(both)

Mining Lease:

Township Site: None

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalized? : Not Applicable as population is below 1000

.

If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.

(i) Site details where the people are proposed to

be resettled & facilities existing / to be created.

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package.

(iii) Agency /Authority responsible for them resettlement.

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project Affected People (PAP).

(v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will be over.

39. Lease -wise plantation details

(a) Lease area (in ha.) Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up

(ii) To be broken up

(iii) Area not to be broken-up

(b) Township area (in ha.)

(c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others

(i) Existing 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

(ii) Proposed 8.35 0.5 0.50 0.0 0.0

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing: Not applicable due to new mine

When plantation was started? Month / Year

Nil

16.38

46.88

2.64

Q-25

No.of plant species planted Number saplings (per ha.)

Survival rate % ● Avg. height

(ii) Proposed

No. of plant species to be planted Number of saplings (per ha.)

12 species 1000

40. Environmental health and safety

(a) What major health and safety :

hazards are anticipated?

(b) What provisions have been made /

proposed to be made to conform to

health and safety requirements?

(c) In case of an existing mine: Not Applicable

(i) Comprehensive report on health status

of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed. Yes No

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

Free silica: 2.5 to 3.3 μg/ 3

Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)

Lead**

[* Only for Chromite mines]

[**Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable.: Not Applicable

41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures

1. Allergic rhinitis and asthma

2. Noise Induce Hearing Loss

3. Skin diseases

4. Allergic conjunctivitis of eyes

As per Mines Rules, 1955, medical examination of

employees at the initial stage and periodically,

shall be done by a team of qualified medical

officers provided by the project proponent. The

provisions regarding health and safety

requirements are enclosed as Annexure VI

Q-26

S. No.

Environmental issues* Already practiced, if

applicable

Proposed

1 Air pollution

1. Copious sprinkling of water on

surface of haul roads and silt and

clay deposited on upper terraces

2. Avoiding idle running of transport

vehicle and ensuring their regular

maintenance.

3. Covered or hooded trucks shall be

used for transportation.

4. Avenue plantation on roadsides

besides plantation around the mine

lease area.

2 Water pollution 1. The mining in the flooded pits shall

be allowed only after the water level

has receded.

2. Sufficient time should be allowed

for settling of sediment in the pits

3. No mining activity during monsoon

period. 3. Water conservation

Traditional rainwater harvesting

structures are proposed to be

constructed under CSR activities.

4. Noise pollution 1. Provision of protective devices like

ear muffs/ear plugs to those

workers who cannot be isolated

from the source of noise

2. Reducing the exposure time of

workers to the higher noise levels by

rotation.

3. Provision and maintenance of thick

tree belts to screen noise.

4. Thick plantation within the project

area to dampen the noise.

5. Land degradation The land degradation due to vulnerable

bank shall be protected by providing

retaining structure / gabion structure.

6.

Erosion & Sediment Erosion of banks / toe-erosion and land

slips shall be remedied by erecting stone

masonry structure / gabion structures.

7. Ground vibration

In order to minimize vibration, the

following shall be adopted:

o Blast holes shall be initiated by non-

electric (NONEL) down-the-hole

(DTH) delay detonators.

o Optimum charge per delay shall be

kept as low as possible.

o Adoption of two row blasting and V

pattern of firing

o Use of milli-second delay

detonators between the holes and

rows of blasting

8.

Forest protection (wild

life Conservation)

Conservation plan for schedule-I and II

species have been approved by the

Q-27

Forest Department.

9 R&R Plan Plan has been prepared for

resettlement of 45 PAF, who are

encroachers/squatters in the lease area

[* As applicable]

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units): Not Applicable.

(a) Status of the compliance of conditions of

environmental clearance issued by MoEF&CC, Yes No

if any, enclosed.

(b) Status of the compliance of Consent to

Operate issued y SPCB, if a y, e losed. Yes No

(c) Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed. Yes No

43. Scoping of EIA

Whether environmental impact assessment

of the project has been carried out by Yes No

following scoping process?

If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA Yes No

annexed. (Table 1.3 of EIA)

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes No

(b) Submitted a conceptual mine Yes No

closure plan.

(c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for

implementing the same (in Rs. lakhs)

45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh)

(Based on latest estimate)

46. Cost of environmental protection measures

(in Rs. Lakh)

S. No.

Capital cost Recurring cost

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Pollution Control

(Separately provide break-up) 1. Air Pollution

- 12.30 - 69.00

875

24.00

√

√

√

√

Q-28

S.

No.

Capital cost Recurring cost

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

2 Pollution Monitoring

(Separately provide break-up) 1. Air

2. Water 3. Noise

4. Soil

5. Other Miscellaneous (vibration observation)

- - -

17.40

10.50 2.30

2.00

34.50

3 Occupational Health

2.62 - 37.72

4 Green Belt Mine

Township)

- 33.77 - 8.00

5 Reclamation / Rehabilitation of mined out area

- 24.23 - 15.00

6 Others (specify) :

1. Management of labour camp

2. Surface water

Management 3. Waste management

4. Mine rehabilitation plan 5. CSR Initiatives

6. Conservation Plan for Wildlife (Schedule I&II)

7. R&R Cost

-

28.25

12.00

5.92

29.60 13.40

0.00

174.00

-

46.00

6.90

0.00 0.00

13.00 160.00

0.00

Total

336.09 - 390.27

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic:

welfare measures for the nearby villages

other than R&R plans.

48. Public Hearing

(a) Date of Advertisement

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY)

21.9.2017

24-10-17 at 11AM

1. Aaj Samaj

2. The Tribune

Rs. 26.55 Lakh under CSR initiative.

(Annexure-VII of Questionnaire)

Chaired by DC, Mahendragarh and representatives

of the State Pollution Control Board, Haryana.

Q-29

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by

& members present:

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting

and number of people from the lease area.

List enclosed as Annexure IX

(f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form:

S.

No.

Issues raised by the

Stake-holders

Response/Commitment of Project

Proponents

Action Plan Reference in EIA

Document

1 ShriRohtas Kumar s/o

Sh Phussa, village Bayal.

Showed concern about

the temple of Baba

Bharthiri and structures

around it on the

mountain.

The temple is on the border of the

lease and the other structures are 200-

300m away from it. Mineral in the

lease area is in fractured state for

which no heavy blasting is required.

Controlled blasting shall be resorted

to. No mining activity in 50 m

periphery of the temple shall be done.

The lessee also stated that blasting

shall be carried out as per DGMS

norms/ lows/ rules after taking

permission from DGMS Financial aid

will be given for the temple.

Controlled blasting with lesser

charge per hole shall be carried

out near habitation. In fractured

mineral zone no blasting shall be

carried out. (Sec 5.7.7)

2 Shri Bishambar,

Sarpanch village Bayal.

He sought assurance

from the lease owner to

deploy machinery like

JCB and tractor trolley,

owned by the villagers,

in the mining activities

The lessee made a categorical

statement that villagers shall be

employed/engaged according to their

qualification. He also assured to deploy

their JCB/Tractor /trollies in the mining

activity.

Provision for engaging local

villagers in mining activities and

for deployment of their

JCB/tractor trollies etc. has been

incorporated under section 5.10

and section 9.2.6

3 Sh. Shyam Chandela S/o

Jhabar Chandela

Doywala Ki dhani Bayal

Wanted to know how

the mining activities

shall be carried out

when there is

habitation, temple and

school around the lease

area and the source of

supply of water for

mining activity.

He showed

apprehension that

Mining Plan/ EMP will

The project proponent clarified that

blasting shall be carried out as per

DGMS norms/ lows/ rules after taking

permission from DGMS. Blasting

activities will be carried out 300m

away from the habitation as per

prescribed standards of DGMS. The

RQP of the project clarified that if

there is no structure with in 300m

blasting can be done but if there is any

structure not owned by the project

proponent then it can be carried out by

taking permission by DGMS. As per

present DGMS norms 300m distance is

required to carry out blasting activity.

The norms for blasting have

been elucidated under section

2.9.14.

Blasting shall be carried out as

per DGMS norms/ lows/ rules

after taking permission from

DGMS.

79 96

Q-30

S.

No.


Stake-holders


Proponents


Document

not be implemented in

the project as in other

Mine Projects

For real assessment of impact of

blasting, vibration studies shall be

taken up through reputed institutes.

The P.P. informed that the treated

effluent from STP, Narnaul shall be

arranged for the mining activities

(14KLD) for which the concern

authorities have been requested.

Drinking/domestic water requirements

(4KLD) shall be made from private tube

well owners.

The mining shall be carried out as per

approved Mine Plan. The provision

under various management plans shall

be implemented and half yearly

compliance report shall be submitted

to HSPCB and MoEF&CC.

The source for meeting water

requirement has been stated

under Section 2.11.9.

The mining shall be carried out

as per approved Mining Plan by

Directorate of Mines and

Geology, Haryana

(DMG/HY/MP/Bayal/2017/2733-

36 Dated 23-06-2017.

The detailed EMP (Capital Cost

Rs. 336.09 lakh and annual

Recurring Cost Rs. 390.27 lakh)

has been provided under

Chapter- 9. The P.P. is bound to

comply with the conditions set

forth in the E.C. Letter.

4 Sh. Data Ram Doywala

ki Dhani, Bayal

Wanted to know how

the mining activities

shall be carried out

when there is

habitation around the

lease area.

The project proponent clarified that

blasting shall be carried out as per

DGMS norms/ lows/ rules after taking

permission from DGMS. Blasting

activities will be carried out 300m

away from the habitation as per

prescribed standards of DGMS.

The norms for blasting have

been elucidated under section

2.9.14.

Blasting shall be carried out as

per DGMS norms/ lows/ rules

after taking permission from

DGMS

5 Sh. Guljari Lal Chandela

Village Pachnauta

He welcomed the

project and further

stated that by carrying

out mining in the lease

area the illegal mining

in and around lease

area will stop and it will

be beneficial for all the

persons

The project proponent informed that

the mining operation in the lease area

shall commence after the accord of

Environmental clearance of the

project. Once the bonafied mining

activities start there will be no chance

for any illegal mining by any person as

round the clock vigil shall be made.

Section 2.12.10

6 Sh. Umrao Singh

Chandela Village

Pachnauta

Welcoming the project,

The lease owner agreed to deploy their

JCB/Tractor /trollies in the mining

activity.

Provision for engaging local

villagers in mining activities and

for deployment of their

JCB/tractor trollies etc. has been

Q-31

S.

No.


Stake-holders


Proponents


Document

he requested the lease

owner to deploy

machinery like JCB and

tractor trolley, owned

by the villagers, in the

mining activities

incorporated under section 5.10

and section 9.2.6

49. Whether the following approvals* (wherever applicable) have been obtained?

(i) Site clearance from MoEF&CC/SEIAA Yes No

(ii) Co se t for Esta lish e t fro the

State Pollution Control Board Yes No

(iii) NOC from Atomic Mineral Division Yes No

(Not Applicable)

(iv) Mining plan approval from IBM /

Ministry of Coal Yes No

(v) In case of existing mines, mining

scheme approval from IBM Yes No (Not Applicable)

(vi) Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 Yes No (Not Applicable)

(vii) NOC from Chief Controller of

Explosives Yes No

(viii) Commitment regarding availability /

pumping of water from the concerned Yes No

Authorities

Not Applicable as water demand shall be met from effluent discharge of STP, Narnaul

(ix) In case of ML area falling in notified areas

of the Central Ground Water Authority, Yes No

NOC from them.

(No ground water abstraction structure is proposed. The demand of 4 KLD shall be met

from tanker supply by Kailash Mount RO water)

[* Annex copies of approvals and number them]

√

√

√

√

√

The mining plan has been approved by Directed of Mines & Geology Haryana. (Annexure – II of EIA)

Q-32

50. Was / is there any court case relating:

to the project or related activities?

If so, provide details present status.

Verification: The data and information given in this proforma are true to the best of my

knowledge and belief.

Parmesh Singh On behalf of Mr. Manmohan Bhadana 711/A, Adarsh Nagar, Near Kalani Hospital Hisar- 125 001, Haryana

There is no litigation/court case pending

against the project

Q-33

Annexure – I: Seasonal Wind rose Diagram

+

March 2017 April 2017

May 2017 Combined March- May 2017

Q-16

Annexure – II: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Q-16

Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

S. No. Station

Code Name of the Station

Distance

(km) from

mining area

Direction

w.r.t.

mining area

Environmental

Setting

1 AAQ-1 Bayal 0 Project Site

2 AAQ-2 Galghata 4 E Rural

3 AAQ-3 Musnauta 6 NE Rural

4 AAQ-4

Pachnauta 3.2 NNE Rural

5 AAQ-5

Salodra 1.74 WNW Rural

Q-17

Annexure – III:

Physicochemical and Biological Characteristics of Ground water

S. No. Parameters Units GW1 GW2 GW3

IS 10500:2012

Acceptable

Limit

Permissible

Limits

1. pH - 7.5 7.54 7.13 6.5-8.5 No relaxation

2. Turbidity NTU <5 <5 <5 1 5

3. Taste - Agreeabl

e Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4. Odour - Agreeabl

e Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5. TDS mg/l 1502 1466 2040 500 2000

6. Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/l 416 389 392 200 600

7. Chlorides as Cl- mg/l 393 389 371 250 1000

8. Sulphates as SO4-2 mg/l 58 36 112 200 400

9. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 0.9 3.7 3.6 45 No relaxation

10. Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 5 15

11. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/l 420 592 1204 200 600

12. Calcium as Ca mg/l 43 214 446 75 2000

13. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 38 7 11 30 100

14. Iron as Fe mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.3 No relaxation

15. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 1.5

16. Fluorides as F- mg/l 0.78 0.68 0.77 1.0 1.5

17. Phenolic

Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

18. Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 No relaxation

19. Cyanide as CN- mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 No relaxation

20. Residual Chlorine as

Cl- mg/l NIL NIL NIL 0.2 1

21. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 No relaxation

Q-18

S. No. Parameters Units GW1 GW2 GW3

IS 10500:2012

Acceptable

Limit

Permissible

Limits

22. Total Chromium as

Cr mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05 No relaxation

23. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No relaxation

24. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.22 0.41 0.34 5 15

25. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.1 0.3

26. Selenium as Se mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No relaxation

27. Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.02 No relaxation

28. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.05

29. Barium as Ba mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.7 No relaxation

30. Chloramines mg/l ND ND ND 4.0 No relaxation

31. Boron as B mg/l 0.26 0.28 0.3 0.5 1.0

32. Anionic Detergents

as MBAS mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.2 1.0

33. Mineral Oil mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.5 No relaxation

34. Aluminium as Al mg/l <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.03 0.2

35. Silver as Ag mg/l <0.001 <o.oo1 <0.001 0.1 No relaxation

36. Sulphide mg/l <0.001 <o.oo1 <0.001 0.05 No relaxation

37. Molybdenum as Mo mg/l <0.001 <o.oo1 <0.001 0.07 No relaxation

38. Ammonia mg/l <0.001 <o.oo1 <0.001 0.5 No relaxation

39.

Polynuclear

aromatic

hydrocarbon

mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.0001 No relaxation

40. E.coli MPN/

100ml Absent Absent Absent

Shall not be

detectable in

any 100 ml

sample

Shall not be

detectable in

any 100 ml

sample

41. Total coliform MPN/

100ml Absent Absent Absent

Shall not be

detectable in

any 100 ml

sample

Shall not be

detectable in

any 100 ml

sample

Q-19

Annexure IV: Water Balance (Kld)

14 KLD STP

TREATED

KLD

KLD

4 KLD

TANKER

SUPPLY

04

10

04 Green Belt

Drinking and domestic use

Dust suppression

Residual Qty

Discharge to Soak Pit

Q-20

Annexure V: Details of Human Settlement

S.

No.

Name of Villages HH

Population Literates

Total M F Total M F

Zone I

1. Bayal 775 4586 2442 2144 2708 1685 1023

775 4586 2442 2144 2708 1685 1023

Zone II (Buffer Zone 10 km. Radius)

2 Tigra 563 2924 1510 1414 2023 1185 838

3 Bargaon 212 1272 683 589 925 552 373

4 Simli Ismailpur 170 826 424 402 590 346 244

5 Panchnota 269 1664 869 795 867 574 293

6 Govla 271 1883 1007 876 1057 706 351

7 Biharipur 176 1082 596 486 585 423 162

8 Ganwari Jat 364 2110 1119 991 1293 827 466

9 Mosnota 753 4669 2533 2136 2536 1712 824

10 Bamanwas Kheta 116 808 416 392 512 303 209

11 Kalakota 8 54 34 20 25 19 6

12 Jeelo 1077 6074 3225 2849 3505 2244 1261

13 Bihari Pur 590 3445 1852 1593 2042 1294 748

14 Dabla 1133 6378 3391 2987 4115 2522 1593

15 Kanwar Ki Nagal 342 1936 987 949 1188 735 453

16 Shyalodara 427 2461 1319 1142 1613 1012 601

17 Shimli 146 812 426 386 522 325 197

18 Bihar 336 1881 996 885 1176 714 462

19 Bagrawa 218 1111 580 531 589 383 206

20 Imloha 185 955 505 450 575 358 217

21 Tigri 19 103 56 47 65 44 21

22 Shyam Pura 277 1560 823 737 952 592 360

23 Doonga Ki Nangal 193 1019 541 478 530 346 184

24 Patan 1122 7004 3664 3340 4862 2864 1998

25 Mohanpura 299 1631 873 758 1034 674 360

26 Karjo 236 1371 721 650 882 553 329

27 Panchoo Kharkara 224 1374 743 631 693 486 207

28 Meena Ki Nangal 161 957 555 402 610 423 187

29 Dalpat Pura 509 3282 1766 1516 1838 1242 596

30 Chak Karjo 2 21 14 7 11 7 4

31 Jhamawas 99 532 286 246 320 201 119

32 Balloopura 349 2047 1107 940 1236 821 415

33 Narheri 265 1578 835 743 834 560 274

Total 11111 64824 34456 30368 39605 25047 14558

Grand Total (Zone I and II) 11886 69410 36898 32512 42313 26732 15581

Q-21

Annexure VI: Cost Estimate Under Occupational Health Management Plan

S.

No.

Particular Quant

ity

Unit Rate Capital

Cost

(Rs. lac)

Annual

Recurri

ng (Rs.

lac) 1. Initial medical check-up for all workers for

1/5th of the workers i.e. 116 workers/year for

lung function, audiometric test, tuberculosis

and pulmonary disease

24 Man 2000 0.00 0.48

2. Periodical check-up for all workers for 1/5th of

the workers i.e. 11 workers/year for lung

function, audiometric test, tuberculosis and

pulmonary disease

24 Man 2000 0.00 0.48

3. Provision for free medicines for all workers @

Rs. 500/year

116 Man 500 0.00 0.58

4. Provision for personal protection equipment

like ear plug, dust mask, shoes, goggles and

etc., for 52 workers

116 No. 2000 2.32 0.00

5. Provision for First Aid facilities 1 Job L.S. 0.10 0.05

6. Provision for fire extinguisher and its regular

refilling

1 Job L.S. 0.20 0.05

Total 2.62 1.64

Q-22

Annexure VII: Cost under CSR Activities

S.

N.

Activities

Total

Cost

Capital Cost

Recurring

Cost

3rd Yr onward

up to 23rd

year

1-Yr 2-Yr

1 Supply of Hospital equipment to local govt. hospital 2.10 0.50 0.50 1.10

2 Installation of R.O. Plant in village Panchayat Bhawan with maintenance

5.10 4.00 0.05 1.05

3 Supply of books to Government School/Library 2.40 0.20 0.10 2.10

4 Supply of Sports material to School/Gram panchayat

1.20 0.10 0.05 1.05

5 Organising health camps for villagers 5.75 0.00 0.00 5.75

6 Rainwater harvesting Structure 4.60 2.30 2.30 0.00

7 Installation of Roof Top Solar Plants in village Panchayat Bhawan

5.40 1.65 1.65 2.10

Total

26.55 8.75 4.65 13.15

Q-23

Annexure IX: Public Hearing Notice and Proceedings

Q-43

Public Hearing Notice

The Tribune, dated 21/09/2017 (English Newspaper)

Q-44

Aaj Samaj, dated 21/09/2017 (Hindi Newspaper)

Annexure - 13

Revised District Survey Report

DISTRICT SURVEY REPORT

FOR MINING OF MINOR MINERALS OF DISTRICT

MAHENDERGARH, HARYANA

District Survey Report is prepared in accordance with Para 7 (iii) of S.O.141 (E) dated

15th January 2016 of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate

Prepared By:-

Rajender Prashad. Mining Officer, Mahendergarh at Narnaul

PREFACE

In Compliance to the Notification Issued by the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate change Dated 15.01.2016, the

preparation of District survey report of minor minerals is in

accordance appendix 10 of the notification. It is also mentioned here

that the procedure of preparation of District Survey Report is as per

notification guidelines. Every efforts have been made to minor

minerals mining locations, areas & overview of Mining activity in the

district with all it's relevant features pertaining to geology & mineral

wealth sources. This report will be a model and guiding document

which is a compendium of available mineral resources, geographical

set up, environmental and ecological set up of the District and is

based on data of various departments, published reports and

websites.

OUTLINE OF THE DISTRICT SURVEY REPORT OF MINERALS

IN DISTRICT MAHENDERGARH, HARYANA

1. Introduction ………………………………………………………………… 1 - 2

2. Overview of mining activity in the District………………………………..

3 - 6

3. The List of Mining Leases in the District with location, area and period of validity…………………………………………………………….

7 - 14

4. Details of Royalty or Revenue received in last three years……………

15 - 17

5. Detail of Production of Sand or Bajri or minor mineral in last three years………………………………………………………………………….

18 - 20

6. Process of Deposition of Sediments of minerals in District……………. 21 - 24

7. General Profile of the District …………………………………………….. 25 - 34

8. Land Utilization Pattern in the district: Forest, Agriculture, Mining etc…………………………………………………………………………….

35 - 36

9. Physiography of the District ……………………………………………… 37

10. Rainfall in District ………………………………………………………….. 38

11. Geology and Mineral Wealth …………………………………………….. 39

1. INTRODUCTION:-

Mahendergarh district occupies the southern extremity of the

Haryana state jointly with Rewari and Gurgaon districts of Haryana. It has a total

geographical area of 1776 sq. km. and falls between Latitudes 27°48’10” and

28°8’30” and Longitudes 75°54’00” and 76°51’30”. Mahendergarh district is

bounded by Dadri and Jhajjar districts in its north, Rewari in its east and Alwar

and Jhunjhunu (Rajasthan) districts in its south and west respectively.

Administratively, the district is divided into three sub divisions, namely

Mahendergarh, Narnaul and Kanina. The district, located in the semi-arid region

of the state, has its head quarter at Narnaul. The district forms a part of Haryana

Plains which itself is an integral part of Indo-Gangetic alluvial plain, has vast

stretch of almost flat land. There are eight development blocks in the area

namely Ateli, Kanina, Mahendergarh, Nangal Chaudhary and Narnaul, Sihma,

Nizampur and Satnali. The district is comprised of 370 villages and 5 towns with

the population of 9,21,680 souls as per 2011 census.

The district lies between north latitude 27° 47 to 28° 26 and east

longitude 75° 56’ to 76° 51’. It is bounded on the north by Dadri and Jhajjar

districts, on the east by Rewari district and Alwar district of Rajasthan, on the

south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar districts of Rajasthan, and on the west by Sikar


In district Mahendergarh of Haryana, there are so many types of

mineral such as Dolomite, Baraytes, Quartz, Quartzite, Road Metal and Masonry

Stone, Lime Stone, Calcite, Iron Ore, Slate Stone, Granite, Felspar, Bajri/ Sand

etc. are available in district Mahendergarh. Eight Mines of Road Metal and

Masonry stone, quartz and bajri in the district are already in operation and few

are in queue likely to be come into operation.

Minerals are classified into two groups, namely (i) Major minerals

and (ii) Minor minerals. Amongst these two groups minor mineral have been

defined under section 3 (e) of Mines and Minerals (Regulation and development)

Act, 1957; Quartz & Felspar were included in major mineral.

With subsequent notification dated 10.02.2015, 31 minerals (as

notified in the Act) have been declared as Minor Minerals. Therefore, minerals

namely Quartz & Felspar for which lease was granted now have fallen under

category of Minor Minerals and shall be under the purview and provisions of the

“Haryana Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking, Transportation and Prevention of

Illegal Mining Rule, 2012”.

As per Gazette notification of dated 15.01.2016 passed by Ministry

of Environment, Forest and Climate Change prior Environmental clearance for

the mining of minor minerals has now become mandatory in the area of mining

lease.

According to the guidelines of this Gazette notification, an district

survey report for mining of minor mineral have been prepared for necessary and

future requirement to provide the Environment Management Plan for the purpose

of mining of minor minerals in district.

2. OVERVIEW OF MINING ACTIVITY IN DISTRICT:-

In district Mahendergarh, Aravalli hills exists with different type of

minerals such as quartz, felspar, baraytes, dolomite, road metal and masonry

stone, sand/ bajri, slate stone, lime stone, calcite, granite, iron ore, kyanites and

quartzite stone/ mineral. Aravalli hill range inselbergs and scattered in different

locations of the district. Aravalli hills which scattered through different villages of

the district such as Garhi Khudana, Zerpur, Mandola, Rajawas, Ushmapur,

Sohla, Basai, Digrota, Madhogarh, Pali, Narnaul, Pachnota, Rasulpur, Jakhani,

Khatoti, Lehroda, Khampura, Khaspur, Dhanota, Rambas, Karoli, Maroli, Naya

Gaon, Musnota, Bayal, Gangutana, Golwa, Jainpur, Antri Biharipur, Morund,

Berundla, Sareli, Ghataser, Bakhrija, Sehlong, Mudandpura, Basirpur, Amarpur

Jorasi, Bazar etc. Minerals like fluvial Sand/ Bajri/ Ordinary clay/ brick earth are

available throughout the river bed area of Krishnawati and Dohan rivers which

are passed through the villages such as Deroli Jat, Kherki, Baproli, Mehrampur,

Khatoti, Badopur, Jadupur, Bamanwas, Dhani Jajma, Nolayaja, Antri, Biharipur,

Kojinda, Mandi, Dhani Bhathotha, Nangal Pipa, Nangal Kaliya etc. The area of

Mahendergarh district is marked by the Indo-gangetic Alluvial Plains with

outcrops of Aravalli Ranges and overlain by Eolian Sand Dunes at isolated

places. In addition, Brick earth is excavated at scattered places. The list of

mining leases/ contracts in district Mahendergarh which are in operations/

temporary closed due to some personal reasons/ likely to be in operations in

tabulated form is given below:-

Sr. No.

Name of Quarry

Name of Firm Revenue Record of the quarry

Name of Mineral

Remarks

1 Garhi M/s Haryana Mining Company, through Shri Subhash Gupta, 9, Lalit Plaza, Ankhir-Badkhal Road, Faridabad – 121001

Khasra No. 7

Stone --

2 Usmapur M/s Astha Infra Developers Pvt. Ltd., Through Shri Shobit Agarwal, B-154, Kamla Nagar, Agra

Khasra No. 45 Min.

Stone EC under process

3 Rajawas M/s R.S. Joint Ventures, 70-1, D.T. Pearls Business Park, Pitampura, Delhi - 110034

Khasra Nos. 91, 96, 97,

98, 99, 102, 103

Stone At present mining work

is closed. Under

process for further action.

4 Narnaul M/s A.N.E. Industries Pvt. Ltd., Chandigarh road, Nawanshahar, Punjab – 144514

Khasra No. 387

Stone

5 Amarpur Jorasi

M/s Muneer Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. Muneer Campus, Sankalapur, Bellary Road, Hospet, District Bellary, Karnatka

Khasra No. 145

Stone

6 Mukandpura M/s Satish Kumar Garg & Co. C/o Royal Marble and Minerals, 22-A, Industrial Estate, Nizampur road, Narnaul

Khasra No. 211/3/2

Quartz

7 Karota M/s H.G.E.L. Khasra No. Stone Agreement

Integrated Pvt Ltd. 2, Om Heera Panna Mall, 2nd Floor, Oshiwara, Andheri (West), Mumbai – 400053

61min. Terminated. Under


8 Dokhera M/s Xandy Mines & Minerals GH-18A, Celebraty Home, Palam Vihar, Gurgaon

Khasra No. 109 Min.

Dolomite and

Baraytes

Closed at present.

9 Bakhrija Plot No. 1

M/s Madaan Associates Through Sh. Raj Kumar Madaan, B-9/901, ITL Twin Tower, Netaji Subhash Place, Pitampura, New Delhi – 110034.

Khasra Nos. 69, 70, 71, 72, 80min,

81min

Stone


M/s Tirupati Viniyoge Pvt. Ltd., 63/3B, Sarat Bose Road, 5th Floor, Kolkata (West Bengal)–700025

Khasra Nos. 67, 68, 73, 74, 75, 76,

77min, 78min, 79min

Stone


M/s Nimawat Granites Private Limited, Through Smt. Sangeeta Nimawat, Fatehpur Shekhawat,

District Sikar (Rajasthan) – 332301

Stone Letter of Intent

issued and under



M/s Gradient Business Consulting Pvt. Ltd., 6/92, Vidhyadhar Nagar, Jaipur Rajasthan - 302039

Khasra Nos. 89min, 90, 91, 92, 93,

101min, 102min, 103

Stone

13 Musnota M/s Maa Santoshi Khanij Udyog, Old PNB Building, Kutubpur, Rewari (Haryana)

Khasra No. 550

Calcite EC obtained. At

present mining work

closed.

14 Mahendergarh Unit-1 (Sand/ Bajri)

M/s Om Minerals Through Sh. Sunil Mittal, BM-31 (West), Shalimar Bagh, Delhi-110088.

Khasra Nos. 84, 85, 86, 87 in village Azmabad

Mokhuta & Khasra No.

108 in Brahmanwas

Village

Sand/ Bajri


-- As mentioned in table No. 3

Sand/ Bajri

Under process for

further action.


M/s Om Minerals Through Sh. Sunil

Mittal, BM-31 (West), Shalimar

Bagh, Delhi-110088.

As mentioned in table No. 3

Sand/ Bajri

Agreement terminated.

Under process for

further action.

3. LIST OF MINING LEASES IN DISTRICT WITH LOCATION, AREA AND PERIOD OF VALIDITY:-

List of mining leases in tabulated form in district which are granted

by Government of Haryana is as below:-

Sr. No.

Name of Quarry

Name of Firm Revenue Record of the

quarry

Name of Mineral

Area Period

1 Mukandpura Shri Satish Kumar Garg S/o Shri Ajudhya Parshad Garg, C/o Royal Marble & Mines, 22-A, Industrial Estate, Narnaul

Khasra No. 211/3/2

Quartz. 3.7275 Ha.

50 Years

2 Musnota M/s Satish Kumar Garg & Co., 22-A, Industrial Estate, Narnaul

Khasra Nos. 599, 600, 601, 626, 627, 628, 648 & 649

Barytes, Felspar &

Quartz

79.32 Ha.

50 Years

3 Berundla Shri Satish Kumar S/o Shri Ajudhya Parshad, R/o Purani Mandi, Narnaul

Quartz. 18.775 Ha.

50 Years

4 Rambas Dhanota

Sh. Kuldip Yadav S/o Sh. Kanwar Singh, Village Kalwari, P.O. Dongra Ahir, Tehsil & District Mahendergarh

Felspar 128.95 Ha.

50 Years

5 Dhonkhera M/s Xandy Mines &

Khasra No. 109 Min.

Barites & Dolomites

4.80 Ha.

50 Years

Minerals, GH-18A, Celebrity Homes, Palam Vihar, Gurgaon

6 Rasulpur M/s Rattan Singh & Co. through Shri Rattan Singh S/o Shri Multan Singh, Village Dhanaunda Via Kanina, District Mohindergarh

Khasra Nos. 69min, 69/5 & 69/6

Quartz & Calcite

4.35 Ha.

50 Years

7 Garhi M/s Haryana Mining Company, through Shri Subhash Gupta, 9, Lalit Plaza, Ankhir-Badkhal Road, Faridabad

Khasra No. 7 Stone 6.70 Ha.

10 Years



Khasra Nos. 67, 68, 73, 74, 75,

76, 77min, 78min, 79min

Stone 21.65 Ha.

10 Years


M/s Madaan Associates Through Sh. Raj Kumar Madaan, B-9/901, ITL Twin Tower, Netaji Subhash Place, Pitampura, New Delhi

Khasra Nos. 69, 70, 71, 72,

80min, 81min

Stone 11.26 Ha.

10 Years

10 Rajawas M/s R.S. Joint Ventures, 70-1, D.T. Pearls

Khasra Nos. 91, 96, 97, 98, 99,

102, 103

Stone 53.03 Ha.

15 Years

Business Park, Pitampura, Delhi - 110034



12 Years

12 Amarpur Jorasi

M/s Muneer Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. Muneer Campus, Sankalapur, Bellary Road, Hospet, District Bellary, Karnatka – 583201


10 Years

13 Golwa Sh. Ashok Kumar S/o Sh. Ram Avtar, Village Chhapra Bibipur, P.O. Kamania, Tehsil Narnaul, District Mohindergarh

Quartz & Kyanite

111 Ha.

50 Years

14 Pachnota, Musnota, Roopar Sarai

Shri Sushil Malpani, 25-A, Citizen Enclave, Sector-14, Ext., Rohini, Delhi

Pachnota:- Khasra Nos. 176 to 186, 189, 190, 193 to 200, 203 to 211, 215, 216, 218, 219, 226 to 230, 232 to 234, 237 to 240, 244 to 247, 249 to 251, 258, 261 to 268, 273, 275

Musnota:-

Mica, Quartz,

Felspar & Calcite

400 Ha.

50 Years

Khasra No. 476

Roopar Sarai:-

Khasra Nos. 57 to 63, 65 to 68, 74 to 79, 81 to 86

15 Narnaul M/s Faridabad Gurgaon Minerals, 30- Ishwar Nagar, New Delhi

Calcite 118 Ha.

50 Years

16 Ropar Sarai Sh. Ajay S/o Sh. Murari Lal, VPO Koshli, District Rewari

Quartz. 69.05 Ha.

50 Years

17 Bayal Sh. Manmohan Bhadana S/o Sh. Kartar Singh Bhadana, VPO Anangpur, District Faridabad

Khasra Nos. 201, 223 & 224

Quartz & Felspar

76.75 Ha.

50 Years


M/s Gradient Business Consulting Pvt. Ltd., 6/92, Vidhyadhar Nagar, Jaipur Rajasthan – 302039

Khasra Nos. 89min, 90, 91, 92, 93, 101min,

102min, 103

Stone 34.64 Ha.

10 Years

19 Karota M/s H.G.E.L. Integrated Pvt Ltd. 2, Om Heera Panna Mall, 2nd Floor, Oshiwara, Andheri (West), Mumbai

Khasra No. 61min.

Stone 9.55 Ha.

10 Years

20 Bazar Shri Jitender Kumar S/o Shri Phool Chand Gupta, Khajanchi Building, Bhatwara, Narnaul

Khasra Nos. 13/26, 17/26, 31/26, 32, 33, 34, 35, 38/27, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 50, 51, 76 & 79

Stone 81.35 Ha.

50 Years


Khasra No. 550

Calcite 8.107 Ha.

50 Years

22 Ghataser Shri Hari Ram S/o Shri Sunder Lal, Near Railway Station, Narnaul

Khasra No. 174 Quartz. 22.82 Ha.

50 Years

23 Panchnota Shri Ram Kumar Saini S/o Shri Mam Chand Saini, VPO Nangal Chaudhary, Tehsil Narnaul, District Mohindergarh

Khasra Nos. 212, 213, 221, 222, 223, 235 & 236

Quartz & Felspar

48.48 Ha.

50 Years

24 Dostpur Shri Bhupinder Singh S/o Shri Madan Pal Singh, VPO Bapora, Distt. Bhiwani

47 B (South) Lime Stone

4.90 Ha.

50 Years

25 Bhedanti Shri Sunil Yadav S/o Shri Sher Singh, VPO Duloth Ahir, District Mahendergarh

Khasra Nos. 8/15/2, 16, 24/2, 25/1, 25/2

9/2/1, 2/2, 3, 4/1, 4/2, 5, 6/1, 6/2, 7/1, 7/2, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13/1, 13/2/1, 13/2/2,

Lime Stone

32.1 Ha.

50 Years

14/1, 14/2, 14/3, 15, 16, 17/1, 17/2, 18, 19, 20/1, 20/2, 21/1, 21/2, 22, 23/1, 23/2, 24 & 25

21/1/1, 2, 3, 4, 5/1, 5/2, 5/3, 6/1, 6/2, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11/1, 11/2, 12/2, 13/3, 12/4, 13/1, 13/2, 13/3, 14/1, 14/2, 15, 16, 17/1, 17/2, 18, 19/1, 19/2, 19/3, 20/1, 20/2, 21, 22/1, 22/2, 23, 24/1, 24/2, 25.

22/4/2/1, 4/2/2, 4/3, 5/1, 5/2, 6/1, 6/2, 7, 13/1, 13/2, 14/1/2, 14/1/1, 14/2/2, 15/1, 15/2, 15/3, 16, 17, 18, 23, 24, 25/1, 25/2,

23/5/1, 5/2

25/3, 4, 5, 26,

26/1, 2/1, 2/2, 3/1, 3/2, 4, 5,

27/1, 2, 3/1

37, 38, 42, 68

26 Dostpur M/s Om Parkash Sharma & Co., Mohalla Missar Wala, Narnaul

Khasra No. 47A (North)

Lime Stone

4.92 Ha.

50 Years

27 Dostpur Shri Rama Kant Bhardwaj S/o Shri Nitya Nand Bhardwaj, VPO Kund, Tehsil & District Rewari

Khasra No. 46 Lime Stone

4.932 Ha.

50 Years

28 Berundla Shri Nemi Chand Agarwal C/o M/s Hindustan Minerals and Chemical Products Ltd., B-7, Industrial Estates, Nizampur Road, Narnaul

Khasra No. 55 Quartz. 3.32 Ha.

50 Years

29 Usmapur M/s Astha Infra Developers Pvt. Ltd., Through Shri Shobit Agarwal, B-154, Kamla Nagar, Agra

Khasra No. 45 Min.

Stone 31.10 Ha.

10 Years



Khasra Nos. 84, 85, 86, 87 in

village Azmabad Mokhuta &

Khasra No. 108 in Brahmanwas

Village

Sand/ Bajri

43.36 Ha.

7 Years


(11 Villages)

Jadupur, Hamidpur,

Khatoti Khurd, Jakhani,

Mehrampur, Khorma, Baproli, Nangal Katha, Gehli, Khatoti

Sultanpur, Kherki, Kuksi,

Deroli Ahir, Deroli Jat, Kothal

Kalan, Kothal Khurd,

Chamdhera, Mahendergarh,

Majra Kalan, Majra Khurd,

Sand/ Bajri

719.46 Ha.

Agreement Terminated.

Under process further action

Bhagdana


(17 Villages)


Shahbajpur, Lujota, Naulaija,

Nangal Chaudhary,

Jainpur, Mosampur,

Biharipur, Antri, Nangal Kaliya, Sirohi Bahali, Nangal Pipa,

Akbarpur Sirohi, Totaheri, Dhani

Bhathotha, Mandi (Shahpur Avval), Kojinda &

Patikara

Sand/ Bajri

364.54 Ha.

Agreement Terminated.

Under process further action

4. DETAIL OF ROYALTY/ REVENUE RECEIVED IN LAST THREE YEARS OF DISTRICT:-

Quarry wise record of received revenue/ royalty for the time period

November, 2014 to November, 2017 in District is listed below in tabulated form:-

Sr. No.

Name of Quarry

Name of Firm Royalty/ Revenue Received in last three years (November, 2014 to November, 2017)

Name of Mineral

Remarks


Rs. 8,83,20,857/- Stone --

2 Usmapur M/s Astha Infra Developers Pvt. Ltd., Through Shri Shobit Agarwal, B-154, Kamla Nagar, Agra (U.P.)

-- Stone EC under process


Rs. 4,88,50,000/- Stone At present mining work

is closed. Under



Rs. 22,83,99,600/- Stone --

5 Amarpur Jorasi M/s Muneer Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. Muneer Campus, Sankalapur, Bellary Road, Hospet, District Bellary, Karnatka – 583201

Rs. 18,19,51,961/- Stone --

6 Mukandpura M/s Satish Kumar Garg & Co. C/o

Rs. 33,93,436/- Quartz --

Royal Marble and Minerals, 22-A, Industrial Estate, Nizampur road, Narnaul

7 Karota M/s H.G.E.L. Integrated Pvt Ltd. 2, Om Heera Panna Mall, 2nd Floor, Oshiwara, Andheri (West), Mumbai – 400053

Rs. 1,50,58,032/- Stone Agreement Terminated.

Under process for

further action.


Rs. 1,46,32,048/- Dolomite and

Baraytes

Closed at present.



Rs. 13,66,80,311/- Stone --



Rs. 29,35,18,548/- Stone --




-- Stone Letter of Intent

issued and under



M/s Gradient Business Consulting Pvt. Ltd., 6/92, Vidhyadhar Nagar,

Rs. 33,94,96,681/- Stone --

Jaipur Rajasthan - 302039


Rs. 24,00,000/- Calcite EC obtained. At

present mining work

closed.



Rs. 4,28,00,000/- Sand/ Bajri

--


-- -- Sand/ Bajri

Under process for

further action.



Rs. 5,25,16,113/- Sand/ Bajri


Under process for

further action.

5. DETAIL OF PRODUCTION OF SAND/ BAJRI/ MINOR MINERALS IN LAST THREE YEARS:-

The detail of production in metric tonne of sand/ bajri or minor

minerals of the time period November, 2014 to November, 2017 i.e. last three

years is listed below in tabulated form:-

Sr. No.

Name of Quarry

Name of Firm Production in MT in last three years (November, 2014 to November, 2017)

Name of Mineral

Remarks


12,39,622 MT Stone --

2 Usmapur M/s Astha Infra Developers Pvt. Ltd., Through Shri Shobit Agarwal, B-154, Kamla Nagar, Agra (U.P.)

-- Stone EC under process


7,104 MT Stone At present mining work

is closed. Under



49,85,177 MT Stone --

5 Amarpur Jorasi M/s Muneer Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. Muneer Campus, Sankalapur,

17,10,053 MT

Stone --

Bellary Road, Hospet, District Bellary, Karnatka – 583201

6 Mukandpura M/s Satish Kumar Garg & Co. C/o Royal Marble and Minerals, 22-A, Industrial Estate, Nizampur road, Narnaul

1,81,766 MT Quartz --

7 Karota M/s H.G.E.L. Integrated Pvt Ltd. 2, Om Heera Panna Mall, 2nd Floor, Oshiwara, Andheri (West), Mumbai – 400053

9,375 MT Stone Agreement Terminated.

Under process for

further action.


2,60,164 MT Dolomite and

Baraytes

Closed at present.



11,71,892 MT Stone --



45,53,053 MT

Stone --




-- Stone Letter of Intent

issued and under



M/s Gradient Business Consulting Pvt.

42,35,348 MT Stone --

Ltd., 6/92, Vidhyadhar Nagar, Jaipur Rajasthan - 302039


-- Calcite EC obtained. At

present mining work

closed.



1,04,132 MT Sand/ Bajri

--


-- -- Sand/ Bajri

Under process for

further action.



2,43,603 MT Sand/ Bajri


Under process for

further action.

6. PROCESS OF DEPOSITION OF MINERALS IN DISTRICT:-

Physiographically Mahendergarh district has broadly five landforms

viz. hill, pediplain, aeolin plain, fluvial plain and abandoned river course. Hills are

barren and rocky with irregular shapes. The pediplain comprises of pediments

and buried pediments, the aeolin plain consists of sand dune, interdune, sandy

plain. Fluvial plain occurs along the course of ephemeral rivers and their

seasonal tributaries. The district is located in semi-arid region of the state. The

study area has three landforms viz. Aravalli Hills, Aravalli Pediments and Fluvio –

Aeolin Plains.

The Mahendergarh district is the domain of dry-land topography

throughout. Presence of inland streams, sandy plain, shifting sand dunes devoid

of vegetation, fixed or fossil sand dunes, dissected upland tract, and often

barren, denuded rocky hill ranges and their outcrops provide an ensemble of

terrain features truly associated with semi-arid to arid environment. In east-west

traverse, many of the above referred features may be recognized. The features

are morphologically symmetrical and provide rapid and often large variations in

relief and slope characteristics. Consequently, the overall relief is undualtory with

a regional south to north and west to east slope.

The area is located in semi-arid region of the state with landscape

comprising of undulating plain, sand dunes and rocky surfaces. The area is geo-

morphologically classified as Eolian Plain and Dome type residual hills. The mine

lease area exhibits plain to undulated topography. The highest elevation of 635

mtrs exists in the Aravalli range near Kharjo forest in south – west direction

whereas the lowest elevation of 287 mtrs. exists near Rampura on north

direction. The lease area consists of ridges and valleys. The highest point in the

lease area is recorded to be 480mRL and the lowest point recorded is 370 mRL.

The lease area does not have any water body. There are dry

nallahs in which water flows during rains for a short duration, otherwise they

remain dry for the rest of the months. The rain water from these nallahs drains

either into local Johars or in agriculture fields.

Krishnawati river consists of two nalas before joining in Haryana

namely Dohan Nala which originates from the vast Dokan Protected forest area?

whereas the Donger Nala is originate from the Khetri and Bansiyal protected

forest areas of Siker Districts. Both these nala Dohan and Dongar Nala merge

near the Biharipur village and after than it is called Krishnawati River. These

nalas meanders through the area and joins near the village Biharipur 3kms SW

of Mokhuta Azmabad in Haryana.

River sediment is transported depending on the strength of the flow

that carries it and its own size, volume, density, and shape. Stronger flows will

increase the lift and drag on the particle, causing it to rise, while larger or denser

particles will be more likely to fall through the flow.

River and stream carry sediment in their flows. This sediment can

be in a variety of locations within the flow, depending on the balance between the

upwards velocity on the particle (drag and lift forces), and the settling velocity of

the particle.

If the upwards velocity is approximately equal to the settling

velocity, sediment will be transported downstream entirely as suspended load. If

the upwards velocity is much less than the settling velocity, but still high enough

for the sediment to move, it will move along the bed as bed load by rolling,

sliding, and satiating (jumping up into the flow, being transported a short distance

then settling again). If the upwards velocity is higher than the settling velocity, the

sediment will be transported high in the flow as wash load.

Sedimentation, in the geological sciences, is a process of

deposition of a solid material from a State of suspension or solution in a fluid

(usually air or water). Broadly defined it also includes deposits from glacial ice

and those materials collected under the impetus of gravity along, as in talus

deposits, or accumulations of rock debris at the base of cliffs. The term is

commonly used as a synonym for sedimentary petrology and sedimentology.

Sedimentation is generally considered by geologists in terms of the

textures, structures, and fossil content of the deposits lay down in different

geographic and geomorphic environments.

Sand is an essential minor mineral used extensively across the

country as a useful construction constituent and variety of other uses in sports,

agriculture, glass making (a form of sand with high silica content) etc. It is

common knowledge that minerals are non renewable but this form of mineral

naturally gets replenished from time to time in a given river system and is very

much interrelated to the hydrological cycle in a river basin.

Sand mining has become a widely spread activity and does not

require a huge set up or technology, the number of ventures has increased

extensively and it has become a footloose industry in itself but the backward-

forward linkages are becoming stronger as many are getting employed as well as

the construction activity/ industry requires this mineral at consistent rates. In the

State of Punjab, sand has been declared as an essential commodity so as to

control its extraction and sale price. Riverine environmental systems are unique

in themselves and provide environmental services, natural resources to meet

variety of needs of urban and rural communities. The River originating from

Aravalli Hills bring with them lots of aggregate materials whereas as they move

downstream, only finer elements/ minerals like sand area found in abundance.

Both rivers Dohan and Krishnawati originating from the Jaipur and

Siker District of Rajsthan are the key players in the formation of the drainage

basin of the entire district Mohindergarh. Its source is in the Dokan area.

7. GENERAL PROFILE OF DISTRICT:-

7.1 HARYANA STATE PROFILE:-

Haryana is a state in north India. It was carved out of the state of

Punjab in 1966. It is bordered by Punjab and Himachal Pradesh to the north, and

Rajasthan to the west and south. Eastern border to Haryana & Uttar Pradesh is

defined by river Yamuna. Haryana also surrounds Delhi on three sides, forming

the northern, western and southern borders of Delhi. Consequently, a large area

of Haryana is included in the National Capital Region. The capital of Haryana is

Chandigarh which is administered as a union territory and is also the capital of

Punjab.

Haryana is a landlocked state in northern India. It is located

between 27°37′ to 30°35′ N latitude and between 74°28′ and 77°36′ E longitude.

The altitude of Haryana varies between 700 to 3600 ft. (200 metres to 1200

metres) above sea level. Haryana has four main geographical features.

• The Yamuna-Ghaggar plain forming the largest part of the state

• The Shivalik Hills to the northeast

• Semi-desert sandy plain to the southwest

• The Aravalli Range in the south

7.2 MAHENDERGARH DISTRICT PROFILE:-

Mahendergarh district occupies the southern extremity of the

Haryana state jointly with Rewari and Gurgaon districts of Haryana. It has a total

geographical area of 1776 sq. km. and falls between Latitudes 27°48’10” and

28°8’30” and Longitudes 75°54’00” and 76°51’30”. Mahendergarh district is

bounded by Dadri and Jhajjar districts in its north, Rewari in its east and Alwar

and Jhunjhunu (Rajasthan) districts in its south and west respectively.

Administratively, the district is divided into three sub divisions, namely

Mahendergarh, Narnaul and Kanina. The district, located in the semi-arid region

of the state, has its head quarter at Narnaul. The district forms a part of Haryana

Plains which itself is an integral part of Indo-Gangetic alluvial plain, has vast

stretch of almost flat land. Broadly speaking the district can be divided into five

distinct landscapes with elevation varying from 200 mean above sea level (mtrs)

to 634 mtrs, in Aravalli hills near Bayal village, foot hills flood plains, Aeolian

plains and sand dunes Alluvium deposits. There are eight development blocks in

the area namely Ateli, Kanina, Mahendergarh, Nangal Chaudhary and Narnaul,

Sihma, Nizampur and Satnali. The district is comprised of 370 villages and 5

towns with the population of 9,21,680 souls as per 2011 census.

The district lies between north latitude 27° 47 to 28° 26 and east

longitude 75° 56’ to 76° 51’. It is bounded on the north by Dadri and Jhajjar


south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar districts of Rajasthan, and on the west by Sikar


7.2.1 ADMINISTRATIVE:-

There are 4 Vidhan Sabha constituencies in this district: Ateli,

Mahendergarh, Narnaul and Nangal Chaudhry. All of these are part of Bhiwani-

Mahendergarh Lok Sabha constituency.The district has an area of 1899 sq.kms.

The population density of the district is 921,680 (Census 2011) in which 486

Thousands are male over 435 thousands of female, over all rual population is

78,8,000 , 14.61% are percent5age of Urban population to total population. The

District is 165km away from Delhi and well connected to National highway 08

through Rewari the district lies between the Latitude 76.15° East to Latitude

28.28° North. The District Administrative map is epitomized in Figure 7-A.

Figure 7-A: District Administrative Map

7.2.2 GENERAL CHARACTHERISTICS OF THE DISTRICT:-

Mahendergarh district was formed in 1948 by grouping different

tracts of erstwhile princely states; Narnaul and Mahendergarh tehsils from

Patiala State, Dadri (Charkhi Dadri) from Jind State and a part of Bawal nizamat

from Nabha State. It became a part of Patiala and East PunjabStates Union

(PEPSU) state. On November 1, 1956, with the merger of PEPSU with Punjab,

it became a part of Punjab state and with the formation of Haryana state in

1966; it became a part of the newly formed state. Rewari tehsil of Gurgaon

district was added to it in 1972 but Rewari tehsil was made a separate district in

1989.

7.2.3 RAINFALL AND CLIMATE:-

The climate of Mahendergarh district can be classified as tropical

steppe, semi-arid and hot which is mainly dry with very hot summer and cold

winter except during monsoon season when moist air of oceanic origin

penetrates into the district. There are four seasons in a year. The hot weather

season starts from mid March to last week of the June followed by the south-

west monsoon which lasts up to September. The transition period from

September to October forms the post-monsoon season. The winter season

starts late in November and remains up to first week of March.

The normal annual rainfall of the district is 500 mm which is

unevenly distributed over the area 26 days. The south west monsoon sets in

from last week of June and withdraws in end of September, contributed about

84% of annual rainfall. July and August are the wettest months. Rest 16%

rainfall is received during non-monsoon period in the wake of western

disturbances and thunder storms. Generally rainfall in the district increases from

southwest to northeast.

7.2.4 HYDROGEOLOGY:-

The district is underlain by alluvium and blown sand of Recent to

sub recent age which are overlying the rocks of post Delhi and Delhi system.

The alluvium in the area belongs to older alluvium stage comprising of sand, silt,

clay and calcareous nodules. The alluvium is the fresh water deposit of Indo-

Gangetic river system.

In alluvium the granular zones exist down to entire thickness, which

is negligible near the out crop of Delhi system to about 150m in the northern part

of district. The average thickness of the alluvium in the district is more than 50m.

Exploratory drilling has been carried out at 19 exploratory sites in alluvial

formation and 35 in Hard rock areas. In alluvial formations the successful

exploratory tube well tapped aquifer zones down to the depth of 170m & 235 m

yielding 220 lpm to 1200 lpm for 6 to 23m drawdown.

The transmissivity value ranges from 150 to 810 m2/day in alluvial

formations and between 370 and 1685 m2/day in hard rocks. The lateral

hydraulic conductivity ranges from 1.5 to 20 m/ day. In hard rock area the depth

of bore holes ranges between 50 to 135 m and the water bearing zones in

weathered fractured quartzite and limestone were tapped. The discharge of tube

wells varies between 100 to 1325 lpm with 3 to 15m draw down in lime stone

aquifers. The discharge of tube wells constructed in quartzite formation ranges

between 22 and 820 lpm for reasonable drawdowns.

7.2.5 METEOROLOGY:-

The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very

useful proper interpretation of the baseline information, surrounding area for air

dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an

important role in identifying the general meteorological regime of the region.

Mahendergarh has arid to semiarid climate and receives over

517.8mm of rainfall annually with most rains occurring during the monsoon

months. Temperatures remain relatively high throughout the year, with the

summer months of April to early July having average daily temperatures of

around 30°C. During the monsoon there are frequent, heavy rains and

thunderstorm. The winter months are mild and pleasant, with average

temperatures ranging from 15–18°C. There are however occasional cold waves

that lead to temperatures near freezing.

7.2.6 SEISMICITY OF THE MAHENDERGARH DISTRICT:-

The major region of Mahendergarh district falls in least Active

Seismic Zone – II. The prominent Mahendergarh-Dehradun Fault passes in the

district. The Axis of Delhi Folding also passes under Mahendergarh towards

Rohtak. Eastern parts of Haryana along with Delhi lie in the Gangetic Plain.

Most earthquakes in this region are shallow though a few earthquake of

intermediate depth have been recorded in Haryana. The major earthquake with

epic centre in Mahendergarh district was felt in 1998 with magnitude of 5.2 on

Richter scale.

7.2.7 POPULATION:-

In 2011, Mahendergarh had population of 921,680 of which

population density of the district is 921,680 (Census 2011) in which 922088are

male over 435 thousands of female, over all rual population is 78,8,000, 14.61%

are percentage of Urban population to total population

TABLE OF THE POPULATION OF DISTRICT

S. No. Particulars 2011 census

1. Population 921,680

2. Male 922,088

3. Female 486,665

4. No. of Villlage 376

7.2.8 CONNECTIVITY:-

The district lies between north latitude 270 47 to 280 26 and east

longitude 750 56’ to 760 51’. It is bounded on the north by Dadri and Jhajjar


south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar districts of Rajasthan, and on the west by

Sikarand Jhunjhunu districts of Rajasthan. The District is 165km away from Delhi

and well connected to National highway 08 through Rewari the district lies

between the Lattitude 76.150 East to Lattitude 28.280 North.

7.2.9 RAILWAY AND ROAD:-

The nearest railhead (meter gauge) is at Mahendergarh, Narnaul

and Nizampur, within 15km. from different leases of the district. The nearest

airport are Delhi and Jaipur. District Mahendergarh is bounded on the north by

Dadri and Jhajjar districts, on the east by Rewari district and Alwar district of

Rajasthan, on the south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar districts of Rajasthan, and on

the west by Sikar and Jhunjhunu districts of Rajasthan. It has 3 tehsils of

Narnaul, Mahendergarh and Kanina. Connectivity map of district Mahendergarh

is emphasized in the following figure-C.

7.2.10 AVAILABILITY OF MINERALS:-

Mahendergarh district has rich mineral deposits. It enjoys unique

position in the state but it is irony of the fate that these deposits have not been

tapped to the desired extent and add negligible contribution to the district

economy. The important minerals found in the district are lime stone, marble,

sandstone, iron ore, silica sand, feldspar, quartz, calcite, quartzite, dolomite,

baraytes etc. at different locations.

FIGURE-C: CONNECTIVITY MAP OF DISTRICT MAHENDERGARH

8. LAND UTILIZATION PATTERN IN DISTRICT:-

8.1 LAND USE PATTERN:-

BASIC STATISTICS OF DISTRICT MAHENDERGARH FOR THE YEAR 2010-11

"Area in Hectare" S.

No.

Items

Narnaul Mahenderg

arh

Total

1. Geographical Area 95446 98714 194160

2.

Cultivable Area

75122

80364

155486

3.

Net Irrigated Area

46664

76184

122848

By Canal 412 1355 1767 By Tubewell 46252 74829 121081

4.

Gross Irrigation Area

48210

90993

139203

By Canal 412 1442 1854 By Tubewell 47798 89551 137349

5. Land put to Non-

Cultivable 20324 18350 38674 Area

6.

Total Cropped Area

130045

150335

280380

TYPE OF MAJOR CROPS AND SOIL IN THE DISTRICT:-

1. Major Crops (Rabi):- Wheat, Mustard, Barley, Gram etc.

2. Major Crops (Kharif):- Cotton, Bajra, Guar etc.

3. Type of Soil:- Alkaline and Saline

8.2 FOREST AND FOREST TYPES:-

The state Haryana lies at the meeting point of three vegetative

zones: the western Himalayas to the north, the upper Gangetic Plains to the east,

and West Indian Desert or Arid Zone which encompasses most of the State

(Singh et al. 1994) The planned project falls in the Mahendergarh district whichis

bounded on the north by Bhiwani and Rewari districts, on the east by Rewari

district and Alwar district of Rajasthan, on the south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar

districts of Rajasthan, and on the west by Sikar and Jhunjhunu districts of

Rajasthan.

In accordance to the India State of Forest Report, 2015 (Forest

Survey of India), the total forest cover of the project district Mahendergarh is 69

km2 which is only 3.71% of the total forest cover of the state of Haryana. The

forest cover of Haryana is predominantly comprising of open forest (69 km2)

followed by Moderate Dense Forest (16 km2). No recorded very dense forests

are present in the project district. Further a total of 26 km2 area in the project

district is under scrub land.

According to Champion and Seth’s classification, the state has two

forest type groups, viz. Tropical Dry Deciduous and Subtropical Pine. The forest

vegetation of the Mahendergarh district comes under Tropical Dry Deciduous

Forests and all the forest areas are categorized in Open and Scrub categories.

9. PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE DISTRICT:-

The district with geographical area 1776sq km lies between north

latitude 27°47 to 28°26 and east longitude 75°56’ to 76°51’. It is bounded on the

north by Bhiwani and Rohtak districts, on the east by Rewari district and Alwar

district of Rajasthan, on the south by Alwar, Jaipur and Sikar districts of

Rajasthan, and on the west by Sikar and Jhunjhunu districts of Rajasthan.

Physiographically Mahendragarh district has broadly five landforms

viz. hill, pediplain, aeolin plain, fluvial plain and abandoned river course. Hills are

barren and rocky with irregular shapes. The pediplain comprises of pediments

and buried pediments, the aeolin plain consists of sand dune, interdune, sandy

plain. Fluvial plain occurs along the course of ephemeral rivers and their

seasonal tributaries. The district is located in semi-arid region of the state. The

study area has three landforms viz. Aravalli Hills, Aravalli Pediments and Fluvio –

Aeolin Plains.

10. RAINFALL AND CLIMATE:-

The climate of Mahendergarh district can be classified as tropical

steppe, semi-arid and hot which is mainly dry with very hot summer and cold

winter except during monsoon season when moist air of oceanic origin

penetrates into the district. There are four seasons in a year. The hot weather

season starts from mid March to last week of the June followed by the south-

west monsoon which lasts up to September. The transition period from

September to October forms the post-monsoon season. The winter season starts

late in November and remains up to first week of March.

The normal annual rainfall of the district is about 500 mm which is

unevenly distributed over the area for approximately 26 days. The south west

monsoon sets in from last week of June and withdraws in end of September,

contributed about 84% of annual rainfall. July and August are the wettest months.

Rest 16% rainfall is received during non-monsoon period in the wake of western

disturbances and thunder storms. Generally rainfall in the district increases from

southwest to northeast.

Normal Annual Rainfall : 500 mm

Normal monsoon Rainfall : 420 mm

Temperature

Mean Maximum : 41°C (May, June) Mean Minimum : 5.6°C (January)

Normal Rainy days : 26

11. GEOLOGY AND MINERAL WEALTH:-

In district Mahendergarh, Aravalli hills exists with different type of

minerals such as quartz, felspar, baraytes, dolomite, road metal and masonry

stone, sand/ bajri, slate stone, lime stone, calcite, granite, iron ore, kyanites and

quartzite stone/ mineral. Aravalli hill range inselbergs and scattered in different

locations of the district. Aravalli hills which scattered through different villages of

the district such as Garhi Khudana, Zerpur, Mandola, Rajawas, Ushmapur,

Sohla, Basai, Digrota, Madhogarh, Pali, Narnaul, Pachnota, Rasulpur, Jakhani,

Khatoti, Lehroda, Khampura, Khaspur, Dhanota, Rambas, Karoli, Maroli, Naya

Gaon, Musnota, Bayal, Gangutana, Golwa, Jainpur, Antri Biharipur, Morund,

Berundla, Sareli, Ghataser, Bakhrija, Sehlong, Mudandpura, Basirpur, Amarpur

Jorasi, Bazar etc. Minerals like fluvial Sand/ Bajri/ Ordinary clay/ brick earth are

available throughout the river bed area of Krishnawati and Dohan rivers which

are passed through the villages such as Deroli Jat, Kherki, Baproli, Mehrampur,

Khatoti, Badopur, Jadupur, Bamanwas, Dhani Jajma, Nolayaja, Antri, Biharipur,

Kojinda, Mandi, Dhani Bhathotha, Nangal Pipa, Nangal Kaliya etc. The area of

Mahendergarh district is marked by the Indo-gangetic Alluvial Plains with

outcrops of Aravalli Ranges and overlain by Eolian Sand Dunes at isolated

places. In addition, Brick earth is excavated at scattered places.

Geologically above mentioned minerals are available under the

earth as well as above the surface of earth and their modification forms are

useful in different type of needs of human being such as construction of building,

roads, bridges, railway lines, crockery utensils, glasses used in different type of

vehicles, plasters which are used for medical purposes etc.

Annexure - 14

Details Regarding Silicosis and Tuberculosis by Medical Officer

English translation of Details regarding person suffering from Silicosis and Tuberculosis

From Medical Officer Primary Health Centre Bayal, District – Mahendragarh To Shri Guljhari Chandela Village- Punchnota, Post office Bayal District- Mahendergarh Reference no. 02 Date- 09/01/2018 Subject: Regarding Information of Villages, Persons suffering from Silicosis and tuberculosis under PHC Bayal With reference to the above-mentioned subject to reply your enquiry for application made dated on 8/1/2018 this is to acknowledge you that under PHC Bayal in year 2017 total patients of Tuberculosis (TB) was registered 50 persons and there is no patient registered for silicosis. And PHC Bayal and its surrounding villages and Hamlets are 11+20 and population recorded is almost 27372 in number. Medical Officer Primary Health Centre Bayal

Annexure - 15

Clarification regarding boundary of Rajasthan

English translation of Boundary Clarification from Rajasthan Government

From: - Nayab Tahsildar

Sub Tahsil Patan

District – Seekar

To: - Shri Manmohan Bhadana s/o Shri Kartar bhadana

Village & post – Anangpur, District- Faridabad

Reference No. S-P-1 Date: 10/01/2018

Subject- No objection certificate after Boundary verification

With reference to the above-mentioned subject

Your application dated 08/01/2018 was received and verification done and it was found that Village

Dunga ka Nangal in near to mine lease area of khasra no. 223 and 224 pillar A GPS Coordinate

27°50.931 N 75°58.574 E and Pillar B 27°50.732N 75°58.899E and village Syalodra’s oundary is losed to khasra no. 201 Pillar A - 27°51.686N 75°58.495E Pillar B - 27°51.979N 75°58.729E etc. was verified

and found out side from Rajasthan State boundary.

Therefore, e don’t ha e any o je tion on a o e oundary issue.

Sub Tahsildar

Patan

And

Shishram meena (patwari)

Dunga ka nangal, seeker Rajasthan

Annexure - 16

Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) Plan


EIA/EMP Report

1 | P a g e

Social Impact Assessment Report of the Project

1. Description of the Project

Environmental, social, cultural and economic factors are connected with each other which

form an integral part of decision making. A project may affect the society/community

positively and/or negatively. When the developmental project is executed, it has impacts on

day to day quality of life of people and communities. Socio-economic studies for a

developmental project involves a consideration of the impacts on health, livelihood, culture,

employment, social structure, services, etc. The Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan (R & R

Plan) is aimed to compensate the society directly or indirectly by providing relief packages,

providing employment and by improving infrastructures in the area. Thus, the proposed R & R

plan is framed out to minimize the negative impacts of the project, to grant benefits to the

project affected families or persons, to compensate the loss of livelihood of people, if any, to

consider all cultural, traditional and social aspects and to furnish infrastructure development

in the project area. In order to provide the best packages to project affected families and to

implement a sound developmental plan, Government of India has framed out detailed

guidelines in the form of Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition

Resettlement and Rehabilitation Act (2013). This is a general policy and is considered across

the nation. However, it does not highlight the regional issues, which are relevant to a particular

area. Therefore, a few states of India including Haryana where the proposed project is located,

have formulated separate policies on Rehabilitation and Resettlement suggesting better

packages and addressing regional issues imperatively.

Bayal Quartz, Feldspar and Quartzite/Stone Mine is in Bayal Village, Narnaul Taluka,

Mahindergarh district, Haryana State. The proposed rate of production is 55,00,000 Tonnes

per Annum(TPA). The estimated project cost is INR 875 Lakhs. The anticipated life of mine is

23 years. The total mine lease area is barren wasteland comes under jurisdiction of Gram

pa hayat s.

2. Objective of the social impact assessment report

The chapter on Social Impact Assessment of the project is prepared to deal with the impact on

population, land acquisition and resettlement impact resulting from the mining work of the

said area. The plan provides an analysis of the impacts, identifies the nature and types of

losses, and establishes an entitlement matrix as a guide to payments of compensation and

resettlement benefits. The primary objective of this report aims to mitigate the adverse social

impacts caused by the project such as structure loss (partly or fully), loss of livelihoods and of

other assets including restoration of the income and living standards of the affected persons

(APs) due to land and property acquisition within a short period of time without any

disruptions in their own economic and social environment.


EIA/EMP Report

2 | P a g e

3. Scope of Land Acquisition and resettlement

The project has its objectives of avoiding involuntary resettlement wherever possible, by

means of adopting an appropriate technical design, which leads to minimization of the

resettlement impact. In keeping with this objective, the technical design aims at minimization

of the resettlement impact by means of best utilization of the available space by avoiding

private and public assets and land acquisition as far as possible. The social survey was

undertaken in month of January 2018, the resettlement impacts in this project are

i sig ifi a t .

3.1 Ownership of the Properties

The total number of properties documented have been analysed under different categories in

terms of its uses, such as private, religious, residential, commercial, public /Govt. etc. These

divisions have been made according to their use and occupancy. Out of the total 45 properties

that are likely to be affected, 43 structures are private properties (properties that are owned

by individuals and do not have govt. or community ownership) and 2 are community.

The property falling within the mine lease area as per its type of ownership has been

documented in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Ownership of Properties likely to be affected

Type of

Properties

No. of Structures Total %age


Private 41 2 43 95.56

Community 2 0 2 4.44

Total 43 2 45 100

Source: Census Survey, Voyants Solution Gurugram, 2018

3.2 Type of Construction of the Structures

Maximum numbers of the constructed structures, which are likely to be impacted within the

corridor of impact, are semi-pucca (66.67%) followed by pucca (26.67%). However, Boundary

wall are not very significant in number (6.66%). The detail of type of constructions of the

structures is summarized in the Table 3.2.

Table 3.3: Type of Construction along the Project site

Type of

Construction

Structures Total %age


Semi Pucca 29 1 30 66.67

Pucca 11 1 12 26.67

Boundary Wall 3 0 3 6.66

Total 43 2 45 100



EIA/EMP Report

3 | P a g e

3.3 Private Properties to be Affected

The total number of private properties likely to be affected due to the project is estimated to

be 43 in number (Annexure 3.1). Of these total private properties, 41 are estimated on the

south side and 2 on the north side in the lease area. Refer Table 3.3.

Table 3.3: Type of Private Properties Likely to be Affected

Type of Private

Property

Private Structures Total %age


Residential 38 2 40 93.02

Others (if any) 3 0 3 6.98

Total 41 2 43 100


3.4 Community Structures

The community structures include Stairs and rest house. As many as 2 such structures fall

within the mine lease area as detailed in Table 3.4

Table 3.4: Community Structures

Type of

Community

Property

Other Properties

Total %age South Block North Block

Stairs 1 0 1 50.00

Rest House 1 0 1 50.00

Total 2 0 2 100


3.5 Type of Occupancy of the Affected Private Properties

The analysis of data collected during social survey also brings out the occupancy of the affected

properties. All 43 structures are possessed by owner who are basically squatter owner and

earning their livelihood as agriculture labour. form affected properties (Table 3.5).

Table 3.5: Type of Occupancy

Affected Households South Block North Block Total % age

Squatter Owner 41 2 43 100

Total 41 2 43 100



EIA/EMP Report

4 | P a g e

Project Affected Households, who were not available at the time of survey, have been

counted as one household for each affected structure but their family details are not

included in the list of PAPs.

3.6 Legal Status of the Ownership of the Properties/ Structures

Entitlement framework largely depends on the legal ownership of the properties. The

encroachers and squatters do not get any compensation of their structures until or unless

they belong to vulnerable categories. However, they are entitled for some sort of assistance

as shifting allowance, rent for tenants, transitional allowances and getting training for skill up

gradation for income generation. In the lease area all 43 private structures (100%) belong to

squatters (Table 3.6).

Table 3.6: Type of Private Properties and Legal Status

Type of Possession South Block North Block Total % Age

Squatter 41 2 43 100

Total 41 2 43 100


3.7 SOCIAL PROFILE OF THE PAPS IN THE MINE LEASE AREA

The purpose of our survey was to create a broad database of the affected properties as well as

the project-affected persons (PAPs) in order to understand the social profile of the project-

affected area. It helps in appraise the positive as well as negative change in the life style of the

communities in the project influence area due to implementation of the project as an external

intervention.

Based on the primary data collected during census survey, an assessment of the social profile

of the affected population was made, which is outlined in the following paragraphs.

3.7.1 Total Affected Households

The data reveals that as many as 43 households are getting affected due to implementation of

the project (Table 3.7). This also includes the tenants and wage earners who would get affected

due to the demolition of the structures.

Table 3.7: Number of affected household

Sl.

No. Affected Households South Block North Block Total % Age

1 Squatter Owner 41 2 43 100

Total 41 2 43 100



EIA/EMP Report

5 | P a g e

3.7.2 Total Number of PAPs

The analysis of the primary survey shows that about 145 PAPs are likely to be affected directly

or indirectly by the project within the corridor of impact. This figure does not include the

affected persons of those households who were not available for survey and the family

members of the wage earners. At few locations people were even reluctant in giving the

details of their families.

Out of the total number of PAPs, 54.48 % are male and 45.52 % are females. The male-female

ratio is in favour of male, which seems to be a mirror image of the national figure. The detail

of number of PAPs enumerated has been mentioned in Table 3.8.

Table 3.8: Number of PAPs

Ownership Status Side

Total %age South Block North Block

Male 77 2 79 54.48

Female 64 2 66 45.52

Total 141 4 145 100


3.7.3 Religious Category of PAHs

Social customs and tradition play a major role in determining the socio- economic

development as well as occupational pattern in the influence area, keeping this in mind an

initial analysis has been conducted taking into account the religious profile of the PAPs

within the corridor of impact. In the project site majority of the PAHs belong to Hindu

religion, i.e. 100 % which is also reflected in the type of religious structures, where all

worship places located on the Project site are temples and other religious shrines belongs

to Hindu communities. Table 3.9 delineates the religious cluster of the affected Households.

Table 3.9: Religious Categories of PAHs

Religious group South Block North Block Total % Age

Hindu 41 2 43 100

Total 41 2 43 100


3.7.4 Social Category of PAHs along the Project site

The data (Table 3.10) indicate that the social categories of PAHs are in favour of OBC

category (100%).


EIA/EMP Report

6 | P a g e

Table 3.10: Social stratification of PAPs

Social Stratification South Block North Block Total % Age

OBC 41 2 43 100

Total 41 2 43 100


3.7.5 Type of family of PAHs along the Project site

The project influence area is dominated by joint families with 100% of the total affected

households. (Table 3.11).

Table 3.11: Type of family of PAHs

Family type South Block North Block Total % Age

Joint 41 2 43 100

Total 41 2 43 100


3.7.6 Occupational and Economic activities of PAHs

O upatio of the i dividual or fa ily plays very i porta t role i deter i i g a s position in the society. Economically affluent family can avail all the facilities required for

the lavish life, while economically weaker section struggle for their survival. Keeping this

in mind, economic activities of the affected family were recorded and it was found that

100% are engaged in agricultural activities (Table 3.12). It was noted that a sizeable

number of affected families are engaged in agricultural activities.

Table 3.12: Occupational and Economic activities of PAHs

Family type South Block North Block Total % Age

Agriculture

Activities 41 2 43 100

Total 41 2 43 100


3.7.7 Income Level of the Project Affected Households

The PAHs falling within the corridor of impact were divided among different annual income

groups. The presence of the majority in the lower income groups suggests that affected

families are economically not affluent. Only 9.30% of the affected families are having

annual income of more than Rupees 100000.00. The table 3.13 provides the income

categories of PAHs:


EIA/EMP Report

7 | P a g e

Table 3.13: Income Level of the Project Affected Households

Annual Income South Block North

Block Total % Age

Up to 24,000 7 1 8 18.60

Rs. 24,000 - 36,000 20 0 20 46.51

Rs. 36,000 - 60,000 4 0 4 9.30

Rs. 60,000 - 80,000 0 0 0 0.00

Rs. 80,000-90,000 0 0 0 0.00

Rs. 90,000 - 1,00,000 6 0 6 13.95

More than Rs. 1,00,000 4 0 4 9.30

N.A. 0 1 1 2.33

Total 41 2 43 100


3.7.8 Vulnerable Groups along the Project site

The Social Impact Assessment identifies the vulnerable population in order to minimize the

adverse impact and provide adequate mitigation measures. An assessment was made to

bring out the vulnerable PAPs (SC, ST, Below Poverty Line families, Women-headed

Households (WHH) and households headed by physically handicapped persons. Their

distribution in terms of absolute numbers and percentage are given below.

The data reveals the fact that out of 43 households 37 belong to vulnerable group. Very

few PAHs are in WHHs categories, i.e., 2.3%. Refer Table 3.14 for the details of vulnerable

groups:

Table 3.14: Vulnerable Groups

Vulnerable

category

Number of Households Total %age


BPL 15 1 16 37.2

WHH 1 0 1 2.3

Aged 50+ 21 0 21 48.8

Total Vulnerable 37 0 37 86.0

Not Vulnerable 4 1 5 11.6

Total Affected

household 41 2 43 100



EIA/EMP Report

8 | P a g e

3.7.9 Education level

As revealed by census data, the literacy level is high among the affected households as only

6.98 % of the affected persons are illiterate. Only 16.28 % of the PAPs are educated upto

matric level and only 2.33 % are above intermediate as detailed in Table 3.15.

Table 3.15: Educational level of the PAPs

Sl. No. Education No. of PAPs %age

1 Illiterate 3 6.98

2 Literate 4 9.30

3 Up to Middle 9 20.93

4 Below Matric 16 37.21

5 Matric 7 16.28

6 Intermediate 1 2.33

7 N.A 3 6.98

Total 43 100


3.7.10 Age group of the PAPs

A significant number of the PAPs fall in the age group of 18-60 yrs. At this age the capacity

to do laborious work is significantly high as compared to the persons falling between the

age group of 18-60 yrs. 66.45% of the PAPs comes under the age group of 18-60 yrs.

24.52% of the PAPs are above the age of 60 yrs as shown in Table 3.20.

Table 3.20: Age group of the PAPs

Sl. No. Age (in yrs.) PAPs % age

1 Upto 14 Years 5 3.23

2 15- 17yrs 9 5.81

3 18 - 60 yrs 103 66.45

4 Above 60 yrs 38 24.52

Total 155 100


4. Public Consultation

Public consultation is a regulatory process by which the public's input on matters affecting

them is sought. Its main goals are improving the efficiency, transparency and public


EIA/EMP Report

9 | P a g e

involvement in development projects. It has been taken up as an integral part of social

assessment process of the project. Public consultation has been viewed as a continuous

two-way process, involving promotion of public understanding of the processes and

mechanisms through which developmental problems and needs are investigated and

solved. Consultation was used as a tool to inform and educate stakeholders about the

proposed action both before and after the development decisions were made. It assisted

in identification of the problems associated with the project as well as the needs of the

population likely to be impacted. This participatory process helped in reducing the public

resistance to change and enabled the participation of the local people in the decision

making process. The affected population and other stakeholders are informed consulted

and are allowed to participate at various stages of project preparation.

It was difficult to have consultation with the community due to non-availability of

settlement nearby project site. Social expert tried to contact the PAPs to be acquainted

with the issues arising due to lack availability of people due to displacement from project

area due to implementation of project and to minimize probable adverse impacts due to

implementation of the project through alternate design solutions and to achieve speedy

implementation of the project through bringing in awareness among the community on

the benefits of the project.

KEY FINDINGS OF THE CONSULTATION.

Concern of residence and livelihood

Concern regarding temples near project site

Concern of health due to mining activities.

Table – 4.1: Outcomes of Public Consultation

S. No. Issue Public Opinion Remarks

1 Impact on residence

and livelihood

Proper care of

livelihood of PAPs

should be taken

during the mining

activities

Minimization on impact on

residence and livelihood should

be on priority during mining

activities.

2 Impact on temples

near project site

Proper care of

temple should be

taken during

implementation of

project.

Religious structures are a

sensitive issue of the society. It

should be taken care of during

implementation of project.


EIA/EMP Report

10 | P a g e

S. No. Issue Public Opinion Remarks

3 Impact on health

due to mining

activities

Health is a major

concern during the

mining activities.

Proper health care of the

people along the project site

should be taken care of at the

time of implementation of

project.

5. Policy and framework

Various policies, acts, rules and regulations promulgated by the central and state

governments related to environment and relevant to present project will also be

applicable.

6. Entitlement Matrix

This Entitlement Matrix is developed giving various entitlements for all categories of PAPs,

ased o RFCTLARR Act 2013’. This Matrix can be used as a guide for designing

Resettlement Action Plans for project s. All the families will be entitled to two broad

categories of assistance; 1) compensation for land loss; and 2) livelihood (rehabilitation)

assistance for starting some income generation activity, which may include the purchase

of lands, as decided by the PAF. The livelihood assistance in the matrix are rather indicative

(as they are average figures), whereas, the actual assistance will relate to, at the minimum

restoring, if not enhancing the pre-land loss income levels. It may also be noted that

livelihood assistance figures have been worked out such as to yield an annual income of Rs

50,000 per family, an income level corresponding to the initial ladder of the Above Poverty

Line. The amounts given in the Entitlement matrix are for the financial year 2017-18. After

this year these amounts will be increased by 10% every year to compensate for inflation.

In general, it was tried to restrict the rehabilitation of the project within available land

width, however, if alignment changed at identified location, land acquisition could be

involved in the subproject. The land will be acquired preferably through private negotiation

or through the compulsory State Land Acquisition (LA) Act. The compensation will be paid

according to the entitlement matrix of the subproject.

Entitlement Matrix

Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) entitlements for all the affected

families both Landowners and the families whose livelihood is primarily depend on land

acquired. The entitlement matrix has been developed in accordance with the National laws

which provide category wise entitlements benefits in terms of compensation and R&R

assistance to affected families as presented in Table 6.1.


EIA/EMP Report

11 | P a g e

Table 6.1: Entitlements Matrix

Sl.

No.

Elements of

R&R

Entitlements

Entitlement

1. Provision of

housing units

in case of

displacement

1. If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house

shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications.

If a house is lost in urban areas, a constructed house shall be

provided, which will be not less than 50 sq mts in plinth area.

2. The benefits listed above shall also be extended to any

affected family which is without homestead land and which

has been residing in the area continuously for a period of not

less than three years preceding the date of notification of the

affected area and which has been involuntarily displaced from

such area:

Provided that any such family in urban areas which opts not

to take the house offered, shall get a one-time financial

assistance for house construction, which shall not be less

than one lakh fifty thousand rupees:

Provided further that if any affected family in rural areas so

prefers, the equivalent cost of the house may be offered in

lieu of the constructed house:

Provided also that no family affected by acquisition shall be

given more than one house under the provisions of this Act.

2. Land for Land In the case of irrigation project, as far as possible and in lieu of

compensation to be paid for land acquired, each affected

family owning agricultural land in the affected area and whose

land has been acquired or lost, or who has. as a consequence

of the acquisition or loss of land, been reduced to the status of

a marginal farmer or landless, shall be allotted, in the name of

each person included in the records of rights with regard to

the affected family, a minimum of one acre of land in the

command area of the project for which the land is acquired:

Provided that in every project those persons losing land and

belonging to the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes will

be provided land equivalent to land acquired or two and a one-

half acres, whichever is lower.


EIA/EMP Report

12 | P a g e

Sl.

No.

Elements of

R&R

Entitlements

Entitlement

3. Offer for

Developed

Land

In case the land is acquired for urbanization purposes, twenty

per cent of the developed land will be reserved and offered to

land owning project affected families, in proportion to the

area of their land acquired and at a price equal to the cost of

acquisition and the cost of development:

Provided that in case the land owning project affected family

wishes to avail of this offer. An equivalent amount will be

deducted from the land acquisition compensation package

payable to it.

4. Choice of

Annuity or

Employment

The appropriate Government shall ensure that the affected

families are provided with the following options:

(a) Where jobs are created through the project, after

providing suitable training and skill development in the

required field. make provision for employment at a rate not

lower than the minimum wages provided for in any other law

for the time being in force, to at least one member per

affected family in the project or arrange for a job in such other

project as may be required; or

(b) One-time payment of five lakhs rupees per affected

family; or

(c) Annuity policies that shall pay not less than two

thousand rupees per month per family for twenty years, with

appropriate indexation to the Consumer Price Index for

Agricultural Labourers.

5. Subsistence

grant for

displaced

families for a

period of one

year

Each affected family which is displaced from the land acquired

shall be given a monthly subsistence allowance equivalent to

three thousand rupees Per month for a period of one year

from the date of award.

In addition to this amount, the Scheduled Castes and the

Scheduled Tribes displaced from Scheduled Areas shall receive

an amount equivalent to fifty thousand rupees.

In cases of displacement from the Scheduled Areas, as far as

possible, the affected families shall be relocated in a similar

ecological zone, so as to preserve the economic opportunities,


EIA/EMP Report

13 | P a g e

Sl.

No.

Elements of

R&R

Entitlements

Entitlement

language, and culture and community life of the tribal

communities.

6. Transportation

cost for

displaced

families

Each affected family which is displaced shall get a one-time

financial assistance of fifty thousand rupees as transportation

cost for shifting of the family, building materials, belongings

and cattle.

7. Cattle

shed/petty

shops cost

Each affected family having cattle or having a petty shop shall

get one-time financial assistance of such amount as the

appropriate Government may, by notification, specific subject

to a minimum of twenty-five thousand rupees for construction

of cattle shed or petty shop as the case may be.

8. One-time

grant to

artisan, small

traders and

certain others

Each affected family of an artisan, small trader or self-

employed person or an affected family which owned non-

agricultural land or commercial, industrial or institutional

structure in the affected area, and which has been

involuntarily displaced from the affected area due to land

acquisition, shall get one-time financial assistance of such

amount as the appropriate Government may, by notification,

specify subject to a minimum of twenty five thousand rupees.

9. Fishing rights In cases of irrigation or hydel projects, the affected families

may be allowed fishing rights in the reservoirs, in such manner

as may be prescribed by the appropriate Government.

10. One-time

Resettlement

Allowance

Each affected family shall be given a one-time "Resettlement

Allowance" of fifty thousand rupees only.

11. Stamp duty

and

registration

fee

(1) The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of

the land or house allotted to the affected families shall be

borne by the Requiring Body.

(2) The land for house allotted to the affected families shall be

free from all encumbrances.

(3) The land or house allotted may be in the joint names of wife

and husband of the affected family.


EIA/EMP Report

14 | P a g e

Sl.

No.

Elements of

R&R

Entitlements

Entitlement

Compensation for Land Owners

Sl. No.

Component of Compensation

package in respect of Land

acquired under the Act

Manner of Determination of Value

1. Market value of land To be determined as provided under section 26

of LARR Act, 2013

2. Factor by which the market

value is to be multiplied in the

case of rural areas

1.00 (One) to 2.00 (Two) based on the distance

of project from urban area

3. Factor by which the market

value is to be multiplied in the

case of urban areas

I (One)

4. Value of assets attached to

land or building

To be determined as provided under section 29

of LARR Act, 2013

5. Solatium Equivalent to one hundred per cent of the

market value of land mentioned against Sl.

No.1 multiplied by the factor specified against

Sl. No. 2 for rural areas or Sl. No. 3 for urban

areas plus value of assets attached to land or

building against Sl. No. 4 under column (2) of

LARR Act, 2013.

6. Final award in rural areas Market value of land mentioned against Sl.

No.1 multiplied by the factor specified against

Sl. No. 2 plus value of assets attached to land

or building mentioned against Sl. No. 4 under

column (2) plus solatium mentioned against Sl.

No. 5 under column (2) of LARR Act, 2013.

7. Final award in urban areas Market value of land mentioned against Sl. No.

1 multiplied by the factor specified against Sl.

No. 3 plus value of assets attached to land or

building mentioned against Sl. No. 4 under

column (2) plus solatium mentioned against Sl.

No. 5 under column (2) of LARR Act, 2013.


EIA/EMP Report

15 | P a g e

Sl.

No.

Elements of

R&R

Entitlements

Entitlement

8. Other component, if any, to be

included

Note- The date on which values mentioned under column (2) are determined should be

indicated under column (4) against each Sl. No.

7. ESTIMATED R&R BUDGET

Resettlement Budget is calculated on the basis of Project Design Plan.

The R&R budget includes a tentative cost of agriculture land, built-up properties such as

residential properties and boundary wall. In addition, the budget also includes the cost of

R&R assistance, administrative expenses. The following tables show the item wise cost

estimates of resettlement.

7.1 Cost of Structure

A proper methodology was followed to estimate the cost of the affected properties and

assets. All type of structures, be it commercial or residential, were enumerated and cost

estimates was done to meet the replacement value of the affected properties. While

estimating the cost of the affected properties, the PWD, was followed.

The estimated cost of the properties/ structures being affected has been delineated for in

the following Table 7.1

Table 7.1: Valuation of Structures

Sl.

No

.

Ite

m

Eli

gib

ilit

y

Qu

an

tity

(sq

.m)

Un

it R

ate

(Rs)

Am

ou

nt

(cr.

) C

om

pe

nsa

t

ion

(Fa

cto

rs t

o

be

1

00

%

So

lati

um

of

colu

mn

6

To

tal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Compensation for structure

1 Pucca 1230 3500 0.43

No factor

Applicable

0.43 0.86

2 Semi-

pucca 1540 2000 0.31 0.31 0.62

3 Boundary

wall 150 1500 0.02 0.02 0.05


EIA/EMP Report

16 | P a g e

Sl.

No

.

Ite

m

Eli

gib

ilit

y

Qu

an

tity

(sq

.m)

Un

it R

ate

(Rs)

Am

ou

nt

(cr.

) C

om

pe

nsa

t

ion

(Fa

cto

rs t

o

be

1

00

%

So

lati

um

of

colu

mn

6

To

tal

Sub-total (B) 0.76 0.76 1.52

7.2 R&R Assistance

R&R assistance is given to all the affected families irrespective of their legal holdings.

Transportation cost @ Rs. 50000/- to displaced losing residential structures will be paid.

(Table 7.2).

Table 7.2: Estimated Cost of the R&R Assistance

Sl.

No

.

Ite

m

Eli

gib

ilit

y

Qu

an

tity

(sq

.m)

Un

it R

ate

(Rs)

Am

ou

nt

(cr.

)

Co

mp

en

sat

ion

(Fa

cto

rs t

o

be

10

0%

So

lati

um

of

To

tal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R&R Assistance

1

Transportatio

n cost for

displaced

family

Owner 43 50000 0.215

0.2

2

Total

0.2

2

7.3 Total R&R Cost

The R&R budget for the widening of existing site worked out approximately is Rs. 1.74

Crores which includes the cost of structures, and R& R Assistance given to affected people.

The details of the tentative budget are given in Table 7.3.


EIA/EMP Report

17 | P a g e

Table 7.3: Total R&R Cost

Sl.

No

.

Item Eligibility Quantit

y (sq.m)

Unit

Rate

(Rs)

Amo

unt

(cr.)

Compe

nsation

(Factor

s to be

multipl

ied)

(Rural=

2* MV)

100%

Solatiu

m of

colum

n 6

Total

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A Compensation for structure

1 Pucca 1230 3500 0.43

No factor

Applicabl

e

0.43 0.86

2 Semi-pucca 1540 2000 0.31 0.31 0.62

4 Boundary

wall 150 1500 0.02 0.02 0.05

Sub-total (A) 0.76 0.76 1.52

B R&R Assistance

1

Transportatio

n cost for

displaced

family

Owner &

Tenants 43

5000

0

0.22

Total (A+B) 0.22

GRAND TOTAL Rs. 1.74 Crs.


EIA/EMP Report

18 | P a g e

Annexure-3.1

List of Project Affected Person

Cluster - Doyala, Village- Bayal, Gram Panchayat- Bayal, Mauja- Bayal,

Police station- N. Chaudhary, Block- Nizampur, District Mahendergarh,

State – Haryana

S.No

.

QI

D Side

Structure

ID

Type of

Properties HOH Name

Father/Husban

d Name

Se

x

Ag

e

Educatio

n Skill

Skill

Require

d

Operatin

g Years

Primary

Occupation

HH Income

Annual

Religio

n

Cast

e

Vulnerabl

e

May

Affect Status

Affected

Property

Total Property Use

L W H A

1 S01 Sout

h

S1 Private Pal Ram Solango Ram M 61 10 Retd.

Crpf

Nil 5 Years Agriculture 108000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 5 1 40

2 S02 Sout

h

S2 Private Leela Ram Solango Ram M 70 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

9 6 1 54

3 S03 Sout

h

S3 Private Rameshwar Jeeta Ram M 75 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 102000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 4 1 28

4 S04 Sout

h

S4 Private Sheesh Ram Leela Ram M 61 8 Labour Nil 4 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

5 5 1 25

5 S05 Sout

h

S5 Private Chhotu Sultan M 60 10 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

6 7 1 42

6 S06 Sout

h

S6 Private Vijay Leela Ram M 22 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 96000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

4 6 1 24

7 S07 Sout

h

S7 Private Hosiyar Inabar M 25 10 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 4 1 28

8 S08 Sout

h

S8 Private Hosiyar Inabar M 25 4 Labour Nil 7 Years Agriculture 24000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56

9 S09 Sout

h

S9 Private Kailash Sultan M 45 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 96000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

6 6 1 36

10 S10 Sout

h

S10 Private Jairam Sultan M 55 10 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

5 7 1 35

11 S11 Sout

h

S11 Private Jairam Sultan M 55 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 24000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

4 6 1 24

12 S12 Sout

h

S12 Private Ram Kumar Jaimal M 70 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 24000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 5 1 40

13 S13 Sout

h

S13 Private Rohatash Jaimal M 45 8 Labour Nil 4 Years Agriculture 96000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

9 6 1 54

14 S14 Sout

h

S14 Private Mangal Jawahar M 40 0+ Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 7 1 49

15 S15 Sout

h

S15 Private Ram Kumar Jaimal M 70 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 5 1 40

16 S16 Sout

h

S16 Private Mangal Jawahar M 40 10 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 96000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 6 1 42

17 S17 Sout

h

S17 Private Ram Swarup Jaimal M 60 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

9 8 1 72

18 S18 Sout

h

S18 Private Unknown N.A N.

A

N.A 10 Labour Nil 8 Years Agriculture 24000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 9 1 72

19 S19 Sout

h

S19 Private Roshan Dhan Singh M 60 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 108000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

6 6 1 36

20 S20 Sout

h

S20 Private Mahesh

Sharma

N.A M 40 8 Labour Nil 7 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56


EIA/EMP Report

19 | P a g e

S.No

.

QI

D Side

Structure

ID

Type of

Properties HOH Name

Father/Husban

d Name

Se

x

Ag

e

Educatio

n Skill

Skill

Require

d

Operatin

g Years

Primary

Occupation

HH Income

Annual

Religio

n

Cast

e

Vulnerabl

e

May

Affect Status

Affected

Property

Total Property Use

L W H A

21 S21 Sout

h

S21 Private Ghisa Ram Surja M 60 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

9 6 1 54

22 S22 Sout

h

S22 Private Kailash Mahada Ram M 45 10 Labour Nil 8 Years Agriculture 60000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 4 1 28

23 S23 Sout

h

S23 Private Maha Ram Prabhu M 40 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56

24 S24 Sout

h

S24 Private Desh Raj Prabhu M 30 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 24000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

6 6 1 36

25 S25 Sout

h

S25 Private Jairam Banshta M 50 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 108000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56

26 S26 Sout

h

S26 Private Krishna Mula Ram M 50 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

6 6 1 36

27 S27 Sout

h

S27 Private Mahabir Bashanta M 35 8 Labour Nil 9 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

5 5 1 25

28 S28 Sout

h

S28 Private Jagdish Sohan M 70 12 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 60000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

4 6 1 24

29 S29 Sout

h

S29 Private Ballu Ram Swarup M 30 10 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 8 1 64

30 S30 Sout

h

S30 Private Uday Ram Harnarayan M 70 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

9 9 1 81

31 S31 Sout

h

S31 Private Murli Bidawa Ram M 68 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 96000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 6 1 42

32 S32 Sout

h

S32 Private Prakash Murli M 50 0 Labour Nil 6 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56

33 S33 Sout

h

S33 Private Ram Singh Indraj M 40 0+ Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 6 1 48

34 S34 Sout

h

S34 Private Jasshu Ram Kumar M 58 0 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 60000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

6 4 1 24

35 S35 Sout

h

S35 Private Mishro Bidada M 70 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56

36 S36 Sout

h

S36 Private Data Ram Devi Sahai M 70 0+ Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 24000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

9 6 1 54

37 S37 Sout

h

S37 Private Hari Singh Bidada Ram M 60 8 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 96000 Hindu OBC N.A Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 4 1 28

38 S38 Sout

h

S38 Private Jagdish Shiv Kiran M 60 4 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56

39 S39 Sout

h

S39 Private Raghubir Seokarh M 61 0 Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 24000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

6 6 1 36

40 S40 Sout

h

S40 Communit

y

Rest House N.A N.

A

N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 9 7 1 63

41 S41 Sout

h

S41 Private Mukesh Mula Ram M 30 0+ Labour Nil 5 Years Agriculture 60000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

7 6 1 42

42 S42 Sout

h

S43 Communit

y

Siddhiya N.A N.

A


43 S43 Sout

h

S43 Private Unknown N.A N.

A


44 N0

1

Nort

h

N1 Private Surender N.A M 48 8 Labour N.A 5 Years Agriculture 36000 Hindu OBC BPL Structur

e

Squate

r

Residentia

l

8 7 1 56


EIA/EMP Report

20 | P a g e

S.No

.

QI

D Side

Structure

ID

Type of

Properties HOH Name

Father/Husban

d Name

Se

x

Ag

e

Educatio

n Skill

Skill

Require

d

Operatin

g Years

Primary

Occupation

HH Income

Annual

Religio

n

Cast

e

Vulnerabl

e

May

Affect Status

Affected

Property

Total Property Use

L W H A

45 N0

2

Nort

h

N2 Private Unknown N.A N.

A


VOYANTS SOLUTIONS PVT. LTD.

403, 4th Floor, BPTP Park Centra,

Sector - 30, NH-8, Gurgaon - 122001

Phone - 0124-4598 200, Telefax - 0124-4019051

E-mail – [email protected], www.voyants.in